JP7166699B1 - coffee machine - Google Patents

Abstract

A coffee machine equipped with a grinder for grinding coffee beans, in which the blades for grinding coffee beans can be easily and inexpensively replaced with blades of different patterns. A main body GMb has a drive source 551, first power transmission portions 552 and 553, and a gear portion (a gear of a manual setting disk dial 695), and is fitted with a grinder unit 5BMu. The unit 5BMu has a second power transmission portion 550 and the like and interlocking portions 697, 691, and 710, and is detachable from the main body GMb. The power transmission portion 550 and the like are connected to the first power transmission portions 552 and 553, and the interlocking portions 697, 691 and 710 are connected to the gear portion (the gear of the manual setting disk dial 695). [Selection drawing] Fig. 87

Description

The present invention relates to a coffee machine with a grinder for grinding coffee beans.

A coffee machine that performs adjustment using coffee beans has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). The coffee machine proposed in Patent Document 1 is equipped with a coffee bean grinding mechanism (grinder) and a coffee beverage extraction mechanism. There is also known a machine equipped with only a grinder.

Generally, it is known that even if the same roasted coffee beans are used, the taste of the extracted coffee beverage will differ if the particle size of the ground beans is changed.

JP 2019-30433 A

As a result of intensive research, the present inventor found that the pattern of the blades used to grind the coffee beans also affects the taste of the extracted coffee beverage.

Therefore, if the blades for grinding coffee beans can be easily replaced with blades of different patterns in a single coffee machine, coffee beverages with various flavors can be easily enjoyed even with the same coffee beans. On the other hand, although it can be easily replaced, if the cost increases due to that, the cost advantage is small compared to preparing two coffee machines equipped with blades with different patterns. turn into.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a coffee machine in which the blades for grinding coffee beans can be easily and inexpensively replaced with blades having different patterns.

The coffee machine of the present invention, which solves the above objects,
the main body;
a grinder unit for grinding coffee beans between the first blade and the second blade;
a rotation drive mechanism for rotating the second blade;
a spacing adjustment mechanism that adjusts the spacing between the first blade and the second blade;
A coffee machine comprising
The rotation drive mechanism includes a drive source that rotationally drives the second blade, a first power transmission section that transmits power of the drive source, and power transmitted from the first power transmission section to the first power transmission section. and a second power transmission section that transmits to the second blade,
The interval adjusting mechanism has a gear portion and an interlocking portion that interlocks with the gear portion,
The main body has the drive source, the first power transmission section, and the gear section, and is fitted with the grinder unit,
The grinder unit has the second power transmission portion and the interlocking portion, and is detachable from the main body,
When the grinder unit is fitted into the main body, the second power transmission section is connected to the first power transmission section, and the interlocking section is connected to the gear section.
It is characterized by

According to the coffee machine of the present invention, the blades for grinding coffee beans can be easily and inexpensively replaced with blades of different patterns.

1 is an external view of a beverage manufacturing apparatus 1; FIG. 1 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1; FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of functions of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. FIG. 4 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device 6. FIG. 3 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing a closed state and an open state of the extraction container 9; It is a front view which shows the structure of a part of upper unit 8A and lower unit 8C. FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG. 7; It is a schematic diagram of the central unit 8B. 3 is a block diagram of a control device 11; FIG. (A) is a flow chart of control processing related to one coffee beverage production operation, and (B) is a flow chart of extraction processing in S3. 3 is a perspective view of the crushing device 5. FIG. 13 is a longitudinal sectional view of the pulverizing device 5 shown in FIG. 12. FIG. 4 is a partially cutaway perspective view of the separation device 6. FIG. 6B is a vertical cross-sectional view of the forming unit 6B. FIG. FIG. 4 is a perspective view and a partially enlarged view of a forming unit 6B; FIG. 10 is a plan view of the forming unit 6B, and is an explanatory diagram for comparison of cross-sectional areas; 1 is an external perspective view of a coffee bean grinder; FIG. Fig. 2 is a block diagram of the controller of the coffee bean grinder; (a) is a diagram showing a coffee bean grinder GM to which a hopper unit 402 is attached in place of the canister storage unit 401 shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the machine GM. (a) is a diagram schematically showing a state in which the weighing unit 404 is attached to the option attachment portion GM11, and (b) is a perspective view showing the electric screw conveyor ESC. 10A and 10B are diagrams showing several aspects of the cover member 460 arranged at the downstream end opening 4042o of the transport passage 4042. FIG. FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing still another aspect of the covering member 460; (a) is a diagram showing a closed state of the lid unit GM21 that opens and closes the bean outlet GM20 provided in the center casing GM10 of the coffee bean grinder GM, and (b) is a diagram showing the closed state of the lid unit GM21. It is a figure which shows a state. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the main configuration of the grinder 5 built into the coffee bean grinder GM in which the guide path forming member GM22 faces the front. It is a perspective view which shows the 1st grinder 5A. FIG. 20 is a flow chart showing grinding processing of the first grinder 5A, which is executed by a processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19; FIG. (a) is a diagram showing the separation device 6, and (b) is a diagram showing a state where the outer peripheral wall 61a of the upper portion 61 of the collection container 60B is removed. (a) is a perspective view of the separating device 6 with the outer case 60Bo removed and viewed obliquely from below, and (b) shows the positional relationship between the outer case 60Bo and the inner case 60Bi by seeing through the outer case 60Bo. It is a diagram. (a) is a diagram schematically showing phenomena such as air flow in the separation device shown in FIG. 29, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing phenomena such as air flow in the separation device of the modification. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing; FIG. 26 is a view in which the manual setting disk dial 695 shown in FIG. 25 is removed so that the entire connection duct 661 can be seen. It is the figure which showed the structure of the 2nd grinder 5B typically. 4 is a flow chart showing steps of calibration performed in the initial operation. It is a figure which shows the state of calibration step by step. It is a figure which shows the 2nd grinder 5B in a grinding process. (a) is a diagram showing the manual setting disk dial 695 and the fine adjustment knob dial 696 together with the adjustment motor 503a, and (b) is a diagram showing the manual setting disk dial 695 and the adjustment motor 503a. It is a diagram showing a detachment/connection dial 697 and a rotary shaft 6961 of a fine adjustment knob dial 696. FIG. 4 is a flow chart showing control processing of the processing unit 11a in the grind processing. 4 is a flowchart showing control processing executed by a processing unit 11a when performing grind processing according to order information; 4 is a diagram showing an example of data stored in the server 16; FIG. It is a figure which shows an example of the input screen of order information. It is a figure which shows an example of the input screen in the state where order information was input. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing how order information is input. It is a figure which shows the mode at the time of change of order information. It is a figure which shows an example of the control parameter of the 2nd grinder 5B with respect to an order. It is a figure which shows an example of a display during execution of a grinding process. (a) is a diagram showing an example of a porter filter used when producing an espresso beverage, and (b) is a view showing a porter filter held by a handle PFh on a chute GM31 of a coffee bean grinder and held by a holding part PFr. FIG. 10C is a view showing how the basket PFb is placed, and FIG. 1C shows a basket PFb filled with ground beans ground from a finely ground state to a coarsely ground state, and subjected to leveling and tamping. FIG. 4 is a diagram schematically showing the state; (a) is a perspective view showing a single rotary blade 58a constituting the first grinder 5A, and (b) is a view showing a modification of the crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 25 and the like. It is the figure which showed typically the hammer mechanism of the modification with chute. It is the figure which showed the striking operation|movement of the hammer H10 step by step. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing stepwise the holding operation of holding the cup CP by the holding portion H121 of the hammer H10 and the fixed holding member GM33. It is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder of 2nd Embodiment. (A) is an enlarged view showing a state in which a front cover GM40 is removed from the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 51, and (B) is an exploded perspective view of the hammer mechanism H1. (A) is a side view of the hammer H10, and (B) is a perspective view showing the hammer H10 and the chute GM31 from below. (A) is a perspective view showing a rotary blade 58b and a fixed blade 57b positioned at an initial position and in a state farthest away from the rotary blade 58b, and (B) is a perspective view showing the fixed blade 57b from the state shown in (A). It is a perspective view showing only the removal rotary blade 58b, and (C) is a view showing the rotary base 59. FIG. (A) is a plan view of the rotary blade 58b, (B) is a cross-sectional view showing the first smooth portion 584 to the third flat portion 586, and (C) is the third flat portion 584. It is a cross-sectional view showing a smooth portion 586 and a fourth flat portion 587. FIG. (A) is a perspective view showing the mechanical switch unit 600 after removing the manual setting disk dial 695 and the connecting duct (not shown) shown in FIG. 51, and (B) is a plan view of the portion shown in (A). be. 56(A) is an enlarged view showing the inside of the frame of the dashed line in FIG. 56(B), and (B) is a view showing the internal structure of the mechanical switch unit 600 shown in (A). (A) is a diagram showing a lock lever 640 and a gear lock portion 641, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of a detection signal output from the mechanical switch unit 600 and a count value of a granularity adjustment counter. 4 is a table showing part of the relationship between the count value of the grain size adjustment counter and the main mill interval; It is a table showing the 0th to 105th pulses of the reference table in the PWM control of the chaff fan motor 60A2 performed by the processing unit 11a. It is a table showing the 106th to 255th pulses of the reference table. 6 is a table showing the relationship between the setting value of the chaff fan 60A1 and the duty ratio in PWM control; FIG. 10 is a transition diagram of operating states in the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment. 4 is a flow chart showing the flow of startup processing in the processing unit 11a when the power is turned on and the coffee bean grinder GM is started. (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of normal standby state processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the normal standby state, and (B) shows the flow of the normal standby state interrupt processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the normal standby state. It is a flow chart. 5 is a time chart showing an example of variation in the count value of a G counter; 10 is a flowchart showing the flow of G counter subtraction processing; FIG. 10B is a flow chart showing the flow of grind interrupt processing 1 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grind state, and (B) is a flow chart showing the flow of G counter addition processing. FIG. (A) is a flow chart showing the flow of grind interrupt processing 2 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grind state, and (B) is a flow chart showing the flow of air-cooling fan monitoring processing. (A) is a flow chart showing the flow of grind processing 3 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grinding state, and (B) is a flow chart showing the flow of the grind interrupt processing 3 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grinding state. . (A) is a diagram showing an example in which the bean clogging state is eliminated, and (B) is a diagram showing the current value of the top mill motor even if the drive signal for reverse rotation of the top mill motor is output three times with time intervals. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example in which the clogging removal current value is not decreased. (A) is a flow chart showing the flow of standby state (while the top mill is stopped) processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (while the top mill is stopped); 10 is a flow chart showing the flow of a standby state (during stop of top mill) interrupt process executed by the processing unit 11a. FIG. 2 is a diagram showing a coffee bean path, a path of unnecessary materials such as chaff, and a path of after-cleaning; FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example in which unnecessary matter such as chaff is sucked while the top mill 5AM is rotating, and after-cleaning is performed by stronger suction without terminating the suction even when the top mill 5AM stops. (A) is a flowchart showing the flow of standby state (during cleaning) processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (during cleaning), and (B) is a flow chart executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (during cleaning). It is a flow chart showing the flow of the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt processing. 4 is a flow chart showing a flow of condition-insufficient state interrupt processing executed by a processing unit 11a in a condition-insufficient state; (A) is a flow chart showing the flow of the soybean jammed state processing executed by the processing section 11a in the soybean jammed state, and (B) is a flow chart of the soybean jammed state interrupt processing 1 executed by the processing section 11a in the soybean jammed state. It is a flow chart showing. 10 is a flow chart showing the flow of a soybean jam state interrupt process 2 executed by the processing unit 11a in the soybean jam state. 10 is a flow chart showing the flow of a soybean jam state interrupt process 3 executed by the processing unit 11a in the soybean jam state. Fig. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which the main mill unit 5BMu is removed from the main body GMb of the coffee bean grinder GM; FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the mill unit 5BMu; FIG. 82 is an exploded perspective view showing a state in which a rotary blade unit 720 is removed from the mill unit 5BMu shown in the lower left of FIG. 81; (A) is a cross-sectional perspective view of the base member 712, (B) is a cross-sectional perspective view of the intermediate member 713, and (C) is a fixed blade 57b, the intermediate member 713 and the base member 712 connected by a connecting bolt 714. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a folded state; 7 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a fixed blade connecting body 717 for explaining the action of a compression coil spring 716. FIG. (A) is a diagram showing a state in which the rotary blade unit 720 is removed from the mill unit 5BMu shown in the lower left of FIG. 81, and is turned upside down. FIG. 11 is a perspective view of the removed rotary blade unit 720; FIG. 86 is a view showing a grinder blade having a blade pattern different from the blade pattern of a fixed blade 57b and a rotary blade 58b shown in FIGS. 55, 85, etc. FIG. From the coffee bean grinder GM in which the main mill unit 5BMu is attached to the main body GMb shown in FIG. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing the sensor board GM316 and the mechanical switch unit 600 extracted; It is a figure which shows the display screen of a terminal. FIG. 10 is a diagram showing exchange of various information in the coffee machine system GMS executed by tapping the current status icon 1807 displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 in the online mode. (A) is a diagram showing a display screen 181 in which an abnormal condition detail page is displayed by tapping the detailed display of the operating condition display 1821 shown in FIG. 88(C), and (B) is a diagram showing FIG. 18C shows the display screen 181 on which the operation information details page is displayed by tapping the next page display icon 1822a of the number of grinds display 1822 shown in FIG. It is a diagram. FIG. 18 shows a display screen 181 displaying a status page of a first selected machine in offline mode; (A) is a diagram showing a display screen 181 displaying a log page with "grind history" selected, and (B) is a diagram showing a display screen 181 displaying a grind history detail page. (A) is a table summarizing notification timing and notification content for each notification, and (B) is a diagram showing a display screen 181 displaying a notification page. (A) is a diagram showing the configuration of the terminal 18, and (B) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of an application program (dedicated application) dedicated to the coffee machine system GMS installed in the storage unit 186 shown in (A). (C) is a flow chart showing the flow of the status information display method executed by the terminal 18 shown in (A) of FIG. 94(A) is a flowchart showing the flow of the information processing method executed by the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A), and (B) is the flow of the information display method executed by the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A). It is a flow chart showing.

An embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.

<1. Overview of Beverage Producing Apparatus> FIG. 1 is an external view of a beverage producing apparatus 1. FIG. The beverage production apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 is an apparatus for automatically producing a coffee beverage from roasted coffee beans and liquid (here, water), and can produce a cup of coffee beverage per one production operation. . Roasted coffee beans as a raw material can be accommodated in the canister 40 . A cup placing portion 110 is provided in the lower portion of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, and the manufactured coffee beverage is poured into the cup from the pouring portion 10c.

Beverage production apparatus 1 includes a housing 100 that forms its exterior and encloses internal mechanisms. The housing 100 is roughly divided into a main body portion 101 and a cover portion 102 that covers part of the front surface and part of the side surface of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 . An information display device 12 is provided on the cover portion 102 . The information display device 12 shown in FIG. 1 is a touch panel type display, and can receive input from the administrator of the device and the consumer of beverages in addition to displaying various kinds of information. The information display device 12 is attached to the cover portion 102 via a moving mechanism 12a, and is vertically movable within a certain range by the moving mechanism 12a.

The cover portion 102 is also provided with a bean input port 103 and an opening/closing door 103a for opening and closing the bean input port 103 . Roasted coffee beans different from the roasted coffee beans stored in the canister 40 can be thrown into the bean inlet 103 by opening the opening/closing door 103a. This makes it possible to provide a special cup to the beverage consumer.

The cover portion 102 shown in FIG. 1 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent cover whose entirety is a transmissive portion. Therefore, the inner mechanism covered with the cover portion 102 can be visually recognized from the outside. In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1, a portion of the manufacturing section that manufactures coffee beverages is visible through the cover section 102 . The main body portion 101 shown in FIG. 1 is entirely a non-transmissive portion, and it is difficult to visually recognize the inside of the main body portion 101 from the outside.

FIG. 2 is a partial front view of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, showing a part of the production section visible to the user when the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 is viewed from the front. The cover part 102 and the information display device 12 are illustrated by imaginary lines.

A housing 100 in the front portion of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 has a double structure including a main body portion 101 and a cover portion 102 on the outside (front side) thereof. A part of the mechanism of the manufacturing department is arranged between the main body part 101 and the cover part 102 in the front-rear direction, and can be visually recognized by the user through the cover part 102 .

Part of the mechanism of the manufacturing department that can be visually recognized by the user through the cover part 102 is the collective transport part 42, the first grinder 5A, the second grinder 5B, the separation device 6, the extraction container 9, and the like. A rectangular recess 101a recessed inward is formed in the front portion of the main body 101, and the extraction container 9 and the like are positioned in the recess 101a inward.

Since these mechanisms can be visually recognized from the outside through the cover portion 102, it may be easier for the administrator to inspect and confirm the operation. In addition, beverage consumers may be able to enjoy the coffee beverage manufacturing process.

The right end of the cover portion 102 is supported by the main body portion 101 via a hinge 102a so that it can be opened and closed horizontally. An engaging portion 102b is provided at the left end of the cover portion 102 to keep the body portion 101 and the cover portion 102 closed. The engaging portion 102b is, for example, a combination of magnet and iron. By opening the cover section 102, the manager can inspect a part of the above-described manufacturing section inside.

Note that the cover portion 102 shown in FIG. 1 is of a horizontal opening type, but may be of a vertical opening type (vertical opening type) or of a sliding type. Also, the cover portion 102 may be configured such that it cannot be opened and closed.

FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the functions of the beverage production apparatus 1. As shown in FIG. The beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 includes a bean processing apparatus 2 and an extraction apparatus 3 as a coffee beverage manufacturing unit.

The bean processing device 2 produces ground beans from roasted coffee beans. The extraction device 3 extracts coffee liquid from ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 . The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7 , a drive unit 8 (see FIG. 5) described later, an extraction container 9 and a switching unit 10 . Ground beans supplied from the bean processing device 2 are put into the extraction container 9 . The fluid supply unit 7 feeds hot water into the extraction container 9 . Coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the extraction container 9 . Hot water containing the extracted coffee liquid is delivered to the cup C as a coffee beverage via the switching unit 10 .

<2. Fluid Supply Unit and Switching Unit> The configurations of the fluid supply unit 7 and the switching unit 10 will be described with reference to FIG. First, the fluid supply unit 7 will be described. The fluid supply unit 7 supplies hot water to the extraction container 9, controls the pressure inside the extraction container 9, and the like. In this specification, when the atmospheric pressure is indicated by a number, it means an absolute pressure unless otherwise specified, and the gauge pressure is the atmospheric pressure when the atmospheric pressure is 0 atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure refers to the atmospheric pressure around the extraction container 9 or the atmospheric pressure of the beverage production apparatus 1. For example, when the beverage production apparatus 1 is installed at a point of 0 m above sea level, the International Civil Aviation Organization (= " International Standard Atmosphere established in 1976 by the International Civil Aviation Organization
Atmosphere" [[abbreviated] ISA]) at sea level 0 m (1013.25 hPa).

The fluid supply unit 7 includes pipes L1 to L3. The pipe L1 is a pipe through which air flows, and the pipe L2 is a pipe through which water flows. The pipe L3 is a pipe through which both air and water can flow.

The fluid supply unit 7 includes a compressor 70 as a source of pressurization. Compressor 70 compresses and delivers atmospheric air. The compressor 70 is driven by, for example, a motor (not shown) as a drive source. Compressed air delivered from the compressor 70 is supplied to a reserve tank (accumulator) 71 via a check valve 71a. The air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is monitored by a pressure sensor 71b, and the compressor 70 is driven so as to maintain a predetermined air pressure (for example, 7 atmospheres (6 atmospheres in gauge pressure)). The reserve tank 71 is provided with a drain 71c for draining water so that water generated by the compressed air can be drained.

The water tank 72 stores hot water (water) that constitutes the coffee beverage. The water tank 72 is provided with a heater 72a for heating the water in the water tank 72 and a temperature sensor 72b for measuring the temperature of the water. The heater 72a maintains the temperature of the accumulated hot water at a predetermined temperature (for example, 120 degrees Celsius) based on the detection result of the temperature sensor 72b. The heater 72a is turned on, for example, when the hot water temperature is 118 degrees Celsius, and turned off when the temperature is 120 degrees Celsius.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a water level sensor 72c. A water level sensor 72 c detects the water level of hot water in the water tank 72 . Water is supplied to the water tank 72 when the water level sensor 72c detects that the water level has fallen below a predetermined level. Tap water is supplied to the water tank 72 shown in FIG. 3 via a water purifier (not shown). A solenoid valve 72d is provided in the middle of the pipe L2 from the water purifier. When the water level sensor 72c detects a drop in the water level, the solenoid valve 72d is opened to supply water. The valve 72d is closed to shut off the water supply. Thus, the hot water in the water tank 72 is maintained at a constant water level. The water tank 72 may be supplied with water each time hot water is supplied to produce a single coffee beverage.

The water tank 72 is also provided with a pressure sensor 72g. A pressure sensor 72 g detects the air pressure inside the water tank 72 . Air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is supplied to the water tank 72 via a pressure regulating valve 72e and an electromagnetic valve 72f. The pressure regulating valve 72e reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. For example, the pressure is reduced to 3 atmospheres (2 atmospheres in gauge pressure). The solenoid valve 72f switches between supplying and blocking the air pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 72e to the water tank 72 . The electromagnetic valve 72f is controlled to open and close so that the pressure inside the water tank 72 is maintained at 3 atm except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72 . When tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, the pressure in the water tank 72 is set lower than the water pressure of the tap water by the solenoid valve 72h so that the water tank 72 is smoothly replenished with tap water. Reduce the pressure to (eg, less than 2.5 atmospheres). The solenoid valve 72h switches whether to open the water tank 72 to the atmosphere or not, and when the pressure is reduced, the water tank 72 is opened to the atmosphere. In addition, when the pressure inside the water tank 72 exceeds 3 atm, the solenoid valve 72h releases the inside of the water tank 72 to the atmosphere except when tap water is supplied to the water tank 72, and the inside of the water tank 72 is reduced to 3 atm. maintain.

The hot water in the water tank 72 is supplied to the extraction container 9 via the check valve 72j, the solenoid valve 72i and the pipe L3. Hot water is supplied to the extraction container 9 by opening the solenoid valve 72i, and the supply of hot water is cut off by closing the solenoid valve 72i. The amount of hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 can be controlled by the opening time of the solenoid valve 72i. However, the opening and closing of the solenoid valve 72i may be controlled by measuring the supply amount. A temperature sensor 73e for measuring the temperature of the hot water is provided in the pipe L3, and the temperature of the hot water supplied to the extraction container 9 is monitored.

The air pressure in the reserve tank 71 is also supplied to the extraction vessel 9 via a pressure regulating valve 73a and an electromagnetic valve 73b. The pressure regulating valve 73a reduces the pressure supplied from the reserve tank 71 to a predetermined pressure. For example, the pressure is reduced to 5 atmospheres (4 atmospheres in gauge pressure). The electromagnetic valve 73b switches between supplying and blocking the pressure adjusted by the pressure adjusting valve 73a to the extraction vessel 9. As shown in FIG. The pressure inside the extraction container 9 is detected by a pressure sensor 73d. When pressurizing the inside of the extraction container 9, the electromagnetic valve 73b is opened based on the detection result of the pressure sensor 73d, and the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized to a predetermined pressure (for example, 5 atmospheres (4 atmospheres in gauge pressure)). pressure. The pressure inside the extraction container 9 can be reduced by the electromagnetic valve 73c. The electromagnetic valve 73c switches whether to release the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere, and releases the inside of the extraction container 9 to the atmosphere when the pressure is abnormal (for example, when the inside of the extraction container 9 exceeds 5 atmospheres).

After finishing the production of one coffee beverage, the inside of the extraction container 9 is washed with tap water. The electromagnetic valve 73f is opened during cleaning to supply tap water to the extraction vessel 9. As shown in FIG.

Next, the switching unit 10 will be explained. The switching unit 10 is a unit that switches the delivery destination of the liquid delivered from the extraction container 9 to either the pouring section 10c or the waste tank T. FIG. The switching unit 10 includes a switching valve 10a and a motor 10b that drives the switching valve 10a. The switching valve 10a switches the flow path to the pouring portion 10c when the coffee beverage in the extraction container 9 is delivered. The coffee beverage is poured into the cup C from the pouring portion 10c. When discharging the waste liquid (tap water) and residue (ground beans) during washing, the flow path is switched to the waste tank T. The switching valve 10a shown in FIG. 3 is a 3-port ball valve. Since residue passes through the switching valve 10a during cleaning, the switching valve 10a is preferably a ball valve, and the motor 10b rotates its rotary shaft to switch the flow path.

<3. Bean Processing Apparatus> The bean processing apparatus 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 and 2. FIG. The bean processing device 2 includes a storage device 4 and a crushing device 5 .

<3-1. Storage Device> The storage device 4 includes a plurality of canisters 40 in which roasted coffee beans are stored. Three canisters 40 shown in FIG. 1 are provided. The canister 40 includes a cylindrical main body 40a for containing roasted coffee beans and a handle 40b provided on the main body 40a, and is detachably attached to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. As shown in FIG.

Each canister 40 may contain different types of roasted coffee beans so that the type of roasted coffee beans used to produce the coffee beverage can be selected by operating the information display device 12 . Different kinds of roasted coffee beans are, for example, roasted coffee beans of different coffee bean varieties. The roasted coffee beans of different types are coffee beans of the same variety, but may be roasted coffee beans of different roasting degrees. Moreover, the roasted coffee beans of different types may be roasted coffee beans of different types and degrees of roasting. Also, at least one of the three canisters 40 may contain roasted coffee beans in which roasted coffee beans of a plurality of varieties are mixed. In this case, the roasted coffee beans of each variety may have the same degree of roasting.

Although a plurality of canisters 40 are provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1, the configuration may be such that only one canister 40 is provided. Also, when a plurality of canisters 40 are provided, the same kind of roasted coffee beans may be accommodated in all or a plurality of canisters 40 .

Each canister 40 is detachably attached to a conveyor 41, which is a weighing and conveying device. The conveyor 41 is, for example, an electric screw conveyor, and automatically weighs a predetermined amount of roasted coffee beans contained in the canister 40 and delivers them downstream.

Each conveyor 41 delivers the roasted coffee beans to a collective transport section 42 on the downstream side. The collective conveying part 42 is composed of a hollow member, and forms a conveying passage for the roasted coffee beans from each conveyor 41 to the crushing device 5 (especially the first grinder 5A). The roasted coffee beans sent out from each conveyor 41 are moved by their own weight inside the collective conveying unit 42 and flow down to the crushing device 5 .

A guide portion 42 a is formed at a position corresponding to the bean input port 103 in the aggregate transport portion 42 . The guide portion 42a forms a passage that guides the roasted coffee beans introduced from the bean inlet 103 to the grinding device 5 (especially the first grinder 5A). As a result, coffee beverages made from roasted coffee beans fed from the bean feeding port 103 can be produced in addition to the roasted coffee beans housed in the canister 40. - 特許庁

<3-2. Crushing Device> The crushing device 5 will be described with reference to FIGS. 2 and 4. FIG. FIG. 4 is a partially broken perspective view of the separating device 6. FIG. The crushing device 5 includes a first grinder 5A, a second grinder 5B and a separating device 6. The first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B are mechanisms for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 . The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are ground in the first grinder 5A, further ground in the second grinder 5B into powder, and introduced into the extraction container 9 through the delivery pipe 5C.

The first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans. The first grinder 5A is a grinder for coarse grinding, and the second grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding. Each of the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B is an electric grinder, and includes a motor as a driving source and a rotary blade driven by the motor. The size (particle size) of the roasted coffee beans to be pulverized can be changed by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade.

The separating device 6 is a mechanism for separating unnecessary substances from the ground beans. The separating device 6 includes a passage portion 630a arranged between the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B. The passage portion 630a is a hollow body forming a separation chamber through which ground beans freely falling from the first grinder 5A pass. The passage portion 630a is connected to a passage portion 630b extending in a direction (for example, the left-right direction) crossing the passage direction of ground beans (for example, the vertical direction), and the suction unit 60 is connected to the passage portion 630b. It is connected. Light objects such as chaff and fine powder are sucked by the suction unit 60 sucking the air in the passage portion 630a. This allows the unwanted matter to be separated from the ground beans.

The suction unit 60 is a centrifugal mechanism. The suction unit 60 includes a chaff fan unit 60A and a collection container 60B. The chaff fan unit 60A shown in FIG. 4 includes a chaff fan motor and a chaff fan rotationally driven by the chaff fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.

Collection container 60B includes an upper portion 61 and a lower portion 62 that are separably engaged. The lower portion 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open top, forming a space for accumulating unnecessary items. The upper portion 61 constitutes a lid portion that is attached to the opening of the lower portion 62 . The upper portion 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially therewith. The chaff fan unit 60A is fixed to the upper portion 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck the air in the exhaust pipe 61b. A passage portion 630 b is connected to the upper portion 61 . The passage portion 630b opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.

By driving the chaff fan unit 60A, air currents indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. 4 are generated. Due to this airflow, the air containing unnecessary matter is sucked into the collection container 60B from the passage portion 630a through the passage portion 630b. Since the passage portion 630b opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, the air containing the unnecessary matter swirls around the exhaust pipe 61b. The waste D in the air falls by its weight and is collected in a portion of the collection container 60B (deposited on the bottom surface of the lower portion 62). Air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust pipe 61b.

A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust pipe 61b. A plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is obliquely inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61d, the swirl of the air containing the unwanted matter D around the exhaust pipe 61b is promoted.

A lower portion 62 shown in FIG. 4 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container whose entirety is a transmissive portion. A lower portion 62 is a portion covered with a cover portion 102 (FIG. 2). A manager or a consumer of the beverage can see the unwanted matter D accumulated in the lower portion 62 through the cover portion 102 and the peripheral wall of the lower portion 62 . It may be easier for the administrator to confirm the cleaning timing of the lower portion 62, and for the consumer of the beverage, it is possible to visually confirm that the unnecessary matter D has been removed, which increases expectations for the quality of the coffee beverage being produced. Sometimes.

In this way, the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the first grinder 5A, and when the coarsely ground beans pass through the passage 630a, the separation device 6 separates unnecessary substances. be done. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary matter has been separated are finely ground by the second grinder 5B. The wastes separated by the separation device 6 are typically chaff and fine powder. These can reduce the taste of the coffee beverage, and removing chaff and the like from the ground beans can improve the quality of the coffee beverage.

Grinding of roasted coffee beans may be in one grinder (single stage grinding). However, the two-stage grinding by the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B makes it easier to uniformize the grain size of the ground beans and makes it possible to make the extraction degree of the coffee liquid constant. During grinding of beans, heat may be generated due to friction between the cutter and the beans. The two-stage pulverization can suppress heat generation due to friction during pulverization and prevent deterioration of the ground beans (for example, loss of flavor).

In addition, by going through the stages of coarse grinding → separation of unnecessary substances → fine grinding, when separating unnecessary substances such as chaff, it is possible to increase the mass difference between the unnecessary substances and the ground beans (required parts). This can improve the separation efficiency of unnecessary substances, and can prevent ground beans (required portions) from being separated as unnecessary substances. In addition, the heat generation of the ground beans can be suppressed by the air cooling by interposing the unnecessary matter separation processing using air suction between the coarse grinding and the fine grinding. This can also prevent deterioration of the ground beans (for example, loss of flavor).

<4. Drive Unit and Extraction Container> <4-1. Outline> The drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 will be described with reference to FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the drive unit 8 and the extraction container 9. FIG. Most of the drive unit 8 is surrounded by the body portion 101 .

The drive unit 8 is supported by the frame F. The frame F includes upper and lower beams F1 and F2 and a column F3 that supports the beams F1 and F2. The drive unit 8 is roughly divided into three units: an upper unit 8A, a middle unit 8B and a lower unit 8C. The upper unit 8A is supported by the beam F1. The middle unit 8B is supported by the beam portion F1 and the pillar portion F3 between the beam portion F1 and the beam portion F2. The lower unit 8C is supported by the beam F2.

The extraction container 9 is a chamber containing a container body 90 and a lid unit 91 . The extraction container 9 may be called a chamber. The central unit 8B includes an arm member 820 that detachably holds the container body 90. As shown in FIG. Arm member 820 includes a holding member 820a and a pair of shaft members 820b spaced apart from each other in the left and right direction. The holding member 820a is an elastic member such as resin formed in a C-shaped clip, and holds the container body 90 by its elastic force. The holding member 820a holds the left and right side portions of the container body 90, leaving the front side of the container body 90 exposed. This makes it easier to visually recognize the inside of the container body 90 when viewed from the front.

The container main body 90 is attached to and detached from the holding member 820a by manual operation, and the container main body 90 is attached to the holding member 820a by pressing the container main body 90 forward and backward against the holding member 820a. Further, the container main body 90 can be separated from the holding member 820a by pulling the container main body 90 forward from the holding member 820a.

Each of the pair of shaft members 820b is a rod extending in the front-rear direction, and is a member that supports the holding member 820a. Although the number of shaft members 820b is two, the number may be one or three or more. The holding member 820a is fixed to the front ends of the pair of shaft members 820b. A pair of shaft members 820b are advanced and retracted in the front-rear direction by a mechanism to be described later, whereby the holding member 820a is advanced and retracted in the front-rear direction, and the container body 90 can be moved in parallel in the front-rear direction. The central unit 8B is also capable of rotating the extraction container 9 upside down, as will be described later.

<4-2. Extraction Container> The extraction container 9 will be described with reference to FIG. 6A and 6B are diagrams showing the closed state and the open state of the extraction container 9. FIG. As described above, the extraction vessel 9 is turned upside down by the central unit 8B. The extraction container 9 in FIG. 6 shows a basic posture in which the lid unit 91 is positioned on the upper side. In the following description, when the vertical positional relationship is described, it means the vertical positional relationship in the basic posture unless otherwise specified.

The container body 90 is a container with a bottom and has a bottle shape having a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, a body portion 90e and a bottom portion 90f. A flange portion 90c defining an opening 90a communicating with the internal space of the container body 90 is formed at the end of the neck portion 90b (upper end of the container body 90).

Both the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e have a cylindrical shape. The shoulder portion 90d is a portion between the neck portion 90b and the body portion 90e, and has a tapered shape such that the cross-sectional area of the internal space thereof gradually decreases from the body portion 90e side toward the neck portion 90b side. ing.

The lid unit 91 is a unit that opens and closes the opening 90a. The opening/closing operation (lifting operation) of the lid unit 91 is performed by the upper unit 8A.

Container body 90 includes a body member 900 and a bottom member 901 . The main body member 900 is a cylindrical member that is open at the top and bottom and forms a neck portion 90b, a shoulder portion 90d, and a body portion 90e. The bottom member 901 is a member that forms the bottom portion 90f, and is inserted and fixed to the lower portion of the main body member 900. As shown in FIG. A sealing member 902 is interposed between the body member 900 and the bottom member 901 to improve the airtightness inside the container body 90 .

A main body member 900 shown in FIG. 6 is made of a translucent material such as acrylic or glass, and constitutes a transparent container whose entirety is a transmissive portion. A manager or a consumer of the beverage can see the extraction state of the coffee beverage in the container body 90 through the cover portion 102 and the body member 900 of the container body 90 . For the manager, it may be easy to check the extraction operation, and for the consumer of the beverage, it may be possible to enjoy the extraction situation.

A convex portion 901c is provided in the central portion of the bottom member 901, and the convex portion 901c has a communication hole that communicates the inside of the container body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 903 in FIG. 8) that opens and closes the communication hole. is provided. The communication hole is used for discharging waste liquid and residue when cleaning the inside of the container body 90 . A sealing member 908 is provided on the convex portion 901c, and the sealing member 908 is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the bottom member 901. As shown in FIG.

The lid unit 91 includes a hat-shaped base member 911 . The base member 911 has a convex portion 911d and a flange portion 911c that overlaps the flange portion 90c when closed. The convex portion 911d has the same structure as the convex portion 901c of the container body 90, and is provided with a communication hole for communicating the inside of the container body 90 with the outside and a valve (valve 913 in FIG. 8) for opening and closing the communication hole. It is The communication hole of the projection 911d is mainly used for injecting hot water into the container body 90 and sending out the coffee beverage. A sealing member 918a is provided on the convex portion 911d. The sealing member 918a is a member for maintaining airtightness between the upper unit 8A or the lower unit 8C and the base member 911. As shown in FIG. The lid unit 91 is also provided with a sealing member 919 . The sealing member 919 improves the airtightness between the lid unit 91 and the container body 90 when the lid unit 91 is closed. The lid unit 91 holds a filter for filtration.

<4-3. Upper Unit and Lower Unit> The upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 and 8. FIG. FIG. 7 is a front view showing the configuration of part of the upper unit 8A and the lower unit 8C, and FIG. 8 is a longitudinal sectional view of FIG.

The upper unit 8A includes an operation unit 81A. The operation unit 81A performs opening/closing operation (lifting/lowering) of the lid unit 91 with respect to the container body 90 and opening/closing operation of the valves of the convex portions 901c and 911d. The operation unit 81A includes a support member 800, a holding member 801, an elevation shaft 802 and a probe 803.

The support member 800 is fixed so as not to change its relative position to the frame F, and accommodates the holding member 801 . The support member 800 also includes a communicating portion 800a that allows the inside of the support member 800 to communicate with the pipe L3. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from pipe L3 are introduced into support member 800 via communicating portion 800a.

The holding member 801 is a member capable of detachably holding the lid unit 91 . The holding member 801 has a cylindrical space into which the protrusion 911d of the lid unit 91 or the protrusion 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and has a mechanism for detachably holding them. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a certain pressing force and disengages with a certain separating force. Hot water, tap water, and air pressure supplied from the pipe L3 can be supplied into the extraction vessel 9 via the communicating portion 800a and the communicating hole 801a of the holding member 801. FIG.

The holding member 801 is also a movable member that is vertically slidable within the support member 800 . The elevating shaft 802 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 802 penetrates the top portion of the support member 800 in an air-tight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided so as to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 800 .

A top portion of the holding member 801 is fixed to the lower end portion of the lifting shaft 802 . The holding member 801 slides in the vertical direction by raising and lowering the elevating shaft 802, so that the holding member 801 can be attached to and separated from the projections 911d and 901c. Also, the lid unit 91 can be opened and closed with respect to the container body 90 .

A screw 802a that constitutes a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 802 . A nut 804b is screwed onto the screw 802a. The upper unit 8A has a motor 804a, and the nut 804b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 804a. The elevation shaft 802 is raised and lowered by the rotation of the nut 804b.

The elevating shaft 802 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and the probe 803 is inserted into the through hole so as to be vertically slidable. The probe 803 penetrates the top portion of the holding member 801 in an air-tight manner in the vertical direction, and is vertically movable with respect to the supporting member 800 and the holding member 801 .

The probe 803 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (by the action of a return spring, not shown).

A screw 803 a that constitutes a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 803 . A nut 805b is screwed onto the screw 803a. The upper unit 8A has a motor 805a, and the nut 805b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 805a. Rotation of the nut 805b moves the probe 803 up and down.

The lower unit 8C includes an operation unit 81C. The operation unit 81C has a configuration in which the operation unit 81A is vertically inverted, and performs opening and closing operations of the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. The operation unit 81C is also configured to be capable of opening and closing the lid unit 91, but the operation unit 81C is not used for opening and closing the lid unit 91. FIG.

Although the description of the operation unit 81A is substantially the same as the description of the operation unit 81A, the operation unit 81C will be described below. The operation unit 81C includes a support member 810, a holding member 811, an elevation shaft 812 and a probe 813.

The supporting member 810 is fixed so as not to change its relative position to the frame F, and accommodates the holding member 811 . The support member 810 also includes a communicating portion 810a that allows communication between the switching valve 10a of the switching unit 10 and the inside of the support member 810 . The coffee beverage, tap water, and residue of ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communicating portion 810a.

The holding member 811 has a cylindrical space into which the projection 911d of the lid unit 91 or the projection 901c of the bottom member 901 is inserted, and has a mechanism for detachably holding them. This mechanism is, for example, a snap ring mechanism, which engages with a certain pressing force and disengages with a certain separating force. The coffee beverage, tap water, and residue of ground beans in the container body 90 are introduced into the switching valve 10a through the communicating portion 810a and the communicating hole 811a of the holding member 811. As shown in FIG.

The holding member 811 is also a movable member that is vertically slidable within the support member 810 . The elevating shaft 812 is provided so that its axial direction is the vertical direction. The elevating shaft 812 penetrates the bottom of the support member 800 in an air-tight manner in the vertical direction, and is provided to be vertically movable with respect to the support member 810 .

A bottom portion of a holding member 811 is fixed to the lower end portion of the lifting shaft 812 . The holding member 811 slides in the vertical direction by raising and lowering the elevating shaft 812, and the holding member 811 can be attached to and separated from the projections 901c and 911d.

A screw 812 a that constitutes a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the lifting shaft 812 . A nut 814b is screwed onto the screw 812a. The lower unit 8C has a motor 814a, and the nut 814b is rotated on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 814a. The elevation shaft 812 is raised and lowered by the rotation of the nut 814b.

The elevating shaft 812 is a tubular shaft having a through hole in its central axis, and a probe 813 is inserted into the through hole so as to be vertically slidable. The probe 813 penetrates the bottom of the holding member 811 in an air-tight manner in the vertical direction, and is vertically movable with respect to the supporting member 810 and the holding member 811 .

The probe 813 is an operator for opening and closing the valves 913 and 903 provided inside the convex portions 911d and 901c. It can be changed from an open state to a closed state (by the action of a return spring, not shown).

A screw 813 a that constitutes a lead screw mechanism is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the probe 813 . A nut 815b is screwed onto the screw 813a. The lower unit 8C has a motor 815a, and the nut 815b is provided so as to rotate on the spot (without moving up and down) by the driving force of the motor 815a. Rotation of the nut 815b moves the probe 813 up and down.

<4-4. Central Unit> The central unit 8B will be described with reference to FIGS. 5 and 9. FIG. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of the central unit 8B. The middle unit 8B includes a support unit 81B that supports the extraction vessel 9. As shown in FIG. The support unit 81B includes a unit body 81B' that supports the lock mechanism 821 in addition to the arm member 820 described above.

The lock mechanism 821 is a mechanism that keeps the lid unit 91 closed with respect to the container body 90 . The locking mechanism 821 includes a pair of gripping members 821a that vertically sandwich the flange portion 911c of the lid unit 91 and the flange portion 90c of the container body 90. As shown in FIG. The pair of gripping members 821a has a C-shaped cross section that is fitted with the collar portion 911c and the flange portion 90c sandwiched therebetween, and is opened and closed in the left-right direction by the driving force of the motor 822 . When the pair of gripping members 821a is in the closed state, each gripping member 821a engages the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c so as to vertically sandwich the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, as indicated by solid lines in the enclosing view of FIG. The unit 91 is hermetically locked to the container body 90 . In this locked state, even if the holding member 801 is lifted by the lifting shaft 802 to open the lid unit 91, the lid unit 91 does not move (lock is not released). That is, the locking force of the locking mechanism 821 is set stronger than the force of opening the lid unit 91 using the holding member 801 . As a result, it is possible to prevent the lid unit 91 from being opened with respect to the container body 90 in the event of an abnormality.

When the pair of gripping members 821a are in the open state, the gripping members 821a are separated from the flange portion 911c and the flange portion 90c, as indicated by the broken lines in the encircled view of FIG. is unlocked with

When the holding member 801 is holding the lid unit 91 and when the holding member 801 is raised from the lowered position to the raised position, the lid unit 91 is lifted from the container body 90 when the pair of gripping members 821a is open. separated. Conversely, when the pair of gripping members 821a is closed, the holding member 801 is disengaged from the lid unit 91, and only the holding member 801 is raised.

The central unit 8B also includes a mechanism for horizontally moving the arm member 820 in the front-rear direction using the motor 823 as a drive source. As a result, the container body 90 supported by the arm member 820 can be moved between the rear extracting position (state ST1) and the front bean throwing position (state ST2). The bean-throwing-in position is a position at which ground beans are thrown into the container main body 90, and the ground beans ground by the second grinder 5B are put into the opening 90a of the container main body 90 from which the lid unit 91 is separated. Input from 5C. In other words, the position of the delivery pipe 5C is above the container body 90 located at the bean loading position.

The extraction position is a position where the container body 90 can be operated by the operation units 81A and 81C, is coaxial with the probes 803 and 813, and is a position where coffee liquid is extracted. The extraction position is a position on the back side of the bean-throwing-in position. 5, 7 and 8 all show the container body 90 in the extraction position. In this way, by changing the position of the container body 90 for charging the ground beans and for extracting the coffee liquid and supplying the water, the steam generated when the coffee liquid is extracted is distributed to the delivery pipe, which is the supply portion for the ground beans. Adherence to 5C can be prevented.

The central unit 8B also includes a mechanism that rotates the support unit 81B around a longitudinal axis 825 using a motor 824 as a drive source. As a result, the posture of the container body 90 (extraction container 9) can be changed from the upright posture (state ST1) with the neck portion 90b on the upper side to the inverted posture (state ST3) with the neck portion 90b on the lower side. While the extraction container 9 is rotating, the locking mechanism 821 keeps the lid unit 91 locked to the container body 90 . The extraction container 9 is turned upside down between the upright posture and the inverted posture. In the inverted posture, the convex portion 911d is positioned at the position of the convex portion 901c in the upright posture. In addition, the convex portion 901c in the inverted posture is positioned at the position of the convex portion 911d in the erect posture. Therefore, in the inverted posture, the operation unit 81A can perform the opening/closing operation for the valve 903, and the operation unit 81C can perform the opening/closing operation for the valve 913. FIG.

<5. Control Device> The control device 11 of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a block diagram of the control device 11. As shown in FIG.

The control device 11 controls the beverage manufacturing device 1 as a whole. The control device 11 includes a processing section 11a, a storage section 11b and an I/F (interface) section 11c. The processing unit 11a is, for example, a processor such as a CPU. The storage unit 11b is, for example, RAM or ROM. The I/F unit 11c includes an input/output interface for inputting/outputting signals between an external device and the processing unit 11a. The I/F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with the server 16 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone via a communication network 15, and can receive, for example, information such as reservations for beverage production and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of beverage consumers. .

The processing unit 11 a executes a program stored in the storage unit 11 b and controls the actuator group 14 based on instructions from the information display device 12 , detection results from the sensor group 13 , or instructions from the server 16 . The sensor group 13 is various sensors provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 (for example, a hot water temperature sensor, a mechanism operating position detection sensor, a pressure sensor, etc.). The actuator group 14 is various actuators (for example, a motor, an electromagnetic valve, a heater, etc.) provided in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 .

<6. Example of Operation Control> An example of control processing of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 executed by the processing unit 11a will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 11A shows a control example related to one coffee beverage production operation. The state of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 before the production instruction is given is called a standby state. The state of each mechanism in the standby state is as follows.

The extraction device 3 is in the state of FIG. The extraction container 9 is in an upright posture and positioned at the extraction position. The lock mechanism 821 is closed, and the lid unit 91 closes the opening 90a of the container body 90 . The holding member 801 is in the lowered position and attached to the projection 911d. The holding member 811 is in the raised position and attached to the projection 901c. Valves 903 and 913 are in a closed state. The switching valve 10a communicates the communication portion 810a of the operation unit 81C with the waste tank T. As shown in FIG.

In the standby state, when there is an instruction to produce a coffee beverage, the process of FIG. 11(A) is executed. Preheating is performed in S1. This process is a process of pouring hot water into the container body 90 to heat the container body 90 in advance. First, the valves 903 and 913 are opened. As a result, the pipe L3, the extraction container 9, and the waste tank T are brought into communication.

The solenoid valve 72i is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 1500 ms) and then closed. As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72 . Subsequently, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms) and then closed. As a result, the air in the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the discharge of hot water to the waste tank T is facilitated. By the above process, the inside of the extraction container 9 and the pipe L2 are preheated, and it is possible to reduce the cooling of the hot water in the subsequent production of the coffee beverage.

In S2, grind processing is performed. Here, roasted coffee beans are ground and the ground beans are put into the container body 90 . First, the lock mechanism 821 is opened and the holding member 801 is raised to the raised position. The lid unit 91 is held by the holding member 801 and rises together with the holding member 801 . As a result, the lid unit 91 is separated from the container body 90 . The holding member 811 is lowered to the lowered position. The container main body 90 is moved to the bean-throwing-in position. Subsequently, the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 are operated. As a result, a cup of roasted coffee beans is supplied from the storage device 4 to the first grinder 5A. Roasted coffee beans are ground in two stages by the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B, and unwanted substances are separated by the separation device 6.例文帳に追加Ground beans are put into the container main body 90 .

The container body 90 is returned to the extraction position. The holding member 801 is lowered to the lowered position to attach the lid unit 91 to the container body 90 . The lock mechanism 821 is closed, and the lid unit 91 is airtightly locked to the container body 90 . The holding member 811 rises to the raised position. Of the valves 903 and 913, the valve 903 is closed and the valve 913 is open.

Extraction processing is performed in S3. Here, coffee liquid is extracted from the ground beans in the container body 90 . FIG. 11B is a flow chart of the extraction process of S3.

In S41, in order to steam the ground beans in the extraction container 9, hot water less than a cup of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9. - 特許庁Here, the solenoid valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 500 ms). As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72 . After that, it waits for a predetermined time (for example, 5000 milliseconds) and ends the processing of S41. This process allows the ground beans to be steamed. By steaming the ground beans, the carbon dioxide gas contained in the ground beans can be released, and the subsequent extraction effect can be enhanced.

In S42, the remaining amount of hot water is poured into the extraction container 9 so that the extraction container 9 can accommodate a cup of hot water. Here, the electromagnetic valve 72i is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 7000 ms). As a result, hot water is injected into the extraction container 9 from the water tank 72 .

By the processing of S42, the inside of the extraction vessel 9 can be brought to a state of a temperature exceeding 100 degrees Celsius (for example, about 110 degrees Celsius) at 1 atmospheric pressure. Subsequently, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized in S43. Here, the solenoid valve 73b is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 msec), and the inside of the extraction vessel 9 is pressurized to a pressure (for example, about 4 atmospheres (about 3 atmospheres in gauge pressure)) at which hot water does not boil. After that, the valve 913 is closed.

Subsequently, this state is maintained for a predetermined period of time (for example, 7000 ms) to perform immersion-type coffee liquid extraction (S44). As a result, coffee liquid is extracted by immersion method under high temperature and high pressure. The following effects can be expected from immersion extraction under high temperature and pressure. First, the high pressure makes it easier for the hot water to permeate the inside of the ground beans, thereby promoting the extraction of the coffee liquid. Second, the high temperature promotes the extraction of the coffee liquid. Third, the high temperature reduces the viscosity of the oil contained in the ground beans, promoting the extraction of the oil. This makes it possible to produce a coffee beverage with a high aroma.

The temperature of the hot water (high-temperature water) should be above 100 degrees Celsius, but a higher temperature is advantageous in extracting the coffee liquid. On the other hand, raising the temperature of the hot water generally results in an increase in cost. Therefore, the temperature of the hot water may be, for example, 105 degrees Celsius or higher, or 110 degrees Celsius or higher, or 115 degrees Celsius or higher, or, for example, 130 degrees Celsius or lower, or 120 degrees Celsius or lower. The atmospheric pressure should be such that hot water does not boil.

In S45, the inside of the extraction container 9 is decompressed. Here, the pressure inside the extraction container 9 is switched to the pressure at which hot water boils. Specifically, the valve 913 is opened, and the electromagnetic valve 73c is opened and closed for a predetermined time (for example, 1000 ms). The inside of the extraction container 9 is released to the atmosphere. After that, the valve 913 is closed again.

The pressure inside the extraction container 9 is rapidly reduced to a pressure lower than the boiling point pressure, and the hot water in the extraction container 9 boils at once. The hot water and ground beans in the extraction container 9 are explosively scattered within the extraction container 9. - 特許庁This allows the water to boil evenly. In addition, destruction of the cell walls of the ground beans can be promoted, and subsequent extraction of the coffee liquid can be further promoted. In addition, the boiling can stir the ground beans and the hot water, thereby promoting the extraction of the coffee liquid. In this way, the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved.

In S46, the extraction container 9 is reversed from the upright posture to the inverted posture. Here, the holding member 801 is moved to the raised position, and the holding member 811 is moved to the lowered position. Then, the support unit 81B is rotated. After that, the holding member 801 is returned to the lowered position, and the holding member 811 is returned to the raised position. In the inverted extraction container 9, the neck portion 90b and the lid unit 91 are positioned on the lower side.

At S47, permeation type coffee liquid extraction is performed, and the coffee beverage is delivered to the cup C. Here, the switching valve 10a is switched to allow communication between the pouring portion 10c and the passage portion 810a of the operation unit 81C. Also, both the valves 903 and 913 are opened. Further, the solenoid valve 73b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, 10000 msec) to set the inside pressure of the extraction container 9 to a predetermined pressure (for example, 1.7 atmospheres (0.7 atmospheres in gauge pressure)). In the extraction container 9, the coffee beverage in which the coffee liquid is dissolved in hot water passes through the filter provided in the lid unit 91 and is delivered to the cup C. The filter regulates the leakage of ground residue. The extraction process is completed as described above.

By using both the immersion extraction in S44 and the permeation extraction in S47, the coffee liquid extraction efficiency can be improved. When the extraction container 9 is in an upright position, the ground beans are deposited from the body portion 90e to the bottom portion 90f. On the other hand, when the extraction container 9 is in an inverted position, the ground beans are deposited from the shoulder portion 90d to the neck portion 90b. The cross-sectional area of the body portion 90e is larger than the cross-sectional area of the neck portion 90b, and the ground beans are deposited thicker in the inverted posture than in the upright posture. That is, when the extraction container 9 is in the upright posture, the ground beans are relatively thin and are deposited widely, and when the extraction container 9 is in the inverted posture, they are deposited relatively thick and narrow.

Since the immersion type extraction in S44 is performed with the extraction container 9 in an upright position, the hot water and the ground beans can be brought into contact with each other over a wide range, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be improved. However, in this case, hot water and ground beans tend to come into partial contact. On the other hand, since the permeation extraction in S47 is performed with the extraction container 9 in an inverted position, the hot water passes through the piled ground beans while coming into contact with more ground beans. The hot water comes into contact with the ground beans more evenly, and the extraction efficiency of the coffee liquid can be further improved.

Returning to FIG. 11A, after the extraction process of S3, the discharge process of S4 is performed. Here, processing related to cleaning the inside of the extraction container 9 is performed. Cleaning of the extraction container 9 is performed by returning the extraction container 9 from the inverted position to the upright position and supplying tap water (purified water) to the extraction container 9 . Then, the inside of the extraction container 9 is pressurized, and the water in the extraction container 9 is discharged to the disposal tank T together with the residue of the ground beans.

Thus, one coffee beverage manufacturing process is completed. Thereafter, similar processing is repeated for each manufacturing instruction. The time required for making one coffee beverage is, for example, about 60 to 90 seconds.

<7. Summary of Device Configuration> As described above, the beverage production device 1 includes the bean processing device 2 and the extraction device 3 as production units. The extraction device 3 includes a fluid supply unit 7, a drive unit 8, an extraction container 9, and a switching unit 10 (see FIGS. 2, 3, etc.). The grinding device 5 receives a cup of roasted coffee beans from the storage device 4, and grinds the beans in two stages using the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff are separated from the ground beans by the separation device 6 . After the ground beans are put into the extraction container 9, the fluid supply unit 7 pours hot water into the extraction container 9, the driving unit 8 reverses the orientation of the extraction container 9, and the switching unit 10 transfers the extraction container 9 to the cup C. Via liquid delivery or the like, a single serving of beverage is provided.

A part of the manufacturing section is covered with a cover section 102 configured as a transparent cover that is a transparent section as a whole, and a user (for example, an administrator of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, a consumer of the beverage, etc.) can use the beverage manufacturing apparatus. 1 Visible from the outside. The plurality of canisters 40, which are part of the storage device 4, are exposed and the other elements are substantially contained within the housing 100, but the entire manufacturing section is within the housing 100. may be housed in In other words, the cover section 102 may be provided so as to cover at least part of the manufacturing section.

At least a part of the manufacturing section is covered by the cover section 102 so as to be visible from the outside of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1. For example, when the user is the administrator of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1, the administrator can manufacture the beverage. In some cases, it may be possible to check the operation of the equipment along with the preparations. If the user is a purchaser of a beverage, the purchaser may be able to wait for the completion of production of the beverage while raising expectations for the beverage. For example, the extraction container 9 of the extraction device 3 can be viewed from the outside of the beverage production device 1 through the cover part 102, and the extraction process, which is of relatively high interest to the user, can be observed among several processes for producing beverages. is. The drive unit 8 functions as a posture changing unit that changes the posture of the extraction container 9, and as described above, the extraction container 9 is a movable part that can be turned upside down in the manufacturing department. Therefore, this reversing operation of the extraction container 9 is relatively likely to attract the user's interest, and by making it observable by the user, it may be possible to entertain the user.

Next, a modified example of the crushing device 5 will be described. In the following description, components having the same names as those of the components described so far are given the same reference numerals as those used so far. The pulverizing device 5 described here differs in appearance from the pulverizing device shown in FIG. 2, but is functionally the same.

12 is a perspective view of the crushing device 5, and FIG. 13 is a longitudinal sectional view of the crushing device 5 shown in FIG.

The crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 12 also includes a first grinder 5A, a second grinder 5B and a separating device 6, like the crushing device shown in FIG. The first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B are mechanisms for grinding the roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 shown in FIG. The first grinder 5A is a grinder for crushing the coffee beans to a certain size (for example, about 1/4) in order to facilitate separation of unnecessary substances adhering to the coffee beans. The second grinder 5B is a grinder for grinding coffee beans that have been ground by the first grinder 5A into ground coffee beans of a desired grain size. Therefore, the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B have different grain sizes for grinding beans, and the grain size of the second grinder 5B is finer than that of the first grinder 5A. Although the grain size of ground beans in the second grinder 5B may have an error (about ±5 μm), it can be adjusted by adjusting the distance between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b.

The first grinder 5A includes a motor 52a (see FIG. 12) and a body portion 53a. A motor 52a is a drive source for the first grinder 5A. The body portion 53a is a unit that accommodates a cutter, and as shown in FIG. 13, a rotating shaft 54a is built therein. A gear 55a is provided on the rotating shaft 54a, and the driving force of the motor 52a is transmitted to the rotating shaft 54a via the gear 55a.

As shown in FIG. 13, the rotary shaft 54a is provided with a rotary blade 58a, which is a cutter. A fixed blade 57a, which is a cutter, is provided around the rotary blade 58a. The inside of the body portion 53a communicates with the input port 50a (see FIG. 12) and the delivery port 51a (see FIG. 13). Roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 shown in FIG. 2 enter the body portion 53a from an inlet 50a formed in the upper portion of the body portion 53a, and enter the main body portion 53a between the rotary blade 58a and the fixed blade 57a shown in FIG. It is pulverized so as to be sandwiched between them. Further, as shown in FIG. 13, a restraining plate 56a is provided above the rotating blade 58a of the rotating shaft 54a, and the restraining plate 56a restrains the roasted coffee beans from escaping upward. The first grinder 5A grinds the roasted coffee beans to, for example, about 1/4. The crushed ground beans are delivered to the separation device 6 from the delivery port 51a.

The roasted coffee beans supplied to the inlet 50a may be supplied not from above the rotary blade 58a but at a height that hits the side of the rotary blade 58a. In this case, since the rotating blade 58a prevents the roasted coffee beans from escaping upward, the restraining plate 56a may not be provided.

The first grinder 5A may change the size of the roasted coffee beans delivered after being ground by changing the rotation speed of the rotary blade 58a. Alternatively, the distance between the rotary blade 58a and the fixed blade 57a may be changed by manually adjusting the distance.

The separation device 6 shown in FIG. 12 has the same configuration as the separation device 6 described with reference to FIG. It is a mechanism that separates by air suction force. The roasted coffee beans supplied from the storage device 4 are first coarsely ground by the first grinder 5A, and the coarsely ground beans are separated by the separation device 6 to separate unnecessary substances. The coarsely ground beans from which unnecessary matter has been separated are finely ground by the second grinder 5B.

The second grinder 5B includes a motor 52b (see FIG. 12) and a body portion 53b. A motor 52b is a drive source for the second grinder 5B. The main body portion 53b is a unit that accommodates a cutter, and as shown in FIG. 13, a rotary shaft 54b is built therein. A pulley 55b is provided on the rotating shaft 54b, and the driving force of the motor 52b is transmitted to the rotating shaft 54b via the belt 59b and the pulley 55b.

As shown in FIG. 13, the rotary shaft 54b is also provided with a rotary blade 58b, and a fixed blade 57b is provided above the rotary blade 58b. The inside of the body portion 53b communicates with the inlet 50b shown in FIG. 12 and the outlet 51b shown in FIG. The ground beans falling from the separation device 6 enter the main body 53b from the inlet 50b and are further ground while being sandwiched between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b. Ground beans pulverized into powder are delivered from the delivery port 51b. The grain size of ground beans in the second grinder 5B can be adjusted by adjusting the distance between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b.

Next, the separation device 6 will be described again, although there are parts that overlap with the description so far. 14 is a partially broken perspective view of the separation device 6. FIG. The separating device 6 includes a suction unit 6A and a forming unit 6B. The forming unit 6B is a hollow body forming a separation chamber SC (see FIG. 13) through which ground beans freely falling from the first grinder 5A pass. The suction unit 6A is a unit that communicates with the separation chamber SC in a direction (horizontal direction in this example) that intersects the passing direction of the ground beans (vertical direction in this example) and sucks air in the separation chamber SC. By sucking the air in the separation chamber SC, light objects such as chaff and fine powder are sucked. This allows the unwanted matter to be separated from the ground beans.

The suction unit 6A is a centrifugal mechanism. The suction unit 6A includes a chaff fan unit 60A and a collection container 60B. The chaff fan unit 60A includes a chaff fan motor and a chaff fan rotationally driven by the chaff fan motor, and exhausts the air in the collection container 60B upward.

Collection container 60B includes an upper portion 61 and a lower portion 62 that are separably engaged. The lower portion 62 has a bottomed cylindrical shape with an open top, forming a space for accumulating unnecessary items. The upper portion 61 constitutes a lid portion that is attached to the opening of the lower portion 62 . As shown in FIG. 14, the upper portion 61 includes a cylindrical outer peripheral wall 61a and an exhaust pipe 61b formed coaxially therewith. The chaff fan unit 60A is fixed to the upper portion 61 above the exhaust pipe 61b so as to suck the air in the exhaust pipe 61b. The upper portion 61 also includes a radially extending cylindrical connecting portion 61c. The connecting portion 61c is connected to the forming unit 6B to allow communication between the separation chamber SC and the collection container 60B. The connecting portion 61c opens to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b.

By driving the chaff fan unit 60A, air currents indicated by arrows d1 to d3 in FIG. 14 are generated. Due to this airflow, the air containing unnecessary substances is sucked into the collection container 60B from the separation chamber SC through the connecting portion 61c. Since the connecting portion 61c is open to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, the air containing unnecessary matter swirls around the exhaust pipe 61b. The waste D in the air falls by its weight and is collected in a portion of the collection container 60B (deposited on the bottom surface of the lower portion 62). Air is exhausted upward through the inside of the exhaust pipe 61b.

A plurality of fins 61d are integrally formed on the peripheral surface of the exhaust pipe 61b. A plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is obliquely inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61, the swirl of the air containing the unwanted matter D around the exhaust pipe 61b is promoted. In addition, the fins 61 promote the separation of the unnecessary matter D. FIG. As a result, the length of the suction unit 6A in the vertical direction can be suppressed, which contributes to downsizing of the device.

In addition, a formation unit 6B is arranged in the dropping path of ground beans by the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B, and a centrifugal suction unit 6A is arranged on the side of the dropping path. Although the centrifugal separation type mechanism tends to be elongated in the vertical direction, by displacing the suction unit 6A from the drop path and arranging it to the side, the suction unit 6A can be arranged laterally with respect to the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B. Can be installed side by side. This contributes to reducing the vertical length of the device. In particular, when two-stage grinding is performed by the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B, the length of the device in the vertical direction tends to be long, so this arrangement of the suction unit 6A is effective for downsizing the device. is.

The forming unit 6B will be described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 17. FIG. FIG. 15 is a longitudinal sectional view of the forming unit 6B. FIG. 16 is a perspective view and a partially enlarged view of the forming unit 6B. FIG. 17 is a plan view of the forming unit 6B, and is an explanatory diagram for comparison of cross-sectional areas.

A forming unit 6B shown in FIG. 15 is formed by connecting two vertically divided halves. The forming unit 6B includes a tube portion 63 and a separation chamber forming portion 64, and has a spoon shape in plan view. The tube portion 63 is a tubular body that forms a communication passage 63a with the suction unit 6A, and extends in a lateral direction (a direction that intersects a center line CL described later). The separation chamber forming portion 64 is a ring-shaped hollow body that is connected to the pipe portion 63 and forms the separation chamber SC, the center of which is vertically open.

The separation device 6 shown in FIG. 14 employs a method of applying lateral wind pressure to the ground beans falling from the first grinder 5A to suck the unwanted matter when separating the unwanted matter from the ground beans. . This has the advantage that the vertical length can be shorter than the centrifugal method.

The separation chamber forming portion 64 shown in FIG. 15 includes a vertically extending cylindrical portion 65 . The tubular portion 65 protrudes into the separation chamber SC from its vertical center portion to its lower portion. The tubular portion 65 has an opening 65a at one end on the upper side, and the opening 65a forms an inlet for ground beans communicating with the separation chamber SC. The opening 65a is located outside the separation chamber SC and is connected to the delivery port 51a (see FIG. 13) of the first grinder 5A. As a result, the ground beans falling from the delivery port 51a are introduced into the separation chamber forming portion 64 without omission. The tubular portion 65 has an opening 65b at the other lower end. The opening 65b is positioned within the separation chamber SC. Since the opening 65b faces the separation chamber SC, ground beans falling from the delivery port 51a are introduced into the separation chamber SC without leakage.

The cylindrical portion 65 has a cylindrical shape, and the openings 65a and 65b have concentric circular shapes positioned on the center line CL. This makes it easier for the ground beans falling from the delivery port 51 a to pass through the tubular portion 65 . The tubular portion 65 has a tapered shape in which the cross-sectional area of the internal space gradually decreases from the opening portion 65a side toward the opening portion 65b side. Since the inner wall of the tubular portion 65 has a mortar shape, falling ground beans are likely to collide with the inner wall. The ground beans falling from the first grinder 5A may adhere to each other and fall as clumps. If the ground beans are in the form of clumps, the separation efficiency of unnecessary substances may be lowered. In the tubular portion 65 shown in FIG. 15 , the lumps of the ground beans collide with the inner wall of the tubular portion 65 to break the lumps and make it easier to separate unnecessary substances.

Note that the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 65 is not limited to the mortar shape in terms of breaking up lumps of ground beans. If there is a part in the middle of the cylindrical part 65 where the cross-sectional area of the internal space is smaller than that of the opening part 65a, and if there is an inner wall that is inclined (not horizontal) with respect to the center line CL, it will not collide with the mass. The ground beans can be dropped smoothly while accelerating. Further, the cylindrical portion 65 need not protrude into the separation chamber SC, and may have only a portion that protrudes upward from the outer surface of the separation chamber forming portion 64 . However, by protruding the cylindrical portion 65 into the separation chamber SC, the wind velocity around the cylindrical portion 65 can be improved. Therefore, in the region R1 relatively far from the pipe portion 63, the effect of separating unnecessary matter by wind pressure can be enhanced.

The separation chamber forming part 64 has a delivery port 66 communicating with the separation chamber SC, through which the ground beans after the unnecessary matter is separated is delivered. The delivery port 66 shown in FIG. 15 is positioned below the opening 65b, and the ground beans passing through the tubular portion 65 freely fall from the delivery port 66 through the separation chamber SC. The delivery port 66 is a circular opening positioned on the center line CL and concentric with the openings 65a and 65b. Therefore, the ground beans can easily pass through the separation chamber forming portion 64 by free fall, and the ground beans can be prevented from accumulating in the separation chamber forming portion 64 .

As shown in FIG. 17, the cross-sectional area SC2 of the delivery port 66 is larger than the cross-sectional area SC1 of the opening 65b. The opening 65b and the delivery port 66 overlap each other when viewed in the vertical direction. Therefore, when the opening 65 b is projected vertically onto the delivery port 66 , the opening 65 b fits inside the delivery port 66 . In other words, the opening 65b is accommodated within a vertically extending area of the delivery port 66 . It is also possible to employ a configuration in which the opening 65b and the delivery port 66 overlap but are not on the same center line, or a configuration in which at least one of them is not circular but overlaps.

The ratio of cross-sectional area SC1 to cross-sectional area SC2 is, for example, 95% or less, or 85% or less, or, for example, 60% or more, or 70% or more. Since the opening 65b and the delivery port 66 are concentric circles, they overlap each other when viewed in the direction of the center line CL. Therefore, the ground beans that freely fall from the opening 65b are easily delivered from the delivery port 66. FIG. In addition, it is possible to prevent the falling ground beans from colliding with the edge of the delivery port 66 and jumping to the pipe portion 63 side, and suppressing the required ground beans from being sucked into the suction unit 6A. Although the opening area of the one end opening (eg 65a) is smaller than the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66), the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66) and the opening of the one end opening (eg 65a) The areas may be the same, or the opening area of the one end opening (eg 65a) may be larger than the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66). Although it has been illustrated that the opening area of the other end opening (eg 65b) is smaller than the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66), the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66) and the other end opening (eg 65b) may be the same, or the opening area of the other end opening (eg 65b) may be larger than the opening area of the delivery port (eg 66). Although the suction unit (eg 6A) sucks air from the delivery port 66 and the inlet (eg 65a, 65a'), the amount of air sucked from the inlet (eg 65a, 65a') The amount of air sucked from the delivery port 66 may be larger. This is achieved by protruding the other end opening (for example, 65b) into the separation chamber and by making the cross-sectional area of the delivery port 66 larger than the size of the opening area of the one end opening (for example, 65a). Alternatively, the cross-sectional area of the delivery port 66 may be larger than the opening area of the other end opening (eg 65b). Alternatively, the distance from the delivery port 66 to the exhaust stack 61b may be shorter than the distance from one end opening (eg, 65a) to the exhaust stack 61b. This may be achieved by making the distance shorter, or by making the distance from the delivery port 66 to the chaff fan unit 60A shorter than the distance from one end opening (eg 65a) to the chaff fan unit 60A. Any one of the inner wall portions of the members (63 to 65) constituting the formation unit 6B and the separation chamber SC, the cylindrical portion 65, and the other end opening (eg, 65b), but the grinder (at least one of 5A and 5B ) directly or indirectly via another member, and the vibration caused by the rotation of the grinder is transmitted to vibrate. For example, in the case of the coffee bean grinder 1 in the embodiment, since they are in direct or indirect contact, during operation of the grinder, the members (63-65) constituting the forming unit 6B and the separation chamber SC , the tubular portion 65, or the other end opening (for example, 65b) vibrates, and the turbulent air generated in the separation chamber SC due to the vibration causes the separation chamber SC to move from the other end opening (for example, 65b). A brake is applied to light wastes entering into the vacuum chamber so that the wastes can be easily sucked by a suction unit (eg 6A). In particular, the forming unit 6B, like the coffee grinder 1 in the example, is in direct contact with the first grinder 5A of the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B; By bringing them into contact with each other, the forming unit 6B may be appropriately vibrated to facilitate the suction of light unnecessary matter.

Air sucked by the suction unit 6A is mainly sucked from the delivery port 66 . For this reason, as shown in FIG. 13, a gap is provided between the delivery port 66 and the input port 50b of the second grinder 5B to promote the suction of air. An arrow d4 shown in FIG. 15 schematically indicates the direction of the air flow sucked by the suction unit 6A. By sucking air from the delivery port 66, it becomes difficult for unnecessary substances to be discharged from the delivery port 66, and the performance of separating ground beans and unnecessary substances can be improved. The air sucked by the suction unit 6A is also sucked from the opening 65a.

A turbulent flow promoting portion 67 is formed in the peripheral wall defining the delivery port 66 . The turbulence promoting part 67 causes turbulence in the air sucked into the separation chamber SC from the delivery port 66 . By forming the turbulent flow promoting portion 67, turbulent flow is likely to occur particularly in the region R2 between the opening 65b and the delivery port 66. As shown in FIG. In addition, in the forming unit 6B shown in FIG. 15, the wind speed increases around the cylindrical portion 65, so that the generation of turbulence in the region R2 can be synergistically promoted.

The ground beans introduced into the inlet 65a are agitated under the influence of turbulence when passing through the region R2. In particular, since the cross-sectional area SC2 of the delivery port 66 is larger than the cross-sectional area SC1 of the opening 65b as described above, ground beans always pass through the region R2. Turbulence facilitates the separation of waste materials such as chaff and fines from the ground beans. Therefore, even if the separation chamber SC is a small space, it is possible to improve the separation efficiency of unnecessary substances, and in particular, it contributes to reducing the length of the separation chamber SC in the vertical direction. This is advantageous for miniaturization of the device when performing two-stage grinding with two grinders 5B.

As shown in FIGS. 15 and 16, the turbulence-promoting section 67 includes a plurality of turbulence-promoting elements 67a. The turbulence promoting element 67a is a protrusion protruding downward in the vertical direction. The projection direction of the turbulence promoting element 67a may be any direction, but a direction within a range from downward to radially inward is preferable in terms of making it easier to generate turbulence in the separation chamber SC. be. If the protruding direction is downward, the ground beans that have fallen will not be caught, which is more preferable.

The cross-sectional shape of the turbulence-promoting element 67a is such that a trapezoidal quadrangular prism is arranged such that the upper base of the cross-section faces the direction of the center line CL, and as shown in FIG. It has a shape that is The shape of the turbulence promoting element 67a is not limited to this shape, but a shape that makes the shape of the delivery port 66 three-dimensionally complicated is preferable.

As shown in FIG. 16, the turbulence promoting elements 67a are repeatedly formed in the circumferential direction d5 of the delivery port 66. As shown in FIG. As a result, air is blown into the region R2 from multiple directions, promoting the generation of turbulence. Adjacent turbulence promoting elements 67a have the same pitch, but may have different pitches. Although twelve turbulence promoting elements 67a are formed, the number of turbulence promoting elements 67a is arbitrary.

The grinding device 5 described above with reference to FIGS. 12 to 17 is incorporated in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1, but the grinding device 5 alone can also be used as a coffee bean grinder. In this case, a storage device that stores roasted coffee beans and supplies the coffee beans to the inlet 50a, a control device that controls the crushing device 5, and an information display device are added.

FIG. 18 is an external perspective view of the coffee bean grinder, and FIG. 19 is a block diagram of the control device of the coffee bean grinder. The basic configuration of the coffee bean grinder shown in FIG. 18 is substantially the same as the basic configuration of the grinding device 5 described with reference to FIGS. 12-17. Hereinafter, constituent elements having the same names as the constituent elements described so far are given the same reference numerals as those used so far, and differences from the crushing device 5 explained using FIGS. 12 to 17 are shown. Mainly explained.

The coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18 has a storage device 4, a grinding device 5, and a control device 11 shown in FIG. 19 for controlling them. The coffee bean grinder GM also has an information display device 12 (see FIG. 19) wirelessly connected to the control device 11 . The information display device 12 is a touch panel type display for inputting various control instructions and setting values for the coffee bean grinder GM. It is possible. Further, the information display device 12 is provided with a speaker and a camera.

The control device 11 controls the entire coffee bean grinder GM. The control device 11 includes a processing section 11a, a storage section 11b and an I/F (interface) section 11c. The processing unit 11a is, for example, a processor such as a CPU. The storage unit 11b is, for example, RAM or ROM. Recipes are stored in the storage unit 11b. The recipe includes information on various conditions for grinding coffee beans, bean information, recipe creator information, recipe creator's comments, and the like. The I/F unit 11c includes an input/output interface for inputting/outputting signals between an external device and the processing unit 11a. The I/F unit 11c also includes a communication interface capable of data communication with external terminals such as the server 16 and the portable terminal 17 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet. The server 16 can communicate with a mobile terminal 17 such as a smart phone via a communication network 15, and can receive, for example, information such as reservations for ground coffee production and impressions from the mobile terminal 17 of the consumer. be. A coffee bean grinder 1, a server 16, and a portable terminal 17 are included to constitute a coffee bean grinding system GS for grinding coffee beans.

The processing unit 11a executes programs stored in the storage unit 11b, and controls the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 according to recipes. In more detail, the processing unit 11a controls the actuator group 14 according to a recipe, and controls the actuator group 14 based on instructions from the information display device 12, detection results from the sensor group 13, or instructions from the server 16. do. The sensor group 13 is various sensors provided in the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 (for example, an operating position detection sensor of a mechanism, etc.). The actuator group 14 is various actuators (such as motors) provided in the storage device 4 and the crushing device 5 .

The storage device 4 shown in FIG. 18 has a cylindrical canister storage unit 401 and a detachable cap 401c that screws onto the upper end of the canister storage unit 401 and covers the upper surface of the canister storage unit 401. As shown in FIG. A canister storage chamber (not shown) is provided inside the canister storage unit 401 . A plurality of canister storage chambers are provided in the circumferential direction, and a plurality of canisters can be stored inside the canister storage unit 401 . The canister not shown here has the same structure as the canister shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 except that the handle 40b is not provided. A plurality of stored canisters can be selectively used in the storage device 4 . Therefore, roasted coffee beans of different varieties or roasted coffee beans with different roasting degrees can be selected and ground, or multiple types of roasted coffee beans with different varieties and roasting degrees can be mixed and ground. processing can also be performed.

Further, the canister storage unit 401 is detachably attached to an option attachment portion GM11 provided on the upper portion of the center casing GM10 of the coffee bean grinder GM. In addition to the canister storage unit 401, a plurality of types of units can be attached to the option attachment portion GM11. The upper portion of the center casing GM10 covers the lower portion of the unit attached to the option attachment portion GM11. The type of unit attached to the option attachment portion GM11 may be displayed on an external terminal such as the mobile terminal 17 that can communicate with the coffee bean grinder GM.

FIG. 20(a) is a diagram showing a coffee bean grinder GM to which a hopper unit 402 is attached in place of the canister storage unit 401 shown in FIG. 18, and FIG. 1 shows a coffee bean grinder GM with a

FIG. 18 is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder GM seen diagonally from the front left, while FIG. 20 is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder GM seen diagonally from the front right.

The option mounting portion GM11 shown in FIG. 18 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the center casing GM10. The mounting method of each unit to the option mounting portion GM11 may be a screwing method, or a method in which a locking claw provided on each unit is locked to the option mounting portion GM11. A system in which locking claws provided on the option mounting portion GM11 are locked to each unit may be used.

The hopper unit 402 shown in FIG. 20(a) is a transparent container containing roasted coffee beans and covered with a removable cap 402c. This hopper unit 402 corresponds to a large single canister.

On the other hand, the funnel unit 403 shown in FIG. 20(b) has a funnel shape with the inner side tapered toward the option mounting portion GM11 side, and the upper end is open. This funnel unit 403 also accommodates roasted coffee beans. The funnel unit 403 smoothly supplies the roasted coffee beans to the downstream side as compared with the canister and the hopper unit 402 . The canister storage unit 401, the hopper unit 402, and the funnel unit 403 are storage units capable of storing roasted coffee beans. These storage units (401 to 403) are provided with supply ports for supplying roasted coffee beans to the downstream side.

A weighing unit can also be attached to the option attachment portion GM11.

FIG. 21(a) is a diagram schematically showing a state in which the weighing unit 404 is attached to the option attachment portion GM11.

In the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 21(a), a weighing unit 404 attached to the option attachment portion GM11 is further attached with a canister storage unit 401 illustrated in FIG. Storage units (401 to 403) capable of storing roasted coffee beans can be detachably attached to the weighing unit 404. FIG. The method of attaching the storage unit to the weighing unit 404 may be a screwing method similar to the method of attaching each unit to the option attachment portion GM11. A locking system may be used, or a system in which locking claws provided on the weighing unit 404 are locked to the storage unit may be used. In the example shown in FIG. 21(a), the locking claw 404k provided on the weighing unit 404 is locked to the protrusion GM11t of the option mounting portion GM11. A locking claw 401k provided on the canister housing unit 401 is locked to a protrusion 404t provided on the upper portion of the inner peripheral wall of the weighing unit 404. As shown in FIG.

The weighing unit 404 has a receiving port 4040 , a guiding passageway 4041 , a conveying passageway 4042 and a delivery port 4043 . When the storage unit (401-403) is attached to the weighing unit 404, the supply port USP of the storage unit is connected to the receiving port 4040 of the weighing unit 404, and the roasted coffee beans stored in the storing unit are supplied to the receiving port 4040. supplied to The receiving port 4040 and the upstream side of the transport path 4042 are connected by a guide path 4041 . In the transport passage 4042 shown in FIG. 21(a), the right side is the upstream side and the left side is the downstream side. An electric screw conveyor ESC is arranged in the conveying passage 4042 , and the roasted coffee beans are conveyed in the conveying passage 4042 and sent out from the outlet 4043 toward the crushing device 5 . That is, the roasted coffee beans supplied to the receiving port 4040 are guided to the conveying passage 4042 through the guiding passage 4041 and conveyed from the right side to the left side of the conveying passage 4042 shown in FIG. 21(a). The conveying path 4042 shown in FIG. 21(a) is provided horizontally, but the downstream end opening 4042o of the conveying path 4042 is formed to open obliquely upward. Note that the transport path 4042 may be inclined so that the downstream side is higher than the upstream side.

FIG. 21(b) is a perspective view showing the electric screw conveyor ESC.

In the electric screw conveyor ESC shown in FIG. 21(b), the right rear side is the upstream side, and the left front side is the downstream side. The electric screw conveyor ESC has a screw shaft ESC1 and screw blades ESC2 spirally provided on the outer peripheral surface of the screw shaft ESC1. A motor ESC3 for rotationally driving the screw shaft ESC1 is built in the upstream end of the electric screw conveyor ESC. The roasted coffee beans guided to the conveying passage 4042 are conveyed through the conveying passage 4042 by the rotating screw blade ESC2. The control device 11 controls the rotation of the motor ESC3, and the amount of roasted coffee beans is automatically weighed according to the amount of rotation of the screw shaft ESC1. The electric screw conveyor ESC automatically weighs the roasted coffee beans stored in the storage units (401-403) and conveys them downstream.

As shown in FIG. 21(a), a cover member 460 is provided at the downstream end opening 4042o of the transport passage 4042. As shown in FIG. As described above, the downstream end opening 4042o is formed facing obliquely upward, and the covering member 460 is also obliquely arranged. The covering member 460 has a covering plate 461 and a belt-like member 451 .

22A and 22B are diagrams showing several aspects of the cover member 460 arranged at the downstream end opening 4042o of the transport passage 4042. FIG.

The downstream end opening 4042o shown in FIG. 22(a) is covered with a cover plate 461 in its upper half. The cover plate 461 is a rigid body made of resin.

An exit portion 45 is provided at the downstream end of the conveying passage 4042 . The exit portion 45 is formed by arranging flexible belt-like members 451 in the horizontal direction at intervals W1. The belt-shaped member 451 is more flexible than the cover plate 461 . The interval W1 between the belt-shaped members 451 is narrower than the size of general roasted coffee beans B. Also, the upper end of the belt-shaped member 451 is fixed to the lower edge of the cover plate 461, but the lower end of the belt-shaped member 451 is a free end. In addition, the lower end of the belt-shaped member 451 is located inside the edge 4042e that defines the downstream end opening 4042o by a length shorter than the size of the roasted coffee beans B. The belt-shaped member 451 narrows the area of the downstream end opening 4042o, but allows passage of the roasted coffee beans B conveyed by the rotating screw blade ESC2 by its flexibility. That is, the area of the downstream end opening 4042o is originally narrowed to about half by the cover plate 461, and the roasted coffee beans B are less likely to drop from the downstream end opening 4042o from the time the screw blade ESC2 stops rotating. Moreover, the belt-shaped member 451 further narrows the area of the downstream end opening 4042o, making it more difficult for the roasted coffee beans B to drop from the downstream end opening 4042o. Therefore, the roasted coffee beans B are prevented from inadvertently entering the downstream side. On the other hand, since the belt-shaped member 451 is flexible and has a free end at the lower end, it is turned outward by the pushing force (equivalent to the conveying force) of the roasted coffee beans B conveyed by the rotating screw blade ESC2. . As a result, the space W1 of the belt-shaped member 451 and the gap between the lower end of the belt-shaped member 451 and the edge 4042e defining the downstream end opening 4042o widen, and the roasted coffee beans B are sent out through the widened distance and gap.

In addition, in the cover member 460 arranged to face obliquely upward, the belt-shaped member 451 is also inclined, and the outlet portion 45 also faces obliquely upward. The exit portion 45 shown in FIGS. 22(a) to 22(f) faces obliquely upward. Roasted coffee beans B are less likely to drop from the outlet portion 45 because the outlet portion 45 faces obliquely upward in this manner. However, the exit portion 45 shown in FIGS. 22(a) to 22(f) may be directed horizontally.

The downstream end opening 4042o shown in FIG. 22(a) is covered with a cover plate 461 in its upper half. The cover plate 461 is a rigid body made of resin.

The cover member 460 shown in FIGS. 22B and 22C is the same as the cover member 460 shown in FIG. The belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(b) extends downward beyond the edge 4042e that defines the downstream end opening 4042o, and the lower end of the belt-shaped member 451 is located outside the edge 4042e. there is The strip-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(c) extends downward just to the edge 4042e that defines the downstream end opening 4042o, and the lower end of the strip-shaped member 451 overlaps the edge 4042e. 22(b) and 22(c), compared to the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22(a), the area of the downstream end opening 4042o can be made narrower. Passage of roasted coffee beans B becomes less permissive. However, both the belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(b) and the belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(c) have flexibility and the lower end is a free end. The roasted coffee beans B conveyed by the ESC 2 are turned over by the pushing force. As a result, the roasted coffee beans B are sent out by the pushing force from the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 22(b) and from the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 22(c).

The cover member 460 shown in FIGS. 22(d) and 22(e) is the same as the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22(a) except that the size of the cover plate 461 is different. In the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22(d), a cover plate 461 covers an upper portion corresponding to ⅓ size of the downstream end opening 4042o. In the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22(e), a cover plate 461 covers a portion from the upper portion to the middle corresponding to 2/3 the size of the downstream end opening 4042o. Therefore, in the covering member 460 shown in FIG. 22(d), the area of the downstream end opening 4042o is not narrowed compared to the covering member 460 shown in FIG. becomes higher. However, the area of the downstream side opening 41h is narrowed by more than half when the belt-shaped member 451 is also included, and the roasted coffee beans B are less likely to fall from the outlet portion 45 from the time when the rotation of the screw blade ESC2 stops. In addition, in the covering member 460 shown in FIG. 22(e), the area of the downstream end opening 4042o is narrower than the covering member 460 shown in FIG. is quite low. For this reason, it is preferable to use a belt-like member that is more flexible than the belt-like member 451 shown in FIG. 22(a).

A cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22( f ) does not have a cover plate 461 and is composed only of an outlet portion 45 made up of a belt-like member 451 . The strip-shaped member 451 is fixed at both ends to an edge 4042e defining a downstream end opening 4042o. In the covering member 460 shown in FIG. 22(f), the belt-like member 451 narrows the area of the downstream end opening 4042o. In addition, since the belt-like member 451 is fixed at both ends, one end is not turned outward. However, the space W2 between the belt-like members 451 is widened by the pushing force of the roasted coffee beans B conveyed by the rotating screw blade ESC2. A belt-like member 451 shown in FIG. 22(f) is thinner than the belt-like member 451 shown in FIG. 22(a). 22(f) is narrower than the size of general roasted coffee beans B, but wider than the interval W1 of the strip members 451 shown in FIG. 22(a). For this reason, in the belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(f), the interval W2 is more likely to widen due to the pushing force of the roasted coffee beans B that are conveyed compared to the belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(a). The gap after expansion is also large. Therefore, the roasted coffee beans B are sent out by the pushing force also from the exit part 45 shown in FIG. 22(f).

FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing still another aspect of the covering member 460. As shown in FIG.

The cover member 460 shown in FIG. 23( a ) is the same as the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 22( a ) except for the configuration of the outlet portion 45 . That is, the upper half of the downstream end opening 4042o is covered with the cover plate 461, and the outlet portion 45 is provided in the lower half. The exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 23(a) is composed of a horizontally extending rotating shaft 452 and a lid member 453 rotating vertically about the rotating shaft 452. As shown in FIG. The lid member 453 covers the entire lower half of the downstream end opening 4042o and has a rectangular outer shape. The lid member 453 shown in FIG. 23(a) is in a state of covering the entire lower half of the downstream end opening 4042o, and the roasted coffee beans B are less likely to fall from the outlet portion 45 from the time when the rotation of the screw blade ESC2 stops. It's becoming Moreover, each outlet portion 45 shown in FIG. 23 is also directed obliquely upward. For this reason, the lid member 453 is also directed obliquely upward, making it difficult to rotate upward. However, due to the pushing force of the roasted coffee beans B conveyed by the rotating screw blade ESC2, the lid member 453 is rotated upward as indicated by the arrow in the figure, and the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. Roasted coffee beans B are also delivered from the

The covering member 460 shown in FIG. 23(b) is the same as the covering member 460 shown in FIG. 23(a) except that the size and shape of the lid member 453 are different. A lid member 453 shown in FIG. 23(b) covers a part of the lower half of the downstream end opening 4042o and has a semicircular outer shape. Therefore, a gap W3 is formed between the edge 4042e that defines the downstream end opening 4042o and the lid member 453, but the gap W3 is narrower than the general size of the roasted coffee beans B. Even with the cover member 460 shown in FIG. 23(b), it is difficult for the roasted coffee beans B to fall from the time when the screw blade ESC2 stops rotating. On the other hand, the lid member 453 is rotated upward as indicated by the arrow in the figure by the pushing force of the roasted coffee beans B that are conveyed, and the roasted coffee beans are also ejected from the exit part 45 shown in FIG. 23(b). Bean B is delivered. In particular, the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 23(b) has a gap W3, so that the roasted coffee beans B have a higher passability than the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 23(a).

A cover member 460 shown in FIG. 23(c) does not have a cover plate 461 and is composed only of two rotary shafts 452L and 452R and an outlet portion 45 having a pair of left and right cover members 453L and 453R. The two rotating shafts 452L and 452R are tilted from the vertical direction because the downstream end opening 4042o faces obliquely upward. The left lid member 453L covers the entire left half of the downstream end opening 4042o and has a semicircular outer shape. The right lid member 453L covers the entire left half of the downstream end opening 4042o and has a semicircular outer shape. Even in the exit portion 45 shown in FIG. 23(c), it is difficult for the roasted coffee beans B to drop from the time when the screw blade ESC2 stops rotating. On the other hand, due to the pushing force of the roasted coffee beans B that are conveyed, the left lid member 453L rotates leftward, and the right lid member 453R rotates rightward, as indicated by the arrows in the figure. Roasted coffee beans B are also sent out from the exit portion 45 shown in 23(c).

In addition, although each outlet part 45 shown in FIG. 23 also faces diagonally upward, it may face right sideways.

In the above description,
"A coffee machine that performs preparation using coffee beans,
A conveying mechanism [e.g., electric screw conveyor ESC] that conveys coffee beans toward the opening [e.g., downstream end opening 4042o];
and an exit part [e.g., exit part 45] that allows passage of the coffee beans conveyed by the conveying mechanism while narrowing the area of the opening. , coffee grinder GM]. 』
explained.

The conveying mechanism may be arranged in a cylinder, and the cylinder may have an upstream side on which the coffee beans are stored and a downstream side of the cylinder having the opening.

Here, a storing part storing coffee beans, a conveying mechanism for conveying the coffee beans from the storing part toward an opening, and the coffee beans conveyed by the conveying mechanism while narrowing the area of the opening. a coffee machine, comprising: an outlet for allowing passage; may be

again,
"The exit part is formed by arranging flexible belt-shaped members [for example, belt-shaped member 451] in one direction [for example, lateral direction] with an interval [for example, intervals W1, W2]. A coffee machine characterized by 』
also explained.

The one direction may be a horizontal direction, a vertical direction, or an oblique direction.

Further, the exit portion may have a comb-teeth shape.

Also, the belt-shaped member may be fixed at both ends [for example, a belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 22(f)].

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that one end of the strip member is a fixed end and the other end is a free end [for example, the strip member 451 shown in FIGS. 22(a) to 22(e)]. 』
also explained.

again,
``The other end is located inside the edge defining the opening [for example, the belt-like member 451 shown in FIGS. A coffee machine characterized by 』
also explained.

It should be noted that said other end is a first length inwardly from an edge [e.g., edge 4042e] defining said opening, said first length being a length less than the size of a coffee bean. may be

again,
"A part of the other end side [eg, free end side] of the belt-shaped member overlaps the edge [eg, edge 4042e] that defines the opening [eg, FIG. 22(b) and a band-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. 』
also explained.

That is, the other end may be positioned outside the edge [for example, the tip of the belt-shaped member 451 shown in FIG. (c) of the strip-shaped member 451].

again,
"A coffee machine, wherein said spacing [eg spacing W1, W2] is narrower than the size of said coffee beans. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized by comprising a cover part [for example, a cover plate 461] covering a part of the opening separately from the outlet part. 』
also explained.

In addition, the cover portion may be fixedly arranged along the outer circumference of the opening. Moreover, the cover part may be plate-shaped.

again,
"The outlet part is a lid member [for example, the lid member shown in FIG. 453, left lid member 453L and right lid member 453R]. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the outlet faces obliquely upward [see, for example, the downstream end opening 4042o shown in FIG. 21(a)]. 』
also explained.

Next, the bean outlet will be described.

FIG. 24(a) is a diagram showing a closed state of the lid unit GM21 that opens and closes the bean outlet GM20 provided in the center casing GM10 of the coffee bean grinder GM, and FIG. is open.

As described above, the upper portion of the center casing GM10 of the coffee bean grinder GM is provided with the option mounting portion GM11. In addition, a start button GM15 is provided in the middle portion of the center casing GM10 in the height direction. Furthermore, the lower portion of the center casing GM10 covers the first grinder 5A. The bean outlet GM20 shown in FIG. 24(b) is provided downstream of the option mounting portion GM11 and upstream of the first grinder 5A. That is, when the weighing unit 404 is attached to the option attachment portion GM11, the position of the bean outlet GM20 is downstream of the delivery port 4043 (see FIG. 21(a)) of the weighing unit 404. , when the storage units (401 to 403) are attached to the option attachment portion GM11, the position is downstream of the supply port USP (see FIG. 21(a)) of the storage unit. Roasted coffee beans stored in the storage units (401 to 403) flow down from the bean outlet GM20. Moreover, when the weighing unit 404 is attached to the option attachment part GM11, excess beans may be discharged from the bean outlet GM20 as a result of the weighing. A guide path forming member GM22 is attached to the center casing GM10 so that the roasted coffee beans flowing down from the bean outlet GM20 are not scattered. As shown in FIG. 24(b), the roasted coffee beans B flowing down from the bean outlet GM20 are guided by the guide path forming member GM22 and slide obliquely downward. If a collection container is attached to the vicinity of the tip of the guide path forming member GM22, the roasted coffee beans that have slid down can be easily collected into the collection container.

As shown in FIG. 24(b), the lid unit GM21 has an inner lid GM211 and an outer lid 212. As shown in FIG. In the closed state shown in FIG. 24(a), the inner lid GM211 is part of the peripheral wall of the bean conveying path (not shown) provided inside the center casing GM10. On the other hand, the outer lid GM212 is a member forming part of the center casing GM10 in the closed state shown in FIG. 24(a). The bean outlet GM20 provided in the center casing GM10 is closed by the outer lid GM212.

For example, the lid unit GM21 is automatically changed from the closed state to the open state by the control of the control device 11 after the weighing by the weighing unit 404 is completed and the weighed roasted coffee beans are sent to the first grinder 5A. When the lid unit GM21 is opened, the screw blade ESC2 resumes rotation, and the surplus roasted coffee beans are conveyed and flowed down from the bean outlet GM20 before reaching the first grinder 5A. If the roasted coffee beans remain in the electric screw conveyor ESC, the different types of roasted coffee beans will be mixed when the different types of roasted coffee beans are next ground. Therefore, it is necessary to remove the remaining roasted coffee beans from the electric screw conveyor ESC to the outside. Also, even if the weighing unit 404 is not attached and the same kind of roasted coffee beans are ground, the bean outlet GM20 functions effectively. Normally, the roasted coffee beans are not supplied to the first grinder 5A until the rotation speed of the first motor of the first grinder 5A reaches a constant speed, but the remaining beans before the first grinder 5A are fed to the first grinder 5A. It is ground by the grinder 5A and has no choice but to throw it away. However, if there is the bean outlet GM20, the remaining beans in front of the first grinder 5A can be collected from the bean outlet GM20, and the beans are not wasted. When the driving of the first grinder 5A is stopped, the lid unit GM21 automatically changes from the closed state to the open state under the control of the control device 11. FIG. In addition, when the opening state is automatically set, the fact that the opening state is set is notified in advance. Moreover, not only the remaining roasted coffee beans, but also when the grinding process is stopped halfway, the lid unit GM21 is opened, and the roasted coffee beans can be taken out from the inside of the coffee bean grinder GM. Furthermore, the lid unit GM21 may be manually opened. For example, when the first grinder 5A is in operation, the lid unit GM21 is automatically locked and cannot be opened. It may be possible. Alternatively, the lid unit GM21 may be opened by an instruction from an external terminal such as the mobile terminal 17 or the like.

In the grinding method in the coffee bean grinder GM described above, first, a storage unit (401 to 403) capable of storing coffee beans is attached to the option attachment portion GM11 provided upstream of the first grinder 5A (attachment step). . Next, the coffee beans stored in the storage unit attached to the option attachment portion GM11 are supplied to the first grinder 5A (supply step). Then, the supplied coffee beans are ground by the first grinder 5A (grinding step). Finally, the coffee beans remaining between the storage unit (401-403) and the first grinder 5A are taken out from the bean take-out port GM20 (take-out step).

Note that the bean outlet GM20 and the outer lid 212 that opens and closes the bean outlet GM20 can also be applied to the beverage production apparatus 1 shown in FIG. The bean outlet GM20 may be provided at a position below the bean inlet 103 upstream of the crusher 5 by changing the mounting position of the information display device 12 .

According to the above description,
"A coffee bean grinder comprising a grinder [e.g., a grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans,
An option mounting part [for example, an option mounting part GM11] is provided upstream of the grinder,
Coffee beans characterized in that a storage unit capable of storing coffee beans [for example, a canister storage unit 401 shown in FIG. 18 and a hopper unit 402 shown in FIG. 20(a)] can be attached to the option attachment portion. A grinder [eg, the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee bean grinder, various option units can be attached to the option attachment portion, which is excellent in expandability. An example of the optional unit is a storage unit capable of storing roasted coffee beans to be supplied to the grinder.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that a funnel unit for introducing coffee beans [for example, a funnel unit 403 shown in FIG. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that a weighing unit [for example, the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that an outlet from which coffee beans can be taken out [for example, a bean outlet GM20] is provided upstream of the grinder and downstream of the option mounting portion. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that it is provided with a lid [for example, an outer lid 212] for opening and closing the outlet. 』
also explained.

Furthermore, "a coffee bean grinding system characterized by comprising an external device (eg, a server 16, a mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinding machine (eg, Figs. 10 and 19)." did.

Also, "A method of grinding coffee beans in a grinder for grinding coffee beans,
A storage unit [for example, a canister storage unit 401 shown in FIG. 18, a hopper unit 402 shown in FIG. , funnel unit 403 shown in FIG. 20(b)];
and a grinding step of using the grinder to grind coffee beans stored in a storage unit attached to the option attachment portion. ” was also explained.

According to the above description,
"A coffee bean grinder comprising a grinder [e.g., a grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans,
A coffee bean grinder [for example, the beverage production apparatus 1 shown in FIG. Coffee bean grinder GM shown at 18]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee bean grinder, coffee beans that do not need to be supplied to the grinder can be taken out from the take-out port. As a result, coffee beans that do not need to be ground can be recovered.

again,
``A coffee grinder characterized by comprising a lid [for example, an outer lid 212] for opening and closing the outlet. 』
also explained.

again,
``Upstream of the grinder, a storage unit [for example, a storage device 4] that can store coffee beans is provided,
A coffee bean grinder characterized in that the coffee beans stored in the storage part can be taken out from the take-out port. 』
also explained.

again,
"A cover body [for example, a center casing GM10] that covers at least a part of the grinder,
A coffee bean grinder characterized in that when the lid is open, a part of the cover body is also opened so that the coffee beans can be taken out. 』
also explained.

again,
"A cover body [for example, a center casing GM10] that covers at least a part of the storage part,
A coffee bean grinder characterized in that when the lid is open, a part of the cover body is also opened so that the coffee beans can be taken out. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder comprising a guide path [for example, a guide path formed by a guide path forming member GM22] for guiding coffee beans taken out from the outlet. 』
also explained.

Furthermore, "a coffee bean grinding system characterized by comprising an external device (eg, a server 16, a mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinding machine (eg, Figs. 10 and 19)." did.

Also, "A method of grinding coffee beans in a grinder for grinding coffee beans,
a feeding step of feeding coffee beans to the grinder;
a grinding step of grinding the coffee beans supplied in the supplying step with the grinder;
A coffee bean grinding method, comprising: a take-out step of taking out the coffee beans from a take-out port provided upstream of the grinder. ” was also explained.

Next, the grinding device 5 of the coffee bean grinder GM will be described. The basic configuration of this crushing device 5 is the same as the basic configuration of the crushing device 5 described with reference to FIGS. In the following, differences from the pulverizer 5 described with reference to FIGS. 12 to 17 will be mainly described, and redundant description may be omitted.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing the main configuration of the grinding device 5 incorporated in the coffee bean grinder GM in which the guide path forming member GM22 shown in FIG. 24 faces the front.

In FIG. 25, a first grinder 5A, a forming unit 6B and a second grinder 5B are arranged from the upstream side. That is, the forming unit 6B is provided downstream of the first grinder 5A and upstream of the second grinder 5B. The first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B are mechanisms for grinding roasted coffee beans supplied from storage units such as the canister storage unit 401, the hopper unit 402, or the funnel unit 403. Also, when the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21(a) is attached, the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B become a mechanism for grinding the roasted coffee beans conveyed by the electric screw conveyor ESC. . The connection structure between the first grinder 5A and the forming unit 6B is the same as the connection structure described with reference to FIG. That is, the forming unit 6B is provided with a tubular portion 65 (see FIG. 13), not shown here, and an opening 65a (see FIG. 13) at the upper end of the tubular portion 65 is provided with a delivery port of the first grinder 5A. 51a (see FIG. 13 or FIG. 26) is connected.

The upper end of a connecting duct 661 is connected to the delivery port 66 of the forming unit 6B. In FIG. 25, the lower portion of this connecting duct 661 is obscured by the manual setting disc dial 695 . The connection duct 68 and the manual setting disc dial 695 are provided only in the coffee bean grinder GM, and will be described later in detail.

FIG. 25 also shows a fixed blade 57b arranged on the upper side and a rotary blade 58b arranged on the lower side, which constitute the second grinder 5B.

The fixed blade 57b can be moved up and down with respect to the rotary blade 58b, and the particle size of ground beans can be adjusted by adjusting the distance between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b. FIG. 25 also shows a worm wheel 691 and a worm gear 692 meshing with the worm wheel 691 as part of the lifting mechanism for the fixed blade 57b. The details of the lift mechanism for the fixed blade 57b will also be described later.

First, the first grinder 5A will be explained.

FIG. 26 is a perspective view showing the first grinder 5A.

The first grinder 5A shown in FIG. 26 is a grinder for crushing the coffee beans to a certain size (for example, about 1/4) in order to facilitate separation of unnecessary substances adhering to the coffee beans. In FIG. 26, a rotating shaft (not shown) extends from above, and a rotating blade 58a as a cutter is provided on the rotating shaft. A fixed blade 57a, which is a cutter, is provided around the rotary blade 58a. A fixed blade 57a shown in FIG. 26 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the body portion 53a. The rotary shaft is rotated by a first motor (not shown) (see motor 52a shown in FIG. 12) to rotate rotary blade 58a.

Roasted coffee beans introduced into the bean transport path provided inside the center casing GM10 pass through the portion closed by the inner lid GM211 shown in FIG. 24(b) and reach the first grinder 5A.

FIG. 27 is a flow chart showing the grinding process of the first grinder 5A executed by the processing section 11a shown in FIG.

The grinding process of the first grinder 5A shown in FIG. 27 is started when the start button GM15 shown in FIG. 24 is pressed. Moreover, when the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21 is attached to the option attachment portion GM11, it may be started in response to the start of rotation of the screw blade ESC2. On the other hand, when a predetermined time elapses after the electric screw conveyor ESC finishes conveying the set amount of roasted coffee beans, the termination condition is satisfied and the grinding process of the first grinder 5A is terminated. A sensor for detecting roasted coffee beans passing through the inlet of the first grinder 5A is provided, and the grinding process of the first grinder 5A is started or ended according to the detection result of this sensor. good too.

First, the processing unit 11a starts forward rotation of the first motor (step S11), and the rotary blade 58a starts forward rotation. Next, it is determined whether or not the forward rotation of the first motor is to be continued depending on whether or not the termination condition is satisfied (step S12). The forward rotation of motor 1 is stopped (step S17), and the grinding process of the first grinder 5A ends. On the other hand, if the end condition is not satisfied, the determination result is Yes, the process proceeds to step S13, and forward rotation of the first motor is continued.

The upper surface 58a1 of the rotary blade 58a is inclined downward toward the downstream side in the forward rotation direction. At least, the highest position of the upper surface 58a1 of the rotary blade 58a is above the fixed blade 57a. The roasted coffee beans that have reached the first grinder 5A are guided by the upper surface 58a1 of the rotating rotary blade 58a and are directed toward the fixed blade 57a by centrifugal force, or are not guided by the upper surface 58a1 of the rotary blade 58a. , and crushed by being sandwiched between the fixed blade 57a and the rotating rotary blade 58a. The crushed ground beans are delivered from the delivery port 51a (see FIG. 26(a)) to the forming unit 6B.

Although rare, the roasted coffee beans B that reach the first grinder 5A may sometimes contain foreign substances harder than the roasted coffee beans B, such as stones and nails. Such foreign matter cannot be ground between the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a, and remains sandwiched between them, preventing the rotary blade 58a from rotating normally.

In FIG. 26(a), the stone St is sandwiched between the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a, preventing the rotary blade 58a from rotating normally. That is, the rotation is stopped or the rotation speed is significantly slowed down. The processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19 monitors the current value flowing through the first motor. When the rotary blade 58a cannot normally rotate forward, the current value becomes an abnormal value (a value exceeding the reference value). At step S13 shown in FIG. 27, the processing unit 11a determines whether or not the current value is an abnormal value, and returns to step S12 if the current value is a normal value. On the other hand, when it is determined that the current value is an abnormal value, the first motor is rotated in reverse (step S14), and the rotary blade 58a starts to rotate in reverse.

In FIG. 26(b), the first motor starts to rotate in the reverse direction, and the stone St sandwiched between the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a is falling. In addition to the current value, the processing unit 11a may monitor the rotational torque and determine whether or not the rotational torque value is an abnormal value. Alternatively, the processing unit 11a may monitor the number of revolutions and the rotational speed of the rotary blade 58a instead of monitoring the first motor, and determine whether or not these values are abnormal values.

In step S15 following step S14 shown in FIG. 27, an instruction is given to output a notification that an abnormal value has been detected. The notification here is an error display displayed on the display screen of the information display device 12 (for example, a character display saying "A bean jam error has occurred in the first grinder 5A"). An error annunciation sound may be output from the speaker provided. The processing unit 11a also records a log indicating that an abnormal value has been detected in the storage unit 11b (step S16). Note that either the abnormality notification or the abnormality log recording may be executed first, or may be executed simultaneously. Alternatively, only one of them may be executed, or neither of them may be executed.

When the execution of step S16 is completed, the process returns to step S11, and the processing section 11a outputs an instruction to start forward rotation of the first motor.

FIG. 26(c) shows a state in which the rotation of the first motor has returned to normal rotation and the roasted coffee beans B have been normally ground. The reverse rotation of the first motor shown in FIG. 26(b) is instantaneous, and the return to forward rotation is performed immediately. The reverse rotation of the first motor may be continued for a certain amount of time. For example, the reverse rotation of the first motor may be continued while the abnormality notification is being performed, and when the forward rotation is resumed, the error resolution notification "The bean jam error has been resolved" may be output.

Note that the falling stone St reaches the second grinder 5B in FIG. 26(b). Since the second grinder 5B is a grinder for fine grinding, the gap between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b is narrow, and the possibility of entering this gap is low, and the powder remains on the fixed blade 57b. Based on the error notification in step S15 and the storage of the abnormality log in step S16, maintenance of the crushing device 5 is performed thereafter, and the stone St is removed at that time.

As described above, the reverse rotation of the first motor is performed during the grinding process of the first grinder 5A executed by the processing unit 11a. An instruction to start reverse rotation may be output. Alternatively, an instruction to stop rotation of the first motor may be output from an external terminal. Furthermore, an instruction to stop the operation of the entire coffee bean grinder GM may be output from the external terminal. The processing unit 11a controls the actuator group 14 according to such instructions from the external terminal.

Also, in the explanation using FIG. 26, it was an example in which a stone was caught between the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a. Even in such a case, the grinding process of the first grinder 5A can be continued by performing the reverse rotation control in step S14. Also, the first motor, the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a are not damaged.

A reverse rotation button for rotating the first motor in the reverse direction is provided, and when an abnormal value is detected, the reverse rotation control in step S14 is not performed, and an abnormality notification is instructed in step S15, and the reverse rotation of the first motor is performed. Rotation may be performed by the user of the coffee bean grinder GM operating a reverse rotation button.

Using the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21 enables more accurate weighing of the roasted coffee beans. Assuming that the roasted coffee beans continue to be supplied, they can be weighed by the first grinder 5A. That is, the amount of beans ground by the first grinder 5A can be calculated by measuring the time from when the current value of the first motor of the first grinder 5A starts to grind beans and becomes high.

The grinding process of the first grinder 5A described above with reference to FIGS. 26 and 27 can also be applied as the grinding process of the first grinder 5A in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. Furthermore, the grinding process of the first grinder 5A described with reference to FIGS. 26 and 27 is also applicable to the grinding process of the second grinder 5B.

According to the above description,
"A coffee machine equipped with a grinder [e.g., first grinder 5A] for grinding coffee beans,
The grinder includes a grinding part [for example, a rotary blade 58a] capable of a predetermined rotary motion,
A coffee machine characterized by comprising a judgment device [for example, a processing unit 11a that executes step S13 shown in FIG. 1 and the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, it is possible to detect an abnormal state in which the grinding unit is not rotating normally based on the determination result of the determination device.

again,
"Equipped with a control device [for example, a processing unit 11a shown in FIGS. 10 and 19] for controlling the grinder,
When the determination device determines that the grinding unit is not in the normal state, the control device can cause the grinding unit to rotate in a direction opposite to a predetermined rotation. For example, step S14 shown in FIG. 27]. 』
also explained.

again,
"A drive unit [for example, a motor 52a or a first motor shown in FIG. 12] that drives the grinding unit is provided,
The judging device judges whether the grinding unit is in the normal state according to whether the current flowing through the driving unit exceeds a predetermined value [for example, step S13 shown in FIG. 27]. coffee machine. 』
also explained.

again,
``When the determination device determines that the grinding unit is not in the normal state, a notification device [for example, the information display device 12] that notifies that it is in an abnormal state [for example, displays an error or outputs an error notification sound]. A coffee machine comprising: 』
also explained.

again,
``When the determination device determines that the grinding unit is not in the normal state, a storage device [eg, the storage unit 11b shown in FIG. ], characterized in that: 』
also explained.

Furthermore, "a coffee machine system (eg, FIG. 10 and FIG. 19) characterized by having an external device (eg, server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee machine" has been described.

Also, a "starting step for starting the rotation operation of the grinding unit for grinding coffee beans [for example, step S11 shown in FIG. 27];
A method for grinding coffee beans, comprising a determination step [for example, step S13 shown in FIG. ” was also explained.

Next, the suction unit 6A, which is not shown in FIG. 25, will be described.

FIG. 28(a) is a diagram showing the separation device 6. FIG. FIG. 28(a) shows a suction unit 6A and a forming unit 6B that constitute the separation device 6. FIG.

The configuration of the forming unit 6B shown in FIG. 28(a) is the same as the configuration of the forming unit 6B described with reference to FIGS. 13 to 17, and detailed description thereof will be omitted here.

The suction unit 6A shown in FIG. 28(a) separates the separation chamber SC (see also FIGS. 13 and 15) in a direction (horizontal direction in this example) that intersects the passage direction BP (vertical direction in this example) of ground beans. It is a unit that communicates and sucks the air in the separation chamber SC. By sucking the air in the separation chamber SC, light objects such as chaff and fine powder are sucked. This allows the unwanted matter to be separated from the ground beans.

The suction unit 6A is a centrifugal mechanism. The suction unit 6A has a chaff fan unit 60A and a collection container 60B. The chaff fan unit 60A has a chaff fan 60A1 and a chaff fan motor 60A2 (see FIG. 30), and the chaff fan 60A1 is rotationally driven by the chaff fan motor 60A2, thereby sucking the air in the separation chamber SC. Lightweight objects such as chaff and fines are collected in collection container 60B. This chaff fan unit 60A is covered with a casing 60C shown in FIG. 18, and the chaff fan unit 60A is not visible in the external perspective view of the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. An exhaust slit (not shown) is provided on the back side of the casing 60C, and the air sucked by the chaff fan unit 60A is exhausted out of the coffee bean grinder GM through the exhaust slit. An air volume dial 60D (see FIG. 18) is provided above the chaff fan unit 60A. By operating this air volume dial 60D, it is possible to change the suction volume of the fan motor of the chaff fan unit 60A.

The collection container 60B shown in FIG. 28(a) is composed of an upper portion 61 and a lower portion 62, like the collection container 60B described with reference to FIGS.

FIG. 28(b) is a diagram showing a state in which the outer peripheral wall 61a (see FIG. 28(a)) of the upper portion 61 of the collection container 60B is removed.

FIG. 28(b) shows the chaff fan unit 60A attached to the removed outer peripheral wall 61a. Also shown is the stack 61b of the upper portion 61. FIG. Like the exhaust pipe 61b shown in FIG. 14, the exhaust pipe 61b shown in FIG. 28(b) also has a plurality of fins 61d formed on the peripheral surface. A plurality of fins 61d are arranged in the circumferential direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. Each fin 61d is obliquely inclined with respect to the axial direction of the exhaust pipe 61b. By providing such fins 61d, it is possible to promote the swirl of the air containing unnecessary matter around the exhaust pipe 61b.

Also, in FIG. 28(b), the internal structure of the lower portion 62 of the collection container 60B can be seen. Unlike the lower portion 62 shown in FIG. 14, the lower portion 62 shown in FIG. 28(b) has a double structure of an outer case 60Bo and an inner case 60Bi. In FIG. 28(b), a part of the inner case 60Bi arranged inside the outer case 60Bo is visible. The inner case 60Bi has an upper end opening 6uo that opens upward, and the exhaust pipe 61b is positioned inside and above the upper end opening 6uo.

FIG. 29(a) is a perspective view of the separation device 6 from which the outer case 60Bo is removed, as viewed obliquely from below.

FIG. 29(a) shows the inner case 60Bi. A plurality of (in this example, four) openings 6io are provided at intervals in the circumferential direction in the lower portion of the peripheral wall 6iw of the inner case 60Bi. A lower edge 6ioe of the edges defining each opening 6io forms part of the outer peripheral edge of the bottom surface 6ibs of the inner case 60Bi.

FIG. 29(b) is a view showing the positional relationship between the outer case 60Bo and the inner case 60Bi by seeing through the outer case 60Bo.

As shown in FIG. 29(b), the bottom surface 6ibs of the inner case 60Bi is positioned near the middle position in the height direction of the outer case 60Bo. A certain amount of gap is provided between the inner peripheral surface 6ois of the outer case 60Bo and the outer peripheral surface 6ios of the inner case 60Bi.

FIG. 30(a) is a diagram schematically showing phenomena such as air flow in the separation apparatus shown in FIG. In FIG. 30(a) and FIG. 30(b), which will be described later, the flow of air containing unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder is indicated by solid or dotted arrows, and the movement of the unnecessary substances is indicated by dashed-dotted arrows. The two-dot chain arrows indicate the flow of air in which the objects have been separated.

Rotational driving of the chaff fan 60A1 by the chaff fan motor 60A2 causes air containing unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder to flow from the separation chamber SC in the forming unit 6B shown in FIG. The inside of the upper part 61 of 60B is reached. The connecting portion 61c is open to the side of the exhaust pipe 61b, and the air containing unnecessary substances swirls around the exhaust pipe 61b as indicated by solid and dotted arrows in FIG. , enters into the inner case 60Bi from the upper end opening 6uo of the inner case 60Bi. In the upper part of the inner case 60Bi, unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder fall due to their weight (see the dashed-dotted line arrows), and are discharged from the outer case 60Bo through a plurality of openings 6io provided near the bottom surface 6ibs of the inner case 60Bi. It further falls inside (see the dashed-dotted arrow) and deposits on the bottom surface 6obs of the outer case 60Bo. The air from which the unnecessary matter has fallen in the inner case 60Bi and has been separated becomes an ascending current from the inner case 60Bi as indicated by the two-dot chain line arrow, and rises along the central axis of the exhaust pipe 61b. The air is exhausted to the outside of the coffee bean grinder GM through an exhaust slit (not shown) provided on the back side of the casing 60C shown in FIG. As a result, the case (outer case 60Bo) in which unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder are accumulated is different from the case (inner case 60Bi) in which an upward air current is generated. Backflow is reduced.

Both the outer case 60Bo and the inner case 60Bi are entirely transparent, so that the state inside can be confirmed from the outside. Therefore, it is possible to check the accumulated state of unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder and the flow of the air current from the outside. It should be noted that it may not be wholly transparent, but may be partially transparent, and may be translucent instead of transparent.

FIG. 30(b) is a diagram schematically showing phenomena such as air flow in the separation device of the modified example.

In this modified example, the upper end of the inner case 60Bi is not open and is covered with a doughnut-shaped top plate 6ub. The air containing unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder swirling around the exhaust pipe 61b continues to swirl along the outer peripheral surface 6ios of the inner case 60Bi and heads toward the bottom surface 6ibs of the inner case 60Bi (solid line and dotted line arrow). Eventually, it enters the inner case 60Bi through a plurality of openings 6io provided in the vicinity of the bottom surface 6ibs of the inner case 60Bi. At this time, unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder fall due to their weight (see the dashed-dotted line arrow) and accumulate on the bottom surface 6obs of the outer case 60Bo. As indicated by the two-dot chain line arrow, the air from which the unnecessary matter has fallen and has been separated becomes an upward current in the inner case 60, rises along the central axis of the inner case 60, and reaches the exhaust pipe 61b. , and is exhausted out of the coffee bean grinder GM through an exhaust slit (not shown) provided on the back side of the casing 60C shown in FIG. Even in this modification, the case where unnecessary substances such as chaff and fine powder are accumulated (outer case 60Bo) is different from the case where an upward air current is generated (inner case 60Bi). Backflow of objects is reduced.

The separating device 6 described above with reference to FIGS. 28 to 30 can also be applied as the separating device of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG.

According to the above description,
"A grinder for grinding coffee beans [for example, a first grinder 5A],
A separation unit [e.g., separation chamber SC] that separates unnecessary substances [e.g., chaff and fine powder] from coffee beans,
A coffee machine comprising a storage part [for example, the lower part 62 of the collection container 60B] for storing the unnecessary matter separated from the coffee beans in the separation part,
The storage part has an outer case body [for example, the outer case 60Bo shown in FIG. 28 or FIG. 29(b)] and an inner case body [for example, the inner case 60Bi shown in FIG. 29] inside the outer case body. and
A coffee characterized in that the inner case body is provided with an opening [for example, an opening 6io] leading to the inside of the outer case body in a peripheral wall [for example, a peripheral wall 6iw shown in FIG. 29(a)]. Machines [eg, the beverage production apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 and the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18]. 』
explained.

The opening may allow the unnecessary matter to pass therethrough, or may allow the airflow to pass therethrough.

again,
``A suction part [eg, a chaff fan unit 60A] is provided above the storage part,
In the inner case body, the airflow containing the unnecessary matter enters inside the peripheral wall, and the unnecessary matter falls on the inside by its own weight [for example, the dashed-dotted line shown in FIG. 30(a)]. An air current that is sucked by the suction unit and rises [for example, the two-dot chain line shown in FIG. 30(a)] is generated,
A coffee machine according to claim 1, wherein the outer case body stores the unnecessary matter (for example, the one-dot chain line shown in FIG. 30(a)) that has passed through the opening. 』
also explained.

In addition, in the inner case body, the air current containing the unnecessary matter circulates along the peripheral wall, and the unnecessary matter falls by its own weight near the opening [for example, the one-dot chain line shown in FIG. arrow] On the other hand, an upward air current [for example, the arrow of the two-dot chain line shown in FIG. The unnecessary matter [for example, the one-dot chain line arrow shown in FIG. 30(b)] may be stored.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the outer case body is provided with a transparent portion [for example, a transparent part as a whole]. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the inner case body is provided with a transparent portion [for example, a transparent part as a whole]. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that a discharge part [for example, an exhaust slit provided on the back side of a casing 60C] for discharging air in the storage part to the outside is provided above the storage part. 』
also explained.

again,
"The grinder has a first grinder [e.g., first grinder 5A] and a second grinder [e.g., second grinder 5B],
The coffee machine according to claim 1, wherein the separating section is provided downstream of the first grinder and upstream of the second grinder. 』
also explained.

Furthermore, "a coffee machine system (eg, FIG. 10 and FIG. 19) characterized by having an external device (eg, server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee machine" has been described.

Also, "a method for recovering unwanted matter generated from coffee beans when the coffee beans are ground, comprising:
a separation step of separating unwanted matter from the coffee beans;
a first step of directing the airflow containing the unnecessary matter to the inside of the peripheral wall of the inner case body, the peripheral wall of which is arranged inside the outer case body and provided with an opening leading to the inside of the outer case body;
and a second step of generating an upward air current inside the peripheral wall by sucking the inside from above. ” was also explained.

According to this waste collection method, in the second step, the waste falls under its own weight to the bottom wall of the inner case body, and further falls from the opening to the bottom wall of the outer case body. There is

Next, the connection duct 661 will be explained.

FIG. 31 is a view in which the manual setting disk dial 695 shown in FIG. 25 is removed so that the entire connecting duct 661 can be seen.

FIG. 31 shows a rotary blade 58b that constitutes the second grinder 5B, a fixed blade 57b that can be raised and lowered with respect to the rotary blade 58b, and a worm wheel 691 and a worm wheel as part of the lifting mechanism for the fixed blade 57b. A worm gear 692 is shown meshing with 691 . The worm wheel 691 has a gear portion 691g, a connection portion 691c, and a connection port 691j (see FIG. 32). 31 also shows a holder portion 693 provided between the fixed blade 57b and the worm wheel 691. As shown in FIG. The fixed blade 57b is screwed to the connecting portion 691c of the worm wheel 691 via the holder portion 693. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 rotates, the holder portion 693 and the fixed blade 57b also rotate. A male screw portion 693 s is provided on the outer peripheral surface of the holder portion 693 .

A connection port 691 j of the worm wheel 691 is connected to the lower end of the connection duct 661 . As a result, a passage route for the roasted coffee beans is formed: delivery port 66 of forming unit 6B→connecting duct 661→worm wheel 691→holder portion 693→fixed blade 57b→rotary blade 58b. In addition, as shown in FIG. 31, an air suction port 661a is provided in the lower portion of the connection duct 661. As shown in FIG. This air suction port 661a has the same function as the gap between the delivery port 66 and the inlet 50b of the second grinder 5B shown in FIG. Separation performance from unnecessary matter is improved.

FIG. 32 is a diagram schematically showing the configuration of the second grinder 5B.

The second grinder 5B has a second motor 52b, a motor base 502, a base portion 505a and a particle size adjusting mechanism 503.

The second motor 52b is a drive source for the second grinder 5B and is supported above the motor base 502. As shown in FIG. Further, on the motor base 502, a pinion gear 52b' fixed to the output shaft of the second motor 52b and a gear 502a meshing with the pinion gear are arranged.

A gear 55b' that meshes with the gear 502a is arranged on the base portion 505a. A rotating shaft 54b is fixed to the gear 55b', and the rotating shaft 54b is rotatably supported by the base portion 505a. The driving force of the second motor 52b transmitted to the gear 55b' through the gear 502a rotates the rotating shaft 54b. A rotary blade 58b is provided at the end of the rotary shaft 54b, and a fixed blade 57b is provided above the rotary blade 58b. That is, the fixed blade 57b is arranged to face the rotary blade 58b.

The particle size adjusting mechanism 503 has an adjusting motor 503a as its drive source and a worm gear 692 rotated by the driving force of the adjusting motor 503a. A gear portion 691 g of the worm wheel 691 meshes with the worm gear 692 .

Also shown in FIG. 32 is a frame member 694 . The frame member 694 is fixed to a casing (not shown) and has a female screw portion on its inner peripheral surface. A male threaded portion 693 s provided on the outer peripheral surface of the holder portion 693 is engaged with a female threaded portion of the frame member 694 . As described above, the fixed blade 57b is screwed to the connecting portion of the worm wheel 691 via the holder portion 693. As shown in FIG. Therefore, when the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 rotates, the fixed blade 57b moves up and down in its axial direction. The connection port 691j of the worm wheel 691 is connected so as to overlap the lower end of the connection duct 661, and the connection with the lower end of the connection duct 661 is maintained even when the worm wheel 691 descends. The fixed blade 57b shown in FIG. 32 is located at the initial position and is in the state of being the farthest from the rotary blade 58b.

The processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19 controls the amount of rotation of the adjustment motor 503a to adjust the gap between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b. By adjusting this gap, the particle size of ground beans in the second grinder 5B can be adjusted.

The fixed blade 57b that moves up and down has a detection position at a predetermined distance (for example, 0.7 mm) from the rotary blade 58b. The detection position is closer to the rotary blade 58b than the initial position of the fixed blade 57b. The second grinder 5B is provided with a sensor 57c for detecting that the fixed blade 57b is at the detection position.

The second grinder 5B described above performs an initial operation when the coffee bean grinder GM is powered on. Calibration is performed in the initial operation in the second grinder 5B.

FIG. 33 is a flow chart showing the steps of calibration performed in the initial operation. Also, FIG. 34 is a diagram showing how the calibration is performed step by step.

In the second grinder 5B, when the roasted coffee beans have been ground, the fixed blade 57b returns to its initial position.

When the initial operation is started, the fixed blade 57b is positioned at the initial position, and the contact step (step S51) shown in FIG. 33 is executed as the first step of calibration. In the contact step, the processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19 drives the adjustment motor 503a shown in FIG. The adjustment motor 503a is driven to rotate the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691, and the fixed blade 57b at the initial position descends until it contacts the rotary blade 58b. FIG. 34(a) is a diagram showing how the first contacting step is performed. In FIG. 34(a), the fixed blade 57b positioned at the initial position is indicated by a chain double-dashed line. In the assembly of the second grinder 5B, even if the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b are intended to be mounted as designed, a slight mounting error may occur, resulting in a deviation in the mounting attitude of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b. . Further, the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b may become out of alignment due to long-term use or the like. Furthermore, the frame member 694 and the rotating shaft 54b may be obliquely attached. FIG. 34 exaggerates that the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b are out of alignment. As designed, both the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b always maintain a horizontal posture, but the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. It is in a downward tilted position. When the contacting step is performed, the fixed blade 57b descends as indicated by the arrow in the figure, and as shown by the solid line in FIG. The portion contacts the uppermost portion of the rotary blade 58b due to the inclination. If any part of the fixed blade 57b contacts any part of the rotary blade 58b, the rotational torque and current value of the adjusting motor 503a will increase. When detecting an increase in rotational torque or an increase in current value, the processing unit 11a stops the adjustment motor 503a, and the contact process ends.

Subsequently, a movement step (step S52) is performed. In the moving process, the processing unit 11a rotates the adjustment motor 503a in a direction opposite to that in the contacting process to raise the fixed blade 57b to the detection position. FIG. 34(b) is a diagram showing a state in which the first moving process is being performed. When the movement step is executed, the fixed blade 57b rises as indicated by the arrow in the drawing, and the fixed blade 57 continues to rise until the sensor 57c shown in FIG. 32 detects the fixed blade 57b. When the processing unit 11a acquires the detection signal from the sensor 57c, it stops the rotation of the adjustment motor 503a. The adjustment motor 503a is a stepping motor, and the processing section 11a counts the number of steps from when the adjustment motor 503a starts rotating until it stops rotating in the movement process, and stores the number in the storage section 11b shown in FIG. It was 20150 steps in the movement process of FIG.34(b).

Then, a rotation process (step S53) is performed. In the rotating step, the processing unit 11a rotates the second motor 52b shown in FIG. 32 by a predetermined rotation angle. The predetermined rotation angle referred to here may be an angle other than 360 degrees, and although it is set to 90 degrees here for clarity, it is actually a predetermined angle of, for example, around 35 degrees. As a result, the state of the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 34(c) is changed to a posture inclined upward toward the depth side of the paper surface. It should be noted that the second motor 52b may be rotated for a predetermined time (for example, 0.1 second).

Next, step S54 is executed to determine whether or not the rotary blade 58b has made one rotation after starting the calibration. In this example, since the predetermined rotation angle in the rotation process of step S53 is less than 360 degrees, it is determined whether the rotary blade 58b has made one rotation in step S54. This is the step for determining whether or not it has been acquired. Further, in order to improve accuracy, step S54 may be a step for determining whether or not the count value of the number of steps has been acquired a predetermined number of times. As the number of predetermined times increases, the precision of calibration improves, but it takes longer to complete the calibration. An example of the predetermined number of times is about 10 times.

If the determination in step S54 is "NO", the data acquisition process consisting of the three steps of contact step (step S51), movement step (step S52), and rotation step (step S53) is executed again. In FIG. 34(d), the second contacting step is performed, and the stationary blade 57b descends as indicated by the arrow in the figure. By performing the rotation process, the circumferential position of the uppermost portion of the rotary blade 58b is different from that in the first contact process. Therefore, in the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 34(d), portions different from those in the first contact step are in contact with each other. In FIG. 34(e), the second movement process is executed. This second move step was 20170 steps. In FIG. 34(f), the second rotation process is performed and the rotary blade 58b is rotated by 90 degrees. As a result, the state of the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 34(f) is changed to an attitude inclined toward the upper left.

When the rotation step in FIG. 34(f) is completed, the rotary blade 58b has rotated 180 degrees from the start of calibration, and the third data acquisition process is executed. In FIG. 34(g), the third contact step is performed, and the stationary blade 57b descends as indicated by the arrow in the figure. By executing the second rotation process, different portions of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. In FIG. 34(h), the third movement process is executed. This third movement step was 20160 steps. In FIG. 34(i), the third rotation process is performed and the rotary blade 58b is rotated by 90 degrees. As a result, the state of the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 34(i) is changed to a posture inclined upward toward the front side of the paper surface.

When the rotation step in FIG. 34(i) is completed, the rotary blade 58b has rotated 270 degrees from the start of calibration, and the fourth data acquisition process is executed. Although the state of the fourth data acquisition process is omitted in FIG. 34, the state is similar to that of FIGS. 34(d) to 34(f). It was 20168 steps in the fourth moving process. Further, when the fourth rotation process is executed, the rotary blade 58b rotates 360 degrees from the start of calibration, and the determination in step S54 shown in FIG. Proceed to S55.

In step S55, the processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19 executes a calibration value calculation step. The storage unit 11b stores the count value of the number of steps of the adjustment motor 503a acquired in each of the four data acquisition processes. The processing unit 11a calculates a calibration value from these four count values. The calibration value may be the average value of the four count values, or the median value of the four count values (half of the sum of the minimum and maximum values). In the example shown in FIG. 34, the average value is 20162 steps and the median value is 20160 steps. The calculated calibration value is stored in the storage unit 11b. The calibration values are updated each time the coffee grinder GM is turned on and initialized. When execution of step S55 is completed, the calibration ends.

FIG. 35 is a diagram showing the second grinder 5B in the grinding process.

FIG. 35(a) is a diagram showing an example of an ideal state in which both the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b are always kept horizontal as designed.

The drawing shown on the left side of FIG. 35(a) is a drawing showing a state in which the fixed blade 57b is positioned at the initial position. The processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19 adjusts the particle size of the ground beans in the second grinder 5B according to various manufacturing conditions (recipes) for grinding roasted coffee beans stored in the storage unit 11b, as shown in FIG. The particle size adjustment mechanism 503 shown is used for adjustment. The above recipe defines manufacturing conditions in an ideal state, and in adjusting the grain size of ground beans in the second grinder 5B, the adjustment motor 503a is rotated by 20160 steps, and the fixed blade 57b is lowered from the initial position. . The diagram shown on the right side of FIG. 35(a) is a diagram schematically showing how the roasted coffee beans B are being pulverized. The fixed blade 57b in this right-hand drawing is at the position defined by the recipe, which is lowered by rotating the adjustment motor 503a by 20160 steps from the initial position.

FIG. 35(b) is a diagram showing an example of a state in which the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b are mounted out of alignment as shown in FIG.

The drawing shown on the left side of FIG. 35(b) is also a drawing showing a state in which the fixed blade 57b is positioned at the initial position. The fixed blade 57b shown in FIG. 35(b) is inclined downward to the right. On the other hand, the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 35(b) is inclined upward and to the right. Again, the same recipe as the example shown in FIG. 35(a) is used. Therefore, the adjustment motor 503a should be rotated by 20160 steps, but the amount of rotation of the adjustment motor 503a is corrected using the calibration value obtained in step S55 shown in FIG. In the ideal case shown in FIG. 35(a), the number of steps of the adjustment motor 503a required to raise the fixed blade 57b from the state in which the fixed blade 57b is in contact with the rotary blade 58b to the detection position is shown in FIG. are stored in advance as reference values in the storage unit 11b shown. In correcting the amount of rotation of the adjustment motor 503a, the amount of rotation after correction is calculated from the ratio between the calibrated value obtained in step S55 shown in FIG. 33 and the reference value stored in advance in the storage section 11b. In this example, the amount of rotation after correction was 20140 steps. The diagram shown on the right side of FIG. 35(b) is also a diagram schematically showing how the roasted coffee beans B are being pulverized. The fixed blade 57b in the right-hand drawing is in the position after correction, which is lowered by rotating the adjustment motor 503a by 20140 steps from the initial position. However, the average distance between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 35(b) is substantially the same as the distance between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 35(a). Therefore, even if the roasted coffee beans B are crushed in the state shown on the right side of FIG. Granular ground beans can be obtained.

In the above description, the calibration value is obtained using the number of steps of the adjustment motor 503a when the fixed blade 57b is raised to the detection position. The number of steps to contact can also be used to determine the calibration value.

Further, only the fixed blade 57b of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b is raised and lowered, but the rotary blade 58b may also be raised and lowered. In this case, the number of steps of both blades is used. to obtain the calibration value. Furthermore, the movement of the blade is not limited to vertical movement, and may be horizontal movement, for example. Further, the positions of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b may be reversed, and the fixed blade 57b may be arranged below and the rotary blade 58b may be arranged above.

Further, when the roasted coffee beans B are ground, the fixed blade 57b does not rotate, but even if the fixed blade 57b rotates, the calibration method shown in FIG. 33 can be applied. Further, the calibration method shown in FIG. 33 is the method for the second grinder 5B, but the calibration method shown in FIG. 33 can be similarly performed for the first grinder 5A.

In addition, the calibration value calculation step of step S55 shown in FIG. 33 is not executed at the stage of calibration, and only the count values for a plurality of times are stored in the storage unit 11b, and the calibration value is calculated at the stage where the recipe to be used is determined. Alternatively, the amount of rotation may be corrected directly from the stored count values for a plurality of times. The calculation of the calibration value and the correction of the amount of rotation may be performed by the control section of the information display device 12 instead of the processing section 11a shown in FIG.

In the above description,
"A first crushing unit [e.g., rotary blade 58b],
a second crushing unit [e.g., fixed blade 57b];
A rotation mechanism [e.g., second motor 52b, pinion gear 52b', gear 502a, gear 55b′, rotating shaft 54b],
At least the second pulverizing section of the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section is moved (e.g., raised and lowered) to adjust the distance between the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section. a mechanism [e.g., granularity adjustment mechanism 503];
A sensor [e.g., sensor 57c] that detects the second pulverizing part at a position [e.g., detection position] a predetermined length [e.g., 0.7 mm] away from the first pulverizing part;
A control unit [for example, a processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19] that controls the moving mechanism,
Extraction targets [for example, roasted coffee beans stored in the storage device 4, or roasted coffee beans B (ground beans) ground by the first grinder 5A] are separated from the first grinding unit and the second grinding unit. pulverize between the pulverizing units,
From the state where the second pulverizing unit is in contact with the first pulverizing unit [for example, the state shown in FIGS. The operation of moving the second crushing unit until the part is detected [for example, the action indicated by the arrows in FIGS. The state of the part [for example, the direction of the rotary blade 58b] is changed and performed multiple times,
The control unit controls the moving mechanism [e.g., calibration and rotates the adjustment motor 503a by the amount of rotation corrected using the calibrated value]. 』
explained.

The rotating mechanism may rotate the first pulverizing section, may rotate the second pulverizing section, or may rotate the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section. Both blades of the two crushing units may be rotated.

Further, the moving mechanism may move only the second pulverizing section out of the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section, or may also move the first pulverizing section. may be

Further, the operation may be an operation of moving only the second pulverizing unit out of the first pulverizing unit and the second pulverizing unit. It may be an operation of moving both blades of the pulverizing unit.

Further, the state change of the pulverizing section in the operation may be a state change of the first pulverizing section, a state change of the second pulverizing section, or a state change of the first pulverizing section. and the second crushing unit. Further, the state change referred to here may be a direction change or a posture change.

Also, "a first crushing unit [e.g., rotary blade 58b] and a second crushing unit [e.g., fixed blade 57b],
A rotation mechanism [e.g., second motor 52b, pinion gear 52b', gear 502a, gear 55b′, rotating shaft 54b],
At least the second pulverizing section of the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section is moved (e.g., raised and lowered) to adjust the distance between the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section. a mechanism [e.g., granularity adjustment mechanism 503];
A sensor [e.g., sensor 57c] that detects the second pulverizing part at a position [e.g., detection position] a predetermined length [e.g., 0.7 mm] away from the first pulverizing part;
A control unit [for example, a processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 19] that controls the moving mechanism,
pulverizing the object to be extracted between the first pulverizing section and the second pulverizing section;
From the state where the second pulverizing unit is separated from the first pulverizing unit by a predetermined length [for example, the state shown in FIGS. 34 (a), (d), and (g) of FIG. 34] are rotated by the rotating mechanism [e.g., 34(c), 34(f), and 34(i), the state of the pulverizing unit [for example, the orientation of the rotary blade 58b] is changed by the rotation indicated by the arrows in FIG.
The control unit controls the moving mechanism [e.g., calibration and rotates the adjustment motor 503a by the amount of rotation corrected using the calibrated value]. ” was also explained.

Further, a first crushing unit, a second crushing unit attached to face the first crushing unit, a rotation mechanism for rotating the first crushing unit, and the second crushing unit A movement mechanism for moving one blade in a direction to contact and separate from it, a sensor for detecting the second crushing unit positioned at a predetermined distance from the first crushing unit, and a control for controlling the movement mechanism and a part to crush the object to be extracted between the first crushing part and the second crushing part, and the sensor moves from a state in which the second crushing part is in contact with the first crushing part The operation of moving the second pulverizing unit until the second pulverizing unit is detected is performed a plurality of times by changing the orientation of the first pulverizing unit by rotating the rotating mechanism, and the control unit performs the operation a plurality of times. and controlling the moving mechanism based on a value related to the amount of movement of the second crushing unit in the operation of .

again,
"The control unit is based on the average value or the median value [for example, the value obtained by adding the minimum value and the maximum value] to the moving amount of the second crushing unit in a plurality of times of the operation. and controls the moving mechanism. 』
also explained.

again,
``A pulverizing device for extraction, characterized in that the operation is performed in an initial operation when the power is turned on. 』
also explained.

again,
``The control unit controls the moving mechanism according to a desired particle size after pulverization of the extraction target [for example, the particle size of ground beans], and causes the moving mechanism to adjust the interval. Extraction target pulverization equipment. 』
also explained.

again,
"The moving mechanism uses a motor [for example, the second motor 52b] as a drive source,
A pulverizing device to be extracted, wherein the value related to the amount of movement of the second pulverizing unit is a value related to the amount of rotation of the motor [for example, a count value of the number of steps of the adjustment motor 503a]. 』
also explained.

again,
"The first pulverizing unit is a first blade [e.g., rotary blade 58b],
The second pulverizing unit is a second blade [e.g., fixed blade 57b],
The extraction target pulverizing device, wherein the second pulverizing section is attached to face the first pulverizing section. 』
also explained.

again,
"The operation of moving the second pulverizing unit from the state in which the second pulverizing unit is in contact with the first pulverizing unit until the sensor detects the second pulverizing unit is performed by rotating the rotating mechanism. A pulverizing device to be extracted, characterized in that the orientation of the pulverizing unit is changed and the pulverizing unit performs a plurality of times [for example, the example shown in FIG. 34]. 』
also explained.

In the above description,
"A calibration method that is executed when the power is turned on in the extraction target crushing device [for example, the second grinder 5B],
From the state in which the first pulverizing part [e.g., rotary blade 58b] and the second pulverizing part [e.g., fixed blade 57b] are in contact, the second pulverizing part extends from the first pulverizing part for a predetermined length [e.g., 0.7 mm] to move the second pulverizing unit [for example, the moving step of step S52, FIGS. 34(b), 34(e) and 34(h)]. ,
After performing the moving step, a state changing step of changing the state of at least one of the first crushing unit and the second crushing unit [for example, the rotary blade 58b] [for example, the Rotation process, FIGS. 34(c), (f), and (i)];
A contact step [e.g., step S51, Fig. 34(a), Fig. 34(d), and Fig. 34(g)];
By repeatedly executing the moving step, the state changing step, and the contacting step [for example, the data acquisition process shown in FIG. A calibration method [for example, the calibration shown in FIG. the method of]. 』
also explained.

The state changing step is a rotating step of rotating at least one of the first pulverizing unit and the second pulverizing unit to change the orientation of the pulverizing unit after the moving step is performed. wherein, by repeatedly executing the moving step, the rotating step, and the contacting step, the direction of the pulverizing unit is changed and a value related to the amount of movement of the second pulverizing unit is obtained a plurality of times. good too.

Further, the value related to the amount of movement of the second pulverizing unit may be a value related to the amount of movement of the second pulverizing unit [e.g. may be a value related to the amount of movement [for example, the amount of descent] of the pulverizing unit. Alternatively, both may be used together.

Further, it may have a calibration value calculation process [for example, a calibration value calculation step of step S55] for calculating a calibration value based on the movement amount of the second pulverizing unit acquired a plurality of times. The calibrated value may be an average value or a median value of the movement amount of the second pulverizing section obtained multiple times.

In the above description, the fixed blade 57b is moved up and down by driving the adjustment motor 503a, but the fixed blade 57b can also be moved up and down manually to set the particle size of ground beans. This manual setting of the grain size of ground beans can be performed using a manual setting disk dial and a fine adjustment knob dial.

FIG. 36(a) shows the manual setting disk dial 695 and the fine adjustment knob dial 696 together with the adjustment motor 503a. FIG. 36(b) shows the manual setting disk dial 695 and the adjustment motor. 503a is removed, and the connecting dial 697 and the rotating shaft 6961 of the fine adjustment knob dial 696 are shown. Note that FIG. 36 shows part of the connection duct 661 and the forming unit 6B. FIG. 36(b) also shows a hammer member GM32, which will be described later in detail.

Also shown in FIG. 36 is a lever member 698 . As shown in FIG. 36( a ), the rotating shaft 6921 of the worm gear 692 meshing with the gear portion 691 g of the worm wheel 691 is supported by the lever member 698 . Further, the lever member 698 is pivotally supported on the rotating shaft 6961 of the fine adjustment knob dial 696 shown in FIG. 36(b). The posture of the lever member 698 shown in FIG. 36 is the initial posture. When the lever member 698 is in the initial position, the worm gear 692 is in mesh with the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691. As the worm gear 692 rotates, the worm wheel 691 rotates and the fixed blade 57b moves up and down. The lever member 698 is rotatable in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. The lever member 698 is lifted by rotating in the direction of the arrow, changes to the released posture, and can maintain the released posture. When the lever member 698 is lifted and changed to the release posture, the worm gear 692 pivotally supported by the lever member 698 moves away from the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 and is disengaged from the gear portion 691g. Although the lever member 698 can change its posture between the initial posture and the release posture, a spring member 6981 provided on the rotary shaft 6961 exerts an urging force in the direction of returning to the initial posture. When the lever member 698 is in the released posture, the worm wheel 691 is in a rotatable state, and the fixed blade 57b is also in a rotatable state. If the grinding process is performed in this state, the fixed blade 57b will also rotate with the rotation of the rotary blade 58b, and the distance between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b will widen. Therefore, it is necessary to return the lever member 698 to its initial position during the grinding process.

FIG. 36(a) shows the pinion gear 503b attached to the rotary shaft of the adjustment motor 503a, and FIG. 36(b), in which the adjustment motor 503a is removed, also shows the pinion gear 503b. ing. The rotational driving force of the adjustment motor 503a is transmitted from the pinion gear 503b to the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 from the worm gear 692 via a two-stage gear and a transmission gear 6962, which will be described later.

A connection dial 697 shown in FIG. 36B connects the manual setting disc dial 695 and the worm gear 692 . FIG. 36(b) shows a connecting dial 697 connected to a worm wheel 691, both of which rotate together. A connection gear 697g is provided on the upper surface of the connection dial 697 . The manual setting disk dial 695 shown in FIG. 36(a) is provided with a gear (not shown) that meshes with the connection gear 697g. The illustrated gear and the connection gear 697g mesh.

When the lever member 698 is in the initial posture, the worm gear 692 is engaged with the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691, so the manual setting disk dial 695 cannot be rotated. On the other hand, when the lever member 698 is in the release posture, the worm gear 692 is not meshed with the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691, so that the manual setting disk dial 695 can be rotated. When the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated, the worm gear 692 rotates via the coupling gear 697g, and the fixed blade 57b can be raised and lowered.

The minimum unit that can be adjusted by rotating the manual setting disk dial 695 is one tooth of the gear portion 691 g of the worm wheel 691 . That is, unless the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 is rotated by one tooth, the worm gear 692 cannot mesh with the gear portion 691g, and the lever member 698 cannot return from the released posture to the initial posture. Therefore, adjustment by less than one tooth is not possible with the manual setting disc dial 695 .

On the other hand, when the adjustment motor 503a rotates and the worm gear 692 rotates, it takes time to perform a large adjustment (adjustment of one tooth or more) due to the reduction ratio of the worm gear 692. FIG. Therefore, in order to make large adjustments, quick adjustments can be made by operating a manual setting disk dial 695 that can directly rotate the worm wheel 691 . In the adjustment using the manual setting disk dial 695, the fixed blade 57b is lowered and the position of the fixed blade 57b at the moment it hits the rotary blade 58b is set as the reference point (zero point). The moment it hits is known by the sound of the blade striking. Although not shown, the manual setting disk dial 695 has a scale including 0 in the circumferential direction. Further, the manual setting disk dial 695 rotates below the center casing GM10 shown in FIG. The manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated to lower the fixed blade 565, and when the fixed blade 57b comes into contact with the rotary blade 58b, the rotary operation is stopped. After lifting the manual setting disk dial 695 and aligning the 0 scale with the reference line GM10k marked on the center casing GM10, the lifted manual setting disk dial 695 is lowered. By doing so, a reference point (zero point) can be recorded. In setting the grain size of ground beans, the fixed blade 57b is moved up and down based on the reference point (zero point) thus recorded, and the distance between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b is adjusted.

A transmission gear 6962 is provided at the terminal end of the rotation shaft 6961 of the fine adjustment knob dial 696 . This transmission gear 6962 meshes with the second gear 503 c 2 (see FIG. 36( b )) of the two-stage gear and also meshes with the worm gear 692 . The first gear 503c1 of this two-stage gear meshes with the pinion gear 503b. Therefore, when the adjustment motor 503a rotates, the fine adjustment knob dial 696 also rotates, and the worm wheel 691 also rotates. Further, when the adjustment motor 503a is stopped, the fine adjustment knob dial 696 can be rotated, and the worm wheel 691 is also rotated by rotating the fine adjustment knob dial 696. When the fine adjustment knob dial 696 is rotated once, the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691 rotates by one tooth. Therefore, when the fine adjustment knob dial 696 is rotated, the worm gear 692 can be adjusted by less than one tooth, as in the case where the adjustment motor 503a rotates and the worm wheel 691 rotates. In manually setting the grain size of the ground beans, the manual setting disk dial 695 is used to roughly set the grain size, and the fine adjustment knob dial 696 is used to finely adjust the set grain size. By doing so, it is possible to quickly and finely set the granularity.

The manual setting by the manual setting disc dial 695 and the fine adjustment knob dial 696 can also be applied to the second grinder 5B of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG.

Next, a device for controlling the amount of ground beans fed into the second grinder 5B will be described.

As described above, the first grinder 5A grinds the roasted coffee beans to a certain size (for example, about 1/4). Hereinafter, beans that have been ground to a certain size by the first grinder 5A are referred to as ground beans in order to distinguish them from ground beans (especially coarsely ground beans). The second grinder 5B grinds the ground beans crushed by the first grinder 5A into ground beans of a desired grain size. Here, when a large amount of ground beans is sent from the first grinder 5A exceeding the appropriate allowable amount of grinding processing by the second grinder 5B, the ground beans are fed between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b. enters excessively, and the ground beans stay between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b. The staying ground beans receive frictional heat from the rotating rotary blade 58b and become hot. In particular, finely ground beans are susceptible to heat, and the surface of the ground beans tends to produce more oil than necessary. Coffee beverages extracted from ground beans ground in this manner tend to have a dark taste.

If the number of revolutions of the first motor for the first grinder 5A is reduced when the first grinder 5A is driven at the upper limit of the processing capacity, quantity decreases.

FIG. 37 is a flow chart showing control processing of the processing section 11a in the grind processing.

The control process shown in FIG. 37 is started when the start button GM15 shown in FIG. 24 is pressed. Moreover, when the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21 is attached to the option attachment portion GM11, the rotation may be started in response to the start of rotation of the screw blade ESC2 shown in FIG. 21(b).

First, the processing section 11a starts rotating the first motor for the first grinder 5A and the adjusting motor 503a for the second grinder 5B (step S21). In this step S21, both the first motor and the adjustment motor 503a start rotating at preset rotational speeds. As a result, the rotary blade 58a starts rotating in the first grinder 5A, and the rotary blade 58b starts rotating in the second grinder 5B. The rotation of the first motor and the rotation of the adjustment motor 503a do not have to be started at the same time, and the rotation of the adjustment motor 503a may be started after the rotation of the first motor is started. For example, if the grinding process is started in the first grinder 5A, the rotational torque and current value of the first motor increase. The processing unit 11a may start the adjustment motor 503a to rotate when detecting an increase in the rotational torque of the first motor or an increase in the current value. When the first motor for the first grinder 5A starts rotating, the ground beans are sent to the second grinder 5B.

In the subsequent step S22, it is determined whether or not to continue the rotation of the first motor. For example, a predetermined time has passed since the electric screw conveyor ESC finished conveying, a predetermined time has passed since the rotational torque of the first motor decreased, or a predetermined time has passed since the current value of the first motor decreased. After elapses, the determination result is No, and the rotation of the first motor is stopped (step S27). On the other hand, if the determination result is Yes, the process proceeds to step S23.

A sensor for detecting the passage of the ground beans is provided near the inlet of the second grinder 5B, and the processing unit 11a shown in FIG. Monitor. In step S23, it is determined whether or not the input amount per unit time exceeds a reference value. The reference value is a variable that changes depending on the type of coffee beans, the grain size of the ground beans, the rotation speed set in the adjustment motor 503a, etc. A plurality of types of reference values are stored in the storage unit 11b shown in FIG. there is For example, the harder the coffee beans, the smaller the reference value. The recipe specifies the type of coffee beans, the grain size of the ground beans, and the like. A reference value is selected according to , and the determination process of step S23 is executed. When the input amount per unit time exceeds the reference value, the rotation speed of the first motor is reduced (step S24), and the process returns to step S22. The rate of decelerating the rotation speed of the first motor may be a predetermined rate, or may be a rate according to the extent to which the input amount exceeds the reference value. When the rotational speed of the first motor slows down, the amount of ground beans delivered per unit time from the first grinder 5A decreases. As a result, it is possible to reduce the amount of the ground beans to be thrown, suppressing the retention of the ground beans between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b, and making the ground beans less susceptible to heat. Coffee beverages extracted from ground beans ground in this way tend to have a bright taste without being adversely affected by oil content.

If it is determined in step S23 that the input amount is equal to or less than the reference value, it is determined whether or not the rotation speed of the first motor is being decelerated. If the motor is in a decelerated state, it is returned to the set rotation speed (step S26), and then the process returns to step S22.

In step S28 following step S27 of stopping the rotation of the first motor, it is determined whether or not to stop the rotation of the adjustment motor 503a. For example, when a predetermined period of time elapses after the rotational torque of the adjustment motor 503a decreases, or when a predetermined period of time elapses after the current value of the adjustment motor 503a decreases, the determination result is Yes. Rotation is stopped (step S29), and this control process ends.

In the control process described above, the rotation speed of the first motor for the first grinder 5A is controlled to control the amount of ground beans fed to the second grinder 5B. By controlling the rotation speed of the motor ESC3 that rotates the blade ESC2, it is also possible to control the amount of ground beans to be fed into the second grinder 5B. Also, by controlling both the rotational speed of the first motor and the rotational speed of the motor ESC3, it is possible to control the amount of ground beans to be fed into the second grinder 5B.

The control processing shown in FIG. 37 can also be executed by the processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 10, and controls the rotation speed of the motor 52a for the first grinder 5A shown in FIG. 12, or controls the conveyor shown in FIG. By controlling the conveying speed of 41, it is possible to control the amount of ground beans to be put into the second grinder 5B shown in FIG.

Further, the rotational speed of the rotary blade 58a of the first grinder 5A may change depending on the hardness of the roasted coffee beans. Originally, the rotational speed of the first motor of the first grinder 5A is set so as not to exceed the allowable amount of grinding processing by the second grinder 5B. The number of rotations per unit time (rotational speed) may be monitored, and if the number of rotations per unit time exceeds a reference value, the rotation speed of the first motor may be reduced.

The control process in the grind process described above with reference to FIG. 37 can also be applied as the control process in the grind process of the crushing device of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. Also, an external terminal such as the portable terminal 17 shown in FIG. 19 may be capable of outputting an instruction to reduce or restore the rotational speed of the first motor.

According to the above description,
"A coffee machine comprising a second grinder [e.g., second grinder 5B] for grinding coffee beans,
A coffee machine [for example, the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18 or the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. Beverage production apparatus 1] shown. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, the input amount is controlled in consideration of the state of grinding the coffee beans in the grinder.

The coffee beans referred to here may be broken beans, ground beans, or beans that have not been broken or ground.

The reason why the input amount is controlled is to prevent the ground beans from remaining in the second grinder for an unnecessarily long time. In the second grinder, when the amount of coffee beans fed is larger than the amount of ground beans sent out, the ground beans stay in the second grinder for a longer time, and the ground beans are adversely affected by heat. easier to receive. Therefore, in the above coffee machine, the input amount is controlled to prevent this from happening. Therefore, the machine is controlled in consideration of the state of grinding the coffee beans in the grinder.

again,
"A coffee machine characterized by controlling the amount of input according to the type of coffee beans. 』
also explained.

The type of coffee beans may be the type of coffee beans, the degree of roasting of the coffee beans, or a combination of the type and the degree of roasting.

again,
"Equipped with a first grinder [for example, a first grinder 5A] for grinding coffee beans upstream of the second grinder,
A coffee characterized by controlling the amount of coffee beans put into the second grinder by controlling the speed at which the first grinder grinds the coffee beans [for example, the rotation speed of the first motor]. machine. 』
also explained.

again,
``Upstream of the second grinder, a feeding device [for example, the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21 and the conveyor 41 shown in FIG.
A coffee machine, wherein the amount of coffee beans to be fed into the second grinder is controlled by controlling the feeding speed of the coffee beans by the feeding device. 』
also explained.

again,
"A first grinder for grinding coffee beans [for example, a first grinder 5A] arranged upstream of the second grinder;
A supply device [for example, the weighing unit 404 shown in FIG. 21 and the conveyor 41 shown in FIG. 2] arranged upstream of the first grinder to supply coffee beans downstream,
A coffee machine, wherein the amount of coffee beans put into the second grinder is reduced by controlling at least one of the first grinder and the feeding device. 』
also explained.

For example, by controlling both the first grinder and the feeding device, the input amount of coffee beans input to the second grinder may be reduced.

Further, "a coffee machine system (eg, FIG. 10 and FIG. 19) including an external device (eg, server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee machine" has been described.

Also, "the step of starting to put coffee beans into the second grinder (step S21 shown in FIG. 37);
A method of grinding coffee beans, comprising: a step of controlling the amount of coffee beans to be put into a second grinder (step S24 shown in FIG. 37). ” was also explained.

The ground beans ground by the second grinder 5B flow down from the chute GM31 shown in FIG.

The chute GM31 shown in FIG. 18 guides downward the ground beans sent out substantially horizontally. A coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18 is provided with a hammer member GM32 for striking a chute GM31. The hammer member GM32 rotates around a vertically extending rotation shaft GM321. The ground beans sent out in a substantially horizontal direction may collide with the inner wall of the chute GM31 and adhere to the inner wall. The user rotates the hammer member GM32 to hit the chute GM31, giving impact to the adhering ground beans to drop them.

Next, an example of executing the grind process according to order information from the outside of the coffee bean grinder GM (for example, the server 16 or the mobile terminal 17 shown in FIG. 19) will be described.

FIG. 38 is a flow chart showing the control process executed by the processing section 11a when the grind process is executed according to the order information.

In step S31, it is determined whether or not order information has been received. If no order information has been received, step S31 is repeatedly executed. Then, when the order information is received, the process proceeds to step S32. Note that the specific contents of the order information will be described later.

In step S32, the received order information is displayed on the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 19, and the process proceeds to step S33.

In step S33, it is determined whether or not an operation to start grinding coffee beans has been received. The grind start operation here is an operation of the information display device 12, which will be described later in detail. If the grind start operation has not been received, the process proceeds to step S34, and if the grind start operation has been received, the process proceeds to step S36.

In step S34, it is determined whether or not an operation to change order information has been accepted. The operation of changing the order information here is also an operation of the information display device 12, although details will be described later. If the order information change operation has been received, the process proceeds to step S35, and if the order information change operation has not been received, the process returns to step S33.

In step S35, the received order information is updated according to the order information change operation, and the process returns to step S33.

During the period from the reception of the order information to the reception of the grind start operation, the received order information can be changed in steps S34 and S35. The grind start operation and the order information change operation are not limited to the operation of the information display device 12, and the operation may be received from the mobile terminal 17, and the information of this operation is transmitted to the coffee bean grinder GM. The transmission route may be any route as long as it is

In step S36, the coffee beans are ground. First, the amount of roasted coffee beans specified by the order information is supplied from the storage device 4 to the first grinder 5B. The ground beans crushed in the first grinder 5B are supplied to the second grinder 5B after the separation device 6 separates unnecessary substances. In this second grinder 5B, the coffee beans are ground while changing the interval between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b by a predetermined interval (for example, in increments of 50 μm) in accordance with the order information, and the ground coffee beans are produced by the chute GM31 shown in FIG. flowed down from When this grinding process ends, the process of manufacturing ground coffee beans ends.

In the above example, the case where the grind processing is executed according to the order information from the outside of the coffee grinder GM has been described, but it is also possible to input the order information directly to the coffee grinder GM using the information display device 12. good. In this configuration, steps S32, S34 and S35 shown in FIG. 38 may be eliminated.

Also, in the above example, the order information can be changed between the reception of the order information and the reception of the grind start operation. may be started.

The recipe is detailed here. The recipe includes a grind recipe that contains only the grind information for grinding coffee beans, and a beverage manufacturing method that contains information on various manufacturing conditions for manufacturing coffee beverages, such as extraction conditions for coffee beverages in addition to the grind information. There is a recipe. With the coffee bean grinder GM, if there is a grind recipe, the grinding process can be executed. Considering the conditions, it may be possible to modify the grind conditions, and a better quality coffee beverage may be obtained.

The storage unit 11b shown in FIG. 19 may keep storing the recipe, or acquire the recipe from the server 16 before starting the grinding process and store it only while the grinding process is being performed. After finishing the grinding process, the recipe may be deleted from the storage section 11b. Alternatively, the storage unit 11b stores only part of the recipe information (for example, bean information and recipe creator information). After acquiring (for example, information on various conditions for grinding coffee beans) and ending the grinding process, the remaining information may be deleted from the storage unit 11b. Note that the recipes stored in the storage unit 11b are encrypted.

Also, the recipes are managed as a database in the server 16 .

39A to 39C are diagrams showing an example of data stored in the server 16. FIG. FIG. 39A shows data 1500 stored in the beverage information database. The data 1500 includes a recipe ID 1501, creator information 1502 indicating the creator of the recipe, number of times of manufacture information 1503 indicating the number of times the beverage information was selected by the user and manufactured in the past, raw material information, manufacturing method, and types 1512 and 1513. . The raw material information includes bean information 1504 indicating the type of beans, production area information 1505 indicating the production area of beans, and roasting degree information 1506 indicating the roasting degree of beans. In addition, the manufacturing method includes the amount of beans used in one extraction 1507, the grind size of the beans 1508, the amount of steaming water 1509, the steaming time 1510, and the amount of extraction water 1511. Of these pieces of information, the most necessary information for the grinding process is the ground grain size 1508 of beans, but other information may also be necessary in considering the ground grain size 1508 of beans. Type 1 (1512) is type information indicating whether the beverage is hot or iced, and Type 2 (1513) is type information indicating the flavor of the beverage. In the present embodiment, the number of times of manufacture information 1503 is described as the number of times a beverage corresponding to the number of times of manufacture information 1503 is manufactured by a plurality of beverage manufacturing apparatuses. may be stored.

FIG. 39B is exemplary data 1520 of the user information database. A user may be a store, or a store clerk or a customer of the store. The data 1520 includes ID information 1521 indicating the user identifier, name information 1522 indicating the user's name, age information 1523 indicating the user's age, and gender information 1524 indicating the user's sex. In one example, the data 1520 may further include information corresponding to the user's address, user's nickname information, and user's photo data.

FIG. 39(C) is exemplary data 1530 of the grind history database. Data 1530 includes user information 1531 related to the user who instructed grinding, date/time information 1532 related to the date and time of grinding, recipe ID 1533 used in the grinding process, machine ID 1534 corresponding to the coffee bean grinder GM that performed the grinding process, and the coffee bean grinder. Store ID 1535 corresponding to the store where the machine GM is installed is included. In one example, the data 1530 may further include price information, such as corresponding to the price of ground coffee grounds. A coffee beverage production history database may also be stored, similar to the grind history database.

The data 1500, 1510, 1530 described above may also be stored in the storage section 11b of the control device 11 in the coffee bean grinder GM.

Next, while referring to the flow of control processing described using FIG. 38, an example of operations for order information will be described using FIGS. 40 to 45. FIG. 40 to 42 are diagrams showing how order information is input. FIG. 43 is a diagram showing how order information is changed. FIG. 44 is a diagram showing an example of control parameters of the second grinder 5B for orders. FIG. 45 is a diagram showing an example of display during execution of the grind process.

In this example, it is assumed that an application for transmitting order information about ground coffee beans is installed in the mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone. FIG. 40 shows an example of an order information input screen using this application. This input screen includes an order title input field 170, a desired coffee bean type 1711, a coffee bean amount 1712, an input table 172 for specifying the ratio of the coffee beans to the grain size when grinding, and changing from finely ground to coarsely ground conditions. A fine→coarse grind button 173a for instructing a different grind state, a coarse→fine grind button 173b for instructing a grind state from a coarse grind state to a fine grind state, and a graph for displaying the contents input to the input table 172 graphically. An area 174, a send button 175 for sending order information, and a recipe registration button 176 for registering the order information as a grind recipe are displayed. As for the desired coffee bean type, selectable types of coffee beans are transmitted from the coffee bean grinder GM with which the portable terminal 17 communicates, and by tapping the pull-down button on the right end, the transmitted selectable types are displayed. All types of coffee beans are displayed. For example, all types of beans stored in canisters currently stored in the canister storage unit 401 shown in FIG. 18 are displayed. Alternatively, all types of beans available at the store where the coffee bean grinder GM is installed may be displayed. The types of coffee beans are distinguished by the name of the farm where they are grown as well as the variety of coffee beans. They are also distinguished by the degree of roasting (extremely light roasting, light roasting, medium light roasting, medium roasting, medium deep roasting, deep roasting, extremely dark roasting, and extremely deep roasting). The amount of coffee beans 1712 can also be specified in 5g increments using a pull-down menu. In addition, you may enable it to input directly. Details on how to grind coffee beans will be given later.

FIG. 41 shows an example of an input screen in which order information has been input. In this input screen, characters such as “Geisha for French Press” are input in the title input field 170 . In addition, in the coffee bean type 1711, the variety name is Geisha coffee beans cultivated at the Copey plantation, and roasted to an extremely dark roast is selected, and the amount of coffee beans is selected to be 60 g. . In the input table 172, "40" indicating the proportion of grain size 200 μm and "60" indicating the proportion of grain size 800 μm are input, indicating that the total proportion is "100"%. In addition, it is shown that comments corresponding to the particle size of 200 μm, the particle size of 800 μm, and the total have been input. In addition, the fine-to-coarse grind button 173a is selected. In the graph area 174, the contents input to the input table 172 are displayed as a graph. This graph shows two peaks, of which the peak on the left indicates that the particle size of 200 μm accounts for 40%, and the peak on the right indicates that the particle size of 800 μm accounts for 60%. ing.

By dragging part of the graph in the graph area 174, the content input to the input table 172 can be indirectly changed. FIG. 42 shows an example in which the right peak of the two peaks in the graph area 174 shown in FIG. 41 is moved to the left. By this operation, "60" indicating the ratio of the particle size of 800 μm input to the input table 172 becomes "0", and "0" indicating the ratio of the particle size of 600 μm is changed to "60". It is The input method by dragging such a graph is not limited to changing the granularity, but may also change the ratio. For example, by dragging a portion of the graph up and down, the proportion of the corresponding granularity may be increased or decreased.

Further, in the example shown in FIG. 42, after the values are input to the input table 172, the values input to the input table 172 are changed by dragging part of the graph. Not limited to this configuration, the graph of the initial state (flat straight line, indicated by a thick line in FIG. 39) is displayed in the graph area 174 from the state (initial state) before the value is input to the input table 172, The value of the input table 172 may be set by dragging this graph.

The input method using the graph as described above allows the user to more intuitively set the granularity ratio.

In addition, increasing or decreasing the magnitude of one peak will relatively decrease the magnitude of other peaks. You may make it increase/decrease relatively. When the size of the graph area 174 is limited, the graph area 174 can be used more effectively.

After setting the title, the type and amount of coffee beans, the grain size ratio, and the grinding method (fine→coarse, coarse→fine), tap the send button 175 to send the coffee beans via the communication network 15 shown in FIG. The order information is sent to the controller 11 of the grinder GM. Note that the data may be transmitted to the coffee bean grinder GM via the server 16 and the communication network 15 after being transmitted to the server 16 once.

Also, here, order information such as the title, type and amount of coffee beans, grain size ratio, and grinding method (fine → coarse, coarse → fine) was set, but these order information can be saved and used as a grind recipe. It is also possible to In that case, the order information is transmitted to the server 16 via the communication network 15 by tapping the recipe registration button 176 . The server 16 also manages grind recipes in a database, and stores the transmitted order information with a grind recipe ID. When transmitting to the server 16, it may be possible to set restrictions on recipes. For example, the portable terminal 17 may display a screen for selecting various restrictions such as production (grind) prohibition, display prohibition, download prohibition, duplication prohibition, and alteration prohibition. Also, on the above screen, a method for releasing these restrictions (charging, expiration of a period of time, usage exceeding a certain number of times due to charging, etc.) may be set. In addition, the input creator's comment is also stored as part of the grind recipe, and the comment can be displayed when the recipe is displayed.

Further, the chaff removal strength (chaff removal rate) (%) may be set as the order information and the grind recipe.

When the order information is received, the content of the received order information is displayed on the information display device 12 (Yes in step S31 of FIG. 38, step S32). FIG. 43(A) shows an example in which the control device 11 receives the order information transmitted with the content shown in FIG. 42 and the content is displayed on the information display device 12 . Specifically, the title input in the title input field 170 in FIG. 42 and the row with the grain size in the input table 172 where the ratio is 0 and the comment field is blank (rows with grain sizes of 400 μm and 1000 μm in FIG. 42) The content of the removed portion is displayed in the reception table 121. FIG. Further, in the grinding method instruction field 122, it is indicated that the fine to coarse grinding state is instructed by selecting the fine→coarse grinding button 173a in FIG. Bean type column 1231 indicates the type of beans received, and bean amount column 123 indicates the amount of beans received. Note that the amount of beans may be separately set by the store.

When the grind start button 124 is tapped in this state, the coffee beans are ground (details will be described later), but the order information can be changed before the grind start button 124 is tapped. (No in step S33 of FIG. 38, Yes in step S34, step S35). When the order information is changed, the coffee beans are ground according to this information. Depending on the temperature and humidity at the time of grinding, the grain size of the ground coffee beans may become fine (or coarse), but it is possible to adjust by changing the order information on the store side.

For example, it is assumed that although the order information of FIG. 43A is received, the grain size of ground coffee beans becomes finer due to low humidity. At this time, for example, as shown in FIG. 43B, in the reception table 121, "40" indicating the ratio of the particle size of 200 μm is changed to "45", and "60" indicating the ratio of the particle size of 600 μm is changed to "55". By changing, the grain size of ground coffee beans can be made coarser to adjust to the desired grain size. In addition, in the example of FIG. 43(B), the description of "low humidity→proportion increase" is added to the comment column, but with such a comment, it is possible to convey information such as the reason for correction, for example. Sometimes we can. As described above, it is possible to adjust the order information (here, the grain size of ground beans) according to the installation environment of the coffee bean grinder GM.

A recipe registration button 125 is also provided on the display screen of the information display device 12, and order information can be registered in the server 16 as a grind recipe from the information display device 12 (coffee bean grinder GM). A grind recipe including parameters modified according to the installation environment of the coffee bean grinder GM can be stored in the server 16 with comments. The grind recipe may also include environmental information (temperature, humidity, atmospheric pressure, etc.) at the time of creating the order information (recipe). The coffee bean grinder GM is provided with a temperature/humidity sensor and an air pressure sensor, and when the recipe registration button 125 is tapped, environmental information acquired by these sensors is automatically added to the grind recipe. good too. Furthermore, when transmitting from the coffee bean grinder GM to the server 16, a selection screen may be displayed on the display screen of the information display device 12 so that recipe restrictions can be set. In addition, the above selection screen may also allow the user to set the release method of these restrictions.

In addition, the order information may be encrypted and stored as a grind recipe in the storage unit 11b of the control device 11 in the coffee bean grinder GM. Further, the mobile terminal 17 may be configured to encrypt and store the grind recipe in the storage unit 11b.

Moreover, the grind recipe registered in this way can also be used in a coffee beverage manufacturing apparatus equipped with a coffee bean grinder GM and a coffee extractor.

Next, the operation after tapping the grind start button 124 will be described by taking as an example the case where the grind start button 124 is tapped in the state shown in FIG. 43(B). When the grind start button 124 is tapped, the coffee beans are ground according to the order information (Yes in step S33 of FIG. 38, step S36). If coffee beans other than those stored in the storage device 4 are specified, the grinding process is started after the specified coffee beans are set in the storage device 4 .

Further, the grinding process may be started after performing the calibration executed in the initial operation described using FIG. 33 . Whether or not this calibration is to be executed is transmitted from the mobile terminal 17 together with the order information. That is, it is possible to specify that the mobile terminal 17 performs calibration before starting the grind processing based on the order information.

FIG. 44(A) shows the grain sizes and their ratios specified in FIG. 43(B). In this grinding process, the particle size distribution of the ground coffee beans to be produced is expanded to a certain range (in this embodiment, the range of ±100 to 150 μm) with respect to the particle size of the ground coffee beans specified in the order information. 19 is executed by the processor 11a shown in FIG. 19 to grind the coffee beans while changing the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B (the interval between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b) at a predetermined interval (for example, in increments of 50 μm). be. For example, FIG. 44(B) shows an operation for changing the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B in the range of 50 to 350 μm with respect to the designation of the grain size of 200 μm designated in FIG. 44(A). It shows that the time has been set. Further, FIG. 44(B) shows an operation for changing the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B in the range of 450 to 700 μm with respect to the designation of the grain size of 600 μm designated in FIG. 44(A). It shows that the time has been set. Further, FIG. 44(D) is a graph showing the length of operation time for each blade interval of the second grinder 5B shown in FIG. 44(B). The interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B and the operation time set here are calculated by the processing unit 11a based on the order information, and correspond to the particle size distribution of the ground coffee beans to be produced. Therefore, it can be said that the particle size distribution is set. Further, when calibration is performed in the initial operation before the start of the grind processing, the processing unit 11a corrects the rotation amount of the adjustment motor 503a using the calibration value obtained in step S55 shown in FIG. , to change the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B.

In the above example, it is assumed that it takes a total of 30 seconds to produce 60 g of ground coffee beans specified in the order information. Then, 45% (13.5 seconds) of this operation time is allocated to the operation for the particle size of 200 μm. In the above example, since the blade interval of the second grinder 5B is changed in the range of 50 to 350 μm for the designation of the grain size of 200 μm, the operation time is 13.5 seconds for the grinder operation in this range. assigning. Note that in FIG. 44B, the total operating time of the grinder in the interval range of 50 to 350 μm is 13.5 seconds. Also, 55% (16.5 seconds) of the total 30 seconds of operation time is allocated to the operation for the grain size of 600 μm. In the above example, since the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B is changed in the range of 450 to 700 μm for the designation of the grain size of 600 μm, the operation time is 16.5 seconds for the grinder operation in this range. assigning. Note that in FIG. 44B, the total operating time of the grinder in the interval range of 450 to 700 μm is 16.5 seconds. As described above, the operation time shown in FIG. 44(B) is derived from the time required to produce ground coffee beans. In FIG. 44(B), an example in which the ranges of the intervals of the blades of the second grinder 5B with respect to designation of two types of grain size do not overlap has been described. Operating time is added.

As described in the example of FIG. 44(B), the particle size of the ground coffee beans can be dispersed by producing the ground coffee beans while changing the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B. Coffee brewed from coffee grounds with dispersed particle sizes can contain a variety of flavors compared to coffee brewed from coffee grounds that are not dispersed in particle size. For those who do not like such taste, for example, a case where the operation time is set as shown in FIG. 44(C) may be provided. In FIG. 44(C), the operation time of the second grinder 5B is set only for the operation with the blade interval of the same value as the grain size specified in the order information, and the grain size dispersion is suppressed. It corresponds to the distribution. These configurations are examples, and the range of particle size distribution may be specified when specifying the particle size.

In the example of FIG. 44(B), the operation time is the longest when the blade spacing is the same as the grain size specified in the order information, and the difference between the specified grain size and the blade spacing of the second grinder 5B is large. For example, the operation time may be set to the same value for operations at intervals of the blades of the second grinder 5B of ±50 μm with respect to the designated granularity. Alternatively, a plurality of particle size distribution patterns may be provided for selection.

In addition, it is made possible to input operation time information as shown in FIG. 44(B) when creating order information, and if the order information includes operation time information, grind processing can be executed according to this information. can be

Furthermore, the information on the operation time (pattern of change in the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B) shown in FIGS. good too. That is, various information may be stored in the server 16 or the storage unit 11b in association with the particle size of ground beans. In addition, the information and grind recipe stored in the storage unit 11b may be output to an external terminal such as the server 16 or the mobile terminal 17 via the communication network 15. FIG.

Although two types of granularity values are set in FIG. 44A, the number of types of granularity for which values are specified may be one instead of plural. For example, if one type of granularity value is set, the operating time is set based on this value.

40 to 45, the input of order information from the external terminal (portable terminal 17) and the calculation of the control parameters of the second grinder 5B based on the order information are performed by the beverage manufacturing apparatus shown in FIG. 1 is also applicable.

According to the above description,
"A grinder that grinds coffee beans under set conditions [for example, the blade interval and operating time according to the particle size specified in the order information shown in FIGS. 44(B) and 44(C)] [for example, the second grinder 5B] and
a reception unit [for example, the I/F unit 11c shown in FIG. 10 or FIG.
A coffee bean grinder comprising a setting unit [for example, the processing unit 11a shown in FIGS. 10 and 19] capable of setting the conditions,
The setting unit can set the conditions according to the designation received by the receiving unit [for example, the processing unit 11a can set the conditions shown in FIG. 44(B) and FIG. Calculate the control data shown, and control the second grinder 5B based on the control data],
The receiving unit can input a signal including the designation from the outside [eg, FIG. 10 and FIG. 19]. coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee bean grinder, the user can easily specify.

Note that the designation may be designation of the grain size of ground beans or designation of execution of calibration in the initial operation of the grinder. Further, the designation may be various designations in a grind recipe (for example, designation of the type and amount of coffee beans to be used, designation of the grinding method).

again,
"When the setting unit sets the conditions according to the designation received by the reception unit [for example, the designation to calibrate the interval between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b in the initial operation of the second grinder 5B], A coffee bean grinder capable of acquiring a calibration value of [for example, the calibration value calculated in step S55 shown in FIG. 33]. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized by comprising a storage device [for example, a storage unit 11b shown in FIG. . 』
also explained.

again,
``The receiving unit receives at least the specification of the grain size of the ground beans [for example, the specification of the grain size in the input table 172 shown in FIG. 41] as the designation,
The storage device is capable of storing various information [for example, control data shown in FIG. 44 (B) and (C)] in association with the grain size of the ground beans. grinding machine. 』
also explained.

In addition, the particle size may be a particle size represented by a peak in the particle size distribution. Further, the various information may refer to conditions set in the grinder so as to grind the coffee beans to the particle size with the grinder.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized by being able to output information stored in the storage device to an external device [for example, a server 16 or a mobile terminal 17]. 』
also explained.

Further, "provided with an external device (for example, server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinder,
A coffee bean grinding system (for example, FIG. 10 and FIG. 19), wherein the external device is operated by a user. ” was also explained.

Also, "A method of grinding coffee beans in a grinder for grinding coffee beans under set conditions,
A reception step [for example, a process that is a premise of step S31 shown in FIG. 38] for accepting a specification by a user [for example, order information from a mobile terminal 17 such as a smartphone];
A condition setting step for setting the condition according to the designation received by the receiving step [for example, processing performed between steps S32 and S33 or processing performed between steps S34 and S33 shown in FIG. 38] and a method for grinding coffee beans. ” was also explained.

Also, according to the above description,
"A grinder that grinds coffee beans under set conditions [for example, the blade interval and operating time according to the particle size specified in the order information shown in FIGS. 44(B) and 44(C)] [for example, the second grinder 5B] and
a setting unit [for example, a processing unit 11a shown in FIG. 10 or FIG. 19] capable of setting the conditions;
A coffee bean grinder comprising a user-operable operation unit [for example, a manual setting disk dial 695 and a fine adjustment knob dial 696],
The setting unit can set the conditions based on the input information [for example, the processing unit 11a calculates the control data shown in FIG. 44B and FIG. 44C based on the order information]. , controlling the second grinder 5B based on the control data],
The coffee bean grinder is characterized in that the operation unit can change, among the conditions, a condition related to the grain size of the ground beans [for example, the distance between the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b] according to the operation. machine [eg, the beverage production apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 and the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee bean grinder, the conditions are set based on the input information, and the conditions related to the grain size of ground beans can be manually adjusted.

In addition, the particle size may be a particle size represented by a peak in the particle size distribution. Further, the input information may be information on the grain size of ground beans, or information instructing execution of calibration in the initial operation of the grinder. Further, the input information may be various information in the grind recipe (for example, information on the type and amount of coffee beans to be used, information on how to grind).

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that the setting unit can obtain a calibration value [for example, the calibration value calculated in step S55 shown in FIG. 33] when setting the conditions. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder comprising a storage device [eg, a storage unit 11b shown in FIG. 10 or FIG. 』
also explained.

again,
``The setting unit sets the conditions regarding the grain size of ground beans [for example, as shown in FIG. 44(B) and FIG. , blade interval and operation time according to the granularity specified in the order information] can be set,
The storage device is capable of storing various information [for example, control data shown in FIG. 44 (B) and (C)] in association with the grain size of the ground beans. grinding machine. 』
also explained.

The various information may be conditions set in the grinder in order to grind the coffee beans to the particle size with the grinder.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized by being able to output information stored in the storage device to an external device [for example, a server 16 or a mobile terminal 17]. 』
also explained.

Further, "provided with an external device (for example, server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinder,
A coffee bean grinding system (for example, FIG. 10 or FIG. 19), wherein the external device is operated by a user who specifies the conditions. ” was also explained.

Also, "A method of grinding coffee beans in a grinder for grinding coffee beans under set conditions,
an automatic setting step of automatically setting the conditions based on input information;
A coffee bean grinding method characterized in that it is possible to perform a manual change step of changing, among the conditions, a condition relating to the grain size of the ground beans according to an operation. ” was also explained.

Either the automatic setting step or the manual changing step may be executed first, or only one of them may be executed.

In addition, the second grinder 5B in the present embodiment has two types of grinding methods: a fine grinding state to a coarse grinding state, and a coarse grinding state to a fine grinding state, which will be described in FIG. One of the grinding methods is designated by using the fine to coarse grinding button 173a and the coarse to fine grinding button 173b. When the grinding method from the fine grinding state to the coarse grinding state is specified, the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B is widened from 50 μm to 1000 μm, and the second grinder is operated for the operation time set for each interval. 5B is activated. On the other hand, when the grinding method from the rough grinding state to the fine grinding state is specified, the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B is narrowed from 1000 μm to 50 μm, and the second grinding is performed for the operation time set for each interval. 2 Operate the grinder 5B. Depending on this grinding method, there may be a slight difference in the particle size distribution of the ground coffee beans produced, and there is a possibility that a difference in taste may occur. is employed.

In FIG. 43(B), since the way of grinding from the fine grinding state to the coarse grinding state is specified, the blade spacing of the second grinder 5B is expanded from 50 μm to 1000 μm, and the operation set for each spacing Operate the second grinder 5B only for the time. At this time, the graph shown in FIG. 44(D) is displayed on the information display device 12, and the color of the area in the graph changes according to the progress of this operation. FIG. 45(A) shows the state when 12.4 seconds have passed since the start of grinding. At this time, the interval between the blades of the second grinder 5B is set to 250 μm, and in FIG. 45(A), hatching indicates that the color of the area on the left side of this 250 μm boundary has changed. there is This hatching is an example indicating that the grinding process for the corresponding area has been completed. Further, FIG. 45B shows the state when 30 seconds have passed since the start of grinding and the grinding process is finished. In FIG. 45(B), hatching of all areas is an example indicating that all grinding processes have been completed. As shown in the examples of FIGS. 45(A) and 45(B), by displaying the progress of the grinding process, the customer does not get bored while waiting, and the store clerk can do other work during that time. work may be possible.

FIG. 46(a) is a diagram showing an example of a porter filter used when producing an espresso beverage. The porter filter PF shown in FIG. 46(a) is of the naked type, and ground beans are filled in a metallic basket PFb (see FIG. 46(c)) having a filter structure on the bottom. is held by the holding portion PFr. A handle PFh is provided on the holding portion PFh.

FIG. 46(b) is a diagram showing how the handle PFh is held and the basket PFb held by the holding portion PFr is attached to the chute GM31 of the coffee bean grinder. The ground beans flow down from the chute GM31, and the basket PFb is packed with the ground beans. This operation is called dosing. Note that the basket PFb may be fixed to the exit of the chute GM31 in order to save the operator from having to hold the handle PFh to place the basket PFb. Next, leveling is performed so that the ground beans are evenly packed in the basket PFb. Finally, a work called tamping is performed to press and harden the evenly packed ground beans.

FIG. 46(c) is a diagram schematically showing a state in which ground beans ground from a finely ground state to a coarsely ground state are packed in a basket PFb and subjected to leveling and tamping.

FIG. 46(c) shows the basket PFb held by the holding portion PFr. The bottom surface PFf of the basket PFb has a filter structure, and FIG. 46(c) schematically shows filter meshes Fi, which are actually finer meshes. The region on the side of the bottom surface PFf is filled with extra-fine ground beans Bvt having a particle size distribution peaking at 200 μm. In FIG. 46(c), a state in which the extra-fine ground beans Bvt are filled is indicated by fine cross hatching. In addition, the area above that area is filled with medium-fine ground beans Bmt having a particle size distribution peaking at 600 μm. In FIG. 46(c), coarse cross-hatching indicates that medium-fine ground beans Bmt are filled. That is, the area closer to the filter contains relatively finely ground beans, and the area farther from the filter contains relatively coarser ground beans.

When the porter filter PF prepared in this way is used for extraction, the hot water is well removed in areas with large particle sizes, and the extraction efficiency, which is an index of how the taste comes out, is lowered. On the other hand, in areas where the particle size is small, the hot water is not easily removed, and the extraction efficiency is increased. Hot water poured from above (opposite the filter) first passes through areas of low extraction efficiency and finally through grain sizes of high extraction efficiency. Here, if we consider the opposite of this, the hot water that is poured becomes a strong coffee drink in the first region, and in the last region, it becomes difficult to extract the coffee ingredients from ground beans with a large particle size, and the last region It is expected that the ground beans that were in it will be easy to waste. This prediction is based on the fact that coffee components tend to be easily extracted from hot water, but coffee components tend to be difficult to extract from coffee beverages. The poured hot water first passes through an area with low extraction efficiency, so that the coffee beverage is sufficiently extracted from the ground beans in that area. However, it is a weak coffee drink. However, since the coffee beverage is diluted, the coffee beverage has a margin in its concentration, and the coffee beverage is extracted firmly even if it passes through a region where the extraction efficiency is high. In this way, in order to effectively utilize all the ground beans in the porter filter PF, it is considered preferable that the closer the area to the filter, the finer the ground beans. It is particularly effective when brewing strong coffee beverages such as espresso.

Similarly, the second grinder 5B in the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 can also perform a grinding method from a fine grinding state to a coarse grinding state, and a grinding method from a coarse grinding state to a fine grinding state. In the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 1 , the ground beans are stored in the extraction container 9 . This extraction container 9 is inverted, and when the ground beans are accommodated (before the extraction container 9 is inverted), relatively coarsely ground beans are accommodated in the lower area, and relatively finely ground beans are accommodated in the upper area. Beans are accommodated and the extraction container 9 is inverted so that the lower area has the relatively fine ground beans and the upper area has the relatively coarse ground beans. However, if the filter provided in the lid unit 91 shown in FIG. Coarsely ground beans are stored in .

Note that a plurality of sets of grind processing may be performed so that a single grind start operation can grind ground beans for extraction for a plurality of times. By doing so, a plurality of baskets PFb may be prepared, and a new basket PFb may be assigned to the chute GM31 for each set.

In addition, in the example of FIGS. 45A and 45B, when the grinding state from the fine grinding state to the coarse grinding state is specified, the display example in which the hatching spreads from the left side to the right side of the graph has been described. However, when the coarse grinding state is changed to the fine grinding state, unlike the examples in FIGS. become.

Furthermore, in the above example, the progress of the grind process is displayed on the information display device 12, but the progress of the grind process may be displayed on the portable terminal 17 that has transmitted the order information.

According to the above description,
"A grinder for grinding coffee beans [for example, a second grinder 5B],
A coffee bean grinder comprising a container [for example, a basket PFb or an extraction container 9] for storing ground beans ground by the grinder,
One set of grinding operations can be executed in response to a user's start operation [for example, tapping the grind start button 124, pressing the start button GM15, or instructing to produce a coffee beverage],
The set of grinding motions includes a first region of the container [e.g., a region relatively close to or below the filter] of a first grain size [e.g., relatively fine grain size or coarse grain size]. Ground beans are contained, and a second region of the container [e.g., a region relatively far from or above the filter] contains ground beans of a second grain size [e.g., relatively coarse grain size or fine grain size]. A coffee bean grinder [eg, the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18 and the beverage making apparatus 1 shown in FIG. 』
explained.

The finer the grain size of the ground beans, the more difficult it is for hot water to pass through, which tends to increase the extraction efficiency. According to this coffee machine, by utilizing this tendency, it is possible to provide regions containing ground beans of different particle sizes, and to improve the taste of the coffee beverage by varying the extraction efficiency depending on the region.

The amount of coffee beans ground in one set of grinding operations may be the amount required to extract one cup of coffee beverage, or the amount required to extract one cup of coffee. good. Also, the first particle size may be a particle size coarser than the second particle size.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that the first particle size is a particle size finer than the second particle size. 』
also explained.

again,
``The container has a filter [for example, a filter mesh Fi provided on the bottom surface PFf shown in FIG. 46(c), or a filter provided on the lid unit 91 shown in FIG.
A coffee grinder, wherein said first area is an area of said container closer to said filter than said second area. 』
also explained.

The first region may be a region below the second region of the container.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder comprising a storage device [for example, a storage unit 11b shown in FIG. 10 or FIG. 19] capable of storing one set of grinding operations as a recipe. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee bean grinder characterized in that it can perform the one set of grinding operations multiple times [for example, it is possible to grind ground beans for extraction multiple times] in response to a start operation by a user. 』
also explained.

Further, "a coffee bean grinder system characterized by comprising an external device (e.g., server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinder (e.g., Figs. 10 and 19)." explained.

Also, "a first region [e.g. a region relatively close to or below the filter] of the container [e.g. basket PFb or extraction vessel 9] has a first grain size [e.g. a first step of containing ground beans of [particle size];
a second step of containing ground beans of a second grain size [e.g., relatively coarse grain size or fine grain size] in a second region [e.g., a region relatively far from or above the filter] of the container; A coffee bean grinding method comprising: ” was also explained.

Next, the combination of the 1st grinder 5A and the 2nd grinder 5B is demonstrated.

As shown in FIG. 25 and the like, the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B are arranged in series in the upstream and downstream directions when viewed from the coffee bean conveying direction. The first grinder 5A is capable of grinding coffee beans with a coarse grain size with higher accuracy than the second grinder 5B, and the second grinder 5B grinds coffee beans with a fine grain size with better accuracy than the first grinder 5A. is possible. More specifically, the first grinder 5A grinds the roasted coffee beans to a certain size (for example, about 1/4) to obtain ground beans. The second grinder 5B grinds the ground beans crushed by the first grinder 5A into ground beans of a desired grain size. For example, the second grinder 5B can grind coarsely, mediumly, mediumly finely, finely and extra finely, while the first grinder 5A cannot grind as finely as coarsely. However, in order to make it easier to separate the unnecessary substances adhering to the coffee beans, it is preferable to grind the coffee beans to a certain size with the first grinder 5A.

However, ignoring the ease with which unwanted substances such as chaff and fine powder can be separated by the separation device 6, it is also possible to grind coffee beans only by the second grinder 5B without driving the first grinder 5A. be.

FIG. 47(a) is a perspective view showing a single rotary blade 58a constituting the first grinder 5A.

The rotary blade 58a is provided with a guide path 58ag extending obliquely downward around the rotary shaft 58as from each of the four blades 58a1 to 58a4. As shown in FIG. 47(a), when the rotary blade 58a does not rotate, the roasted coffee beans B sent from the storage device 4 pass through the guide path 58ag and maintain their shape and size. It is sent to the second grinder 5B as it is. Then, it is ground to a desired particle size by the second grinder 5B. In this case, instead of two-stage grinding by the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B, one-stage grinding by the second grinder 5B only.

In place of the first grinder 5A, the same grinder as the second grinder 5B may be provided so that the grinder on the upstream side can perform coarse grinding, medium grinding, medium fine grinding, fine grinding, and extra fine grinding. good. In this case, for example, the grinder on the upstream side may perform coarse grinding, the separation device 6 may perform separation of unnecessary matter, and then the second grinder 5B may perform medium grinding or finer grinding. Alternatively, after the grinder on the upstream side performs medium-fine grinding, the separation device 6 separates the unnecessary matter, and the second grinder 5B does not perform the grinding process, the ground beans that are medium-fine are ground from the chute GM 31. You may make it flow down.

FIG. 47(b) is a diagram showing a modification of the crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 25 and the like.

The grinding device 5 shown in FIG. 25 and the like has two grinders arranged in series. are placed. A first grinder 5A is arranged on the downstream side of the storage device 4 shown in FIG. 47(b). In the crushing device 5 shown in FIG. 25 and the like, the forming unit 6B is provided downstream of the first grinder 5A, but in this modification, the forming unit 6B is omitted and a cylindrical guide passage 6C is provided. ing. Two second grinders 5B to which connection ducts 661 are respectively connected are arranged on the downstream side of the guide passage 6C. The guide passage 6C is a passage for distributing the ground beans ground by the first grinder 5A to either one of the two second grinders 5B. In addition, the number of the second grinders 5B is not limited to two, and may be three or more. The passage switching of the guidance passage 6C is executed by the processing unit 11a shown in FIG. Also, the passage switching of the guide passage 6C may be performed manually. Alternatively, passage switching may be performed according to an instruction from an external terminal such as the mobile terminal 17 . In this modification, a grinder for grinding coffee beans in a coffee bean grinder GM having a total of three grinders, one first grinder 5A and two second grinders 5B, is selected from among the three grinders. A selecting step of selecting, a supplying step of supplying coffee beans to the selected grinder, and a grinding step of grinding the coffee beans supplied in the supplying step with the grinder are executed. In the supply step, when one of the two second grinders 5B is selected, coffee beans are supplied to the selected second grinder 5B through the guide passage 6C. In the selection step, the selection of one first grinder 5A is arbitrary, but in the selection of two second grinders 5B, one of the second grinders 5B may always be selected. Alternatively, if the two second grinders 5B are not selected, the coffee beans may flow directly down from the guide passage 6C.

According to this modification, since a plurality of second grinders 5B are installed, the grinding process by the second grinders 5B can be performed in parallel. For example, in the control of the input amount of ground beans to the second grinder 5B described using FIG. If the passage is switched and the second grinder 5B is started to be charged, there is no need to reduce the amount of charge, and a reduction in the efficiency of the grinding process can be avoided.

Although the forming unit 6B is omitted in the modified example shown in FIG. 47(b), the forming unit 6B is provided at the upstream end of the guide passage 6C so that the separation of unnecessary objects is performed after the passage switching is completed. You can do it. Further, even in a mode in which a fixed passage is provided instead of the switchable guide passage 6C, and the plurality of prepared second grinders 5B are moved to the downstream end of the fixed passage to switch the grinders. good. Furthermore, instead of providing a plurality of grinders with the same function in parallel, a plurality of grinders with different functions may be provided in parallel. For example, a grinder dedicated to coarse grinding, a grinder dedicated to medium grinding, a grinder dedicated to medium and fine grinding, a grinder dedicated to fine grinding, and a grinder dedicated to ultra-fine grinding are provided in parallel so that selection can be made. can be Also, the first grinder 5A on the upstream side may be omitted. Alternatively, another grinder may be provided downstream of the second grinder 5B. One grinder or a plurality of grinders may be provided downstream of the second grinder 5B. When there are multiple units, they may be arranged in series or in parallel.

The aspect of the crushing device 5 described above with reference to FIG. 47 can also be applied as the crushing device of the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG.

According to the above description,
``A coffee grinder comprising a plurality of grinders [e.g., a first grinder 5A and a second grinder 5B in series or a plurality of second grinders 5B in parallel],
The grinder for grinding the coffee beans can be selected from the plurality of grinders [e.g., select both the first grinder 5A and the second grinder 5B in series, select only the second grinder 5B, or select multiple grinders in parallel. 2 grinders 5B are selected one by one]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee bean grinder, it is possible to select a grinder for grinding coffee beans from among a plurality of grinders, so it is easier to meet requests for more grinding processes than the conventional coffee bean grinder.

One or more grinders may be selected.

again,
"The plurality of grinders includes a first grinder [e.g., first grinder 5A] and a second grinder [e.g., second grinder 5B],
It is possible to choose whether to grind the coffee beans by one of the first grinder and the second grinder [e.g., second grinder 5B only] or both [e.g., first grinder 5A and second grinder 5B]. A coffee bean grinder characterized by: ” was also explained.

again,
“The first grinder can grind coffee beans more accurately and coarsely than the second grinder [for example, grind roasted coffee beans to a certain size (for example, about 1/4)]. can be,
The second grinder can grind coffee beans more accurately and finely than the first grinder [for example, coarse, medium, medium-fine, fine, and extra-fine grinds can be performed]. A coffee bean grinder characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
"When coffee beans are ground by both the first grinder [e.g., the first grinder 5A] and the second grinder [e.g., the second grinder 5B], the first grinder [e.g., the upstream A coffee bean grinder characterized in that coffee beans ground by a first grinder 5A] are further finely ground by the second grinder [for example, a downstream second grinder 5B]. 』
also explained.

again,
"One grinder of the first grinder [for example, the second grinder 5B on the left side shown in Fig. 47(b)] and the second grinder [for example, the second grinder 5B on the right side shown in Fig. 47(b)] A coffee bean grinder characterized in that, when coffee beans are ground by the one grinder, the coffee beans are guided to the one grinder [for example, guided by the guide passage 6C]. 』
also explained.

That is, it is a mode in which either one of the first grinder and the second grinder is provided with a guide passage [for example, the guide passage 6C shown in FIG. 47(b)] for guiding coffee beans. may By moving the guide passage with respect to the one grinder, the coffee beans may be guided to the one grinder, or by moving the one grinder with respect to the guide passage, The coffee beans may be guided to the one grinder, or the coffee beans may be guided to the one grinder by moving the one grinder as the guide passage moves. There may be.

Further, "a coffee bean grinder system characterized by comprising an external device (e.g., server 16, mobile terminal 17) capable of communicating with the coffee bean grinder (e.g., Figs. 10 and 19)." explained.

Also, "a selection step of selecting a grinder for grinding coffee beans from the plurality of grinders in a coffee bean grinder equipped with a plurality of grinders;
a feeding step of feeding coffee beans to the selected grinder;
and a grinding step of grinding the coffee beans supplied in the supplying step with the grinder. ” was also explained.

One or more grinders may be selected.

Next, a modified example of the hammer member GM32 shown in FIG. 18 will be described. In the following description, components having the same names as those of the components described so far are given the same reference numerals as those used so far.

FIG. 48 is a diagram schematically showing a modified hammer mechanism together with a chute. This FIG. 48 is a front view, the front side of the paper surface is the front side, and the right side is the left side of the coffee bean grinder.

The hammer mechanism H1 is arranged on the left side of the coffee bean grinder, ie on the right hand side of the operator, with respect to the chute GM31. Therefore, it is arranged on the side opposite to the hammer member GM32 shown in FIG. A hammer mechanism H1 shown in FIG. 48 includes a hammer H10, a shaft H20, and a torsion coil spring H30. The shaft H20 is fixed to a front cover (not shown). The hammer H10 is manually rotated from the initial position, and the shaft H20 passes through the center of rotation of the hammer H10. A torsion coil spring H30 is fitted to the shaft H20, and the hammer H10 manually rotated from the initial position returns to the initial position by the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30. The details of the rotation operation of the hammer H10 will be described later. Hammer H10 is obtained by integrally molding nylon resin containing glass fibers. The hammer H10 includes a shaft penetrating portion H11, a holding arm H12 extending downward from the shaft penetrating portion H11, a striking arm H13 extending from the shaft penetrating portion H11 toward the chute GM31, and a shaft penetrating portion H11 toward the chute GM31. has an operating arm H14 extending on the opposite side.

FIG. 48 shows the fixed holding member GM33, and below it, the cup CP containing the ground beans flowing down from the chute GM31 is also shown. This cup CP is not a component of the coffee grinder, but is held in the operator's hand.

Although only one fixed holding member GM33 is shown in FIG. 48, two fixed holding members GM33 are provided side by side in the depth direction of the coffee bean grinder. Another fixed holding member is arranged on the far side of the GM33. The fixed holding member GM33 is positioned between the holding arm H12 of the hammer H10 and the chute GM31. The fixed holding member GM33 has a shaft GM331 fixed to a front cover (not shown) and a rubber cap GM332 attached to the lower end of the shaft GM331.

A holding portion H121 projecting toward the fixed holding member GM33 is provided at the tip of the holding arm H12 of the hammer H10. The holding portion H121 shown in FIG. there is A hitting portion H131 is provided at the tip of the hitting arm H13 of the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 48, and the hitting portion H131 shown in FIG. 48 is in contact with the left side wall portion of the chute GM31. Furthermore, the operating arm H14 of the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 48 extends to the operator's right hand side. The hammer H10 shown in FIG. 48 is in its initial state. That is, the hammer H10 is biased clockwise in the direction of the arrow by the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30. rotation is stopped.

49A to 49D are diagrams showing the striking operation of the hammer H10 step by step. This FIG. 49 does not show the cup CP shown in FIG. Also, the torsion coil spring H30 is omitted from the drawing.

FIG. 49(A) shows the hammer H10 in its initial state, like the hammer H10 shown in FIG. That is, the hitting portion H131 is in contact with the left side wall portion of the chute GM31, and the holding portion H121 is in contact with the rubber cap GM332 of the fixed holding member GM33. The operating arm H14 of the hammer H10 in this initial state extends to the operator's right hand side, and the operator puts a finger on the back side of the finger hooking portion H141 at the tip of the operating arm H14 and lifts the finger hooking portion H141. The hammer H10 rotates counterclockwise in the direction of the arrow against the biasing force of the torsion coil spring H30 shown in FIG. 48, and the hammer H10 is ready for striking.

FIG. 49B is a diagram showing the hammer H10 in a strike preparation state. The hammer H10 in the striking preparation state is in a state where the striking portion H131 is sufficiently separated from the chute GM31. Note that in FIG. 49B, the striking arm H13 contacts the rubber cap GM332 of the fixed holding member GM33, and further counterclockwise rotation of the hammer H10 is prevented. However, the striking arm H13 may pass between two fixed holding members GM33 arranged in the depth direction, and the hammer H10 may be rotated counterclockwise. In this FIG. 49(B), the finger rest H141 is still lifted by the operator.

FIG. 49(C) shows the state after the operator releases the finger from the finger rest H141. The hammer H10 is vigorously rotated clockwise in the direction of the arrow by the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30 shown in FIG. Due to this impact, ground beans Bdp adhering to the inner peripheral wall of the chute GM31 are peeled off and discharged from the outlet GM311 of the chute GM31. The hammer H10 that hits the left wall portion of the chute GM31 returns to the initial state shown in FIG. 49(A).

FIG. 50 is a diagram showing stepwise the holding operation of holding the cup CP by the holding portion H121 of the hammer H10 and the fixed holding member GM33. Also in FIG. 50, the torsion coil spring H30 is omitted.

FIG. 50(A) shows the hammer H10 in its initial state, like the hammer H10 shown in FIG. Therefore, the holding portion H121 is in contact with the rubber cap GM332 of the fixed holding member GM33. The finger hook portion H141 of the hammer H10 in this initial state is lifted in the same manner as in the striking operation. However, in this case, it is not necessary to lift as high as in the hitting motion, and it is sufficient to form a gap between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332 such that the peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP can enter. In FIG. 50(A), a cup CP is provided below the hammer H10.

As shown in FIG. 50B, if such a gap is formed between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332, the cup CP is lifted and the peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP is inserted between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332. . When the insertion is completed, the finger is released from the finger hook portion H141 while holding the cup CP.

FIG. 50(C) shows the state after the operator releases the finger from the finger rest H141. The hammer H10 is returned clockwise by the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30 shown in FIG. The peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP is sandwiched between the H121. That is, although only one is shown here, two fixed holding members GM33 provided side by side in the depth direction of the coffee bean grinder are in contact with the peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP from the inside at two points, A holding portion H121 of the hammer H10 contacts the peripheral wall CP1 from the outside of the peripheral wall CP1 at one point. The state of the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 50(C) is called the held state. With the hammer H10 in this holding state, the cup CP is held by the elastic force of the coil spring H30 even if the cup CP is released. Moreover, the rubber cap GM332 provided on the fixed holding member GM33 functions as a slip stopper for the cup CP, and the cup CP is held more stably. The holding portion H121 is made of nylon resin containing glass fibers and is not provided with an anti-slip material. Additional materials may be added.

As described above, the transition from the initial state to the holding state was performed by operating the finger hooking portion H141. It is also possible to insert the peripheral wall CP1 by the force of lifting the . In particular, if the cup CP is made of metal or the like and is less likely to break, as will be described later, it is not necessary to increase the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30 more than necessary. can be easily shifted from the initial state to the holding state.

The mouth CP2 of the cup CP shown in FIG. 50(C) is positioned above the outlet GM311 of the chute GM31, and ground beans flowing down from the outlet GM311 are reliably accommodated in the cup CP.

FIG. 50D is a diagram showing how the cup CP is removed from between the holding portion H121 of the hammer H10 in the held state and the rubber cap GM332.

When the ground beans have finished flowing down from the chute GM31, the cup CP is removed. First, the cup CP is held with the left hand, and with the fingers of the right hand, the finger rest H141 of the hammer H10 in the held state is slightly lifted in the same manner as in FIG. Then, a gap is formed between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332, and the cup CP can be removed by pulling the cup CP downward. After that, the hitting operation of the hammer H10 described with reference to FIG. 49 is performed to knock off the ground beans adhering to the inner peripheral wall of the chute GM31.

With conventional coffee bean grinders, the cup CP must always be held during the grinding process, making it difficult to perform other tasks. However, in this variant, the cup CP is held by the coffee grinder, making it easier to perform other tasks during the grinding process. In addition, since the hammer H10 is used for both the holding of the cup CP and the hitting of the chute GM31, the installation space for the member is more compact and the cost is lower than when separate members are provided for these two uses. Become. Also, by manually striking the chute GM31, the installation space is more compact and the cost is lower than in the case of an electric chute. Furthermore, by using the torsion coil spring H30 in manually striking the shoot GM31, the cup CP can be held by utilizing the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30. In this way, when the common torsion coil spring H30 is used for striking the chute GM31 and holding the cup CP, striking and holding are performed in different situations. be done. For example, it is conceivable to sandwich the cup CP between the shot GM31 and the hitting part H131. In this case, at least one of the chute GM31 and the hitting portion H131 needs to be provided with a non-slip member such as a rubber cap GM332. However, a non-slip member such as the rubber cap GM332 generally has a function of weakening the impact, and weakens the impact of the impact when the shot GM31 is hit. For this reason, it becomes necessary to increase the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30, which may make it difficult to operate the operating arm H14. On the other hand, in the modified example described above, the hitting portion H131 and the holding portion H121 are provided in different parts, so that it becomes unnecessary to make the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30 stronger than necessary, and the operating arm Operation of H14 becomes easy.

Next, the coffee bean grinder of the second embodiment when the coffee bean grinder shown in FIG. 18 is the coffee bean grinder of the first embodiment will be described. In the following description as well, constituent elements having the same names as those of constituent elements explained so far will be described with the same reference numerals as those used so far. Also, differences from the coffee bean grinder shown in FIG. 18 will be described, and redundant description may be omitted. The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment is provided with a grinder 5 having the same structure as the grinder 5 provided in the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment, but this second embodiment will be described. Here, the first grinder 5A is called a top mill 5AM, and the second grinder 5B is called a main mill 5BM. A motor for rotating the top mill 5AM is called a top mill motor (corresponding to the first motor), and a motor for rotating the main mill 5BM is called a main mill motor (corresponding to the second motor 52b shown in FIG. 32).

FIG. 51 is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder of the second embodiment. FIG. 51(A) is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder GM holding the cup CP as viewed obliquely from the front left of the machine, that is, obliquely from the front right of the operator, and FIG. 1 is a perspective view of the coffee bean grinder GM with the cup CP removed, viewed obliquely from the front right side of the machine, that is, from the front left side of the operator.

The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment shown in FIG. 51 has a mechanism similar to the hammer mechanism H1 described with reference to FIGS. It is shown. FIG. 51(A) also shows two fixed holding members GM33 each having a rubber cap GM332 attached to its lower end. Further, FIG. 51(B) shows a holding portion H121 of the hammer H10. The hammer H10 shown in FIG. 51(A) is in the holding state, and the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 51(B) is in the initial state.

In the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 18, the hammer member GM32 was provided on the right side of the machine, and the operator had to operate the hammer member GM32 with the left hand. , the operating arm H14 extends to the left side of the machine, and the operator can operate the operating arm H14 with the right hand. In addition, most of the left half of the chute GM31 is covered by the front cover GM40, and the striking part H131 of the hammer H10 is also hidden by the front cover GM40. Note that the exit GM311 is not covered by the front cover GM40.

Next, the hammer mechanism H1 of the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 51 will be described in detail. It should be noted that differences from the hammer mechanism H1 described with reference to FIGS. 48 to 50 will be mainly described, and redundant description may be omitted.

FIG. 52(A) is an enlarged view showing how the front cover GM40 is removed from the coffee bean grinder GM shown in FIG. 51, and FIG. 52(B) is an exploded perspective view of the hammer mechanism H1.

As shown in FIG. 52(B), the hammer mechanism H1 includes a hammer H10 and a shaft H20. The shaft H20 is fixed to the removed front cover GM40. FIG. 52 also shows the shaft GM331 of the fixed holding member GM33. The upper end portion of the shaft GM331 is also fixed to the removed front cover GM40.

The hammer H10 is obtained by integrally molding nylon resin containing glass fibers, and has a shaft penetration portion H11, a holding arm H12, a striking arm H13, and an operating arm H14. The hammer mechanism H1 also includes a torsion coil spring H. The torsion coil spring H has a coil portion wound in a coil shape and arm portions extending in two directions from the coil portion. The torsion coil spring H is fitted inside the shaft penetrating portion H11, and the shaft H20 passes through the coil portion. In FIG. 52, one arm H31 extending in two directions from the coil portion is visible. FIG. 52(B) also shows a retaining member H21 attached to the tip of the shaft H20.

A holding portion H121 protruding toward the fixed holding member GM33 is provided at the tip of the holding arm H12. there is

FIG. 52(A) shows the hammer H10 in its initial state. In the hammer mechanism H1 mounted on the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, the urging direction of the elastic force of the coil spring H30 is opposite to that of the hammer mechanism H1 shown in FIG. That is, the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 52A is biased counterclockwise, and the hitting portion H131 contacts the chute GM31 and the holding portion H121 contacts the rubber cap GM332 of the fixed holding member GM33. This prevents rotation in the counterclockwise direction. In FIG. 52(A), the portion of the chute GM31 that hits the hitting portion H131 cannot be seen, but in FIG. 52(B), the portion can be seen. An L-shaped receiving portion GM312 is provided at a portion of the chute GM31 with which the hitting portion H131 abuts. Like the hammer H10, the chute GM31 is also obtained by integrally molding nylon resin containing glass fibers by injection molding. This receiving portion GM312 is also formed integrally with the tubular portion GM313 and the like. The receiving portion GM312 is made thick in order to increase strength. The receiving portion GM312 is provided with a slit, and the slit is hollowed out to prevent shrinkage during manufacture.

Here, the structure of the chute GM31 will be further described with reference to FIG. 52(B). FIG. 52(B) shows a frame member 694 which is the same member as the frame member 694 shown in FIG. The chute GM31 can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction around a rotation axis GM314 extending in the vertical direction. When the chute GM31 is opened laterally, it is possible to access the exit of the ground beans that have been ground by the mill 5BM, making maintenance such as cleaning around the exit easier. The chute GM31 shown in FIG. 52(B) is magnetically joined to the frame member 694 at the upper joint portion GM315, thereby preventing the chute GM31 from opening unintentionally. In the cylindrical portion GM313 of the chute GM31, the entrance 3130 (see FIG. 53(B)) is positioned just beside the upper joint portion GM315. An outlet for the ground beans ground by the mill 5BM is provided in the frame member 694, and the inlet 3130 is connected to this outlet, and the ground beans rush out from the outlet. The ground beans collide with the inner peripheral wall of the cylinder part 313 at a height position between the inlet 3130 and the receiving part GM312. may interfere with Therefore, the hitting motion of the hammer H10 is performed.

In the striking operation of the hammer H10 shown in FIG. 52, the finger is placed on the finger rest H141, which is the tip portion of the operation arm H14 of the hammer H10 in the initial state, and pushed downward (see the arrow shown in FIG. 52(A)). . The hammer H10 rotates so that the striking part H131 is lifted, and enters a striking preparation state. When the finger rest portion H141 is released in this state, the hammer H10 is vigorously rotated counterclockwise by the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30. That is, the hitting part H131 is vigorously rotated from the 10 o'clock position toward the receiving part GM312 provided at the 9 o'clock position, and the hitting part H131 hits the receiving part GM312, thereby impacting the shoot GM31. give. Due to this impact, the ground beans adhering to the inner peripheral wall of the cylindrical portion GM313 are peeled off and discharged from the outlet GM311 of the chute GM31. The receiving portion GM312 has an inclined surface 3121 inclined so as to protrude toward the hammer H10 as it goes downward, and a projecting surface 3122 projecting from the lower end of the inclined surface 3121 toward the hammer H10.

FIG. 53(A) is a side view of the hammer H10, and FIG. 53(B) is a perspective view showing the hammer H10 and the chute GM31 from below. In FIG. 53(B), the exit GM311 of the chute GM31 opens toward the front side of the paper surface. Further, in FIG. 53(B), the bottom of the figure is the side of the main mill 5BM, and the inlet 3130 of the chute GM31 connected to the outlet of the main mill 5BM is also shown.

FIG. 53(A) shows the first striking surface 1311 of the striking portion H131 that contacts the inclined surface 3121 of the receiving portion GM312. The first striking surface 1311 is in contact with the entire inclined surface 3121 when the hammer H10 is in the initial state. FIG. 53(A) also shows the second striking surface 1312 of the striking portion H131 that contacts the projecting surface 3122 of the receiving portion GM312. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 53(B), the second striking surface 1312 is also in contact with the entire projecting surface 3122 when the hammer H10 is in the initial state. Also, in FIG. 53B, the length of the width of each portion is the length in the vertical direction indicated by arrow Wt. The width of the second hitting surface 1312 is wider than the width of the projecting surface 3122 shown in FIG. That is, the horizontal width of the striking portion H131 is wider than the horizontal width of the receiving portion GM312, so that the striking portion H131 reliably contacts the receiving portion GM312.

The rotating striking part H131 continues to rotate while the first striking surface 1311 collides with the inclined surface 3121 at first, and finally stops when the second striking surface 1312 collides with the projecting surface 3122 . As a result, the shot GM31 appears to be hit diagonally. That is, the chute GM31 is subjected to a downward impact and a lateral impact, causing vibration in a plurality of directions, making it easier for ground beans adhering to the inner peripheral wall to come off. In the hammer mechanism H1 shown in FIG. 52 as well, the elastic force of the coil spring H30 is not excessively strong. can be done easily. If this flipping operation is continuously performed repeatedly, the hitting to the shoot GM31 will function more effectively.

Next, the operation of holding the cup CP will be described with reference to FIG. 51 and the like.

Place the finger of the right hand on the finger hook portion H141 of the hammer H10 in the initial state shown in FIG. make. Holding the cup CP with the left hand, insert the peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332. When the insertion is completed, the finger is released from the finger hook portion H141 while holding the cup CP. The hammer H10 returns in the counterclockwise direction due to the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30, and the state (holding state) shown in FIG. become. That is, the two fixed holding members GM33 provided side by side contact the peripheral wall CP1 of the cup CP from the outside at two points, and the holding portion H121 of the hammer H10 contacts the peripheral wall CP1 from the inside of the peripheral wall CP1. Touch at one point. Even if the cup CP is released in this state, the cup CP is held by the elastic force of the coil spring H30. Moreover, the rubber cap GM332 functions as an anti-slip for the cup CP, and the cup CP is held more stably.

A grinding process is executed in the coffee bean grinder GM, ground beans are flown down from the chute GM31, and the ground beans are accommodated in the cup CP held in the coffee bean grinder GM. When the ground beans have finished flowing down from the chute GM31, the cup CP is held with the left hand, and the finger of the right hand is placed on the finger rest H141 of the hammer H10 in the held state and lightly pressed. Then, a gap is formed between the holding portion H121 and the rubber cap GM332, and the cup CP can be removed by pulling the cup CP downward. After that, the hammer H10 is hit to knock off the ground beans adhering to the inner peripheral wall of the chute GM31.

In the hammer mechanism H1 of the second embodiment as well, it is not necessary to increase the elastic force of the torsion coil spring H30 more than necessary. is possible only by the force of operating the cup CP without operating the finger rest H141.

According to the above description,
"A grinder [e.g., a grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans;
A coffee machine comprising a chute [e.g., a chute GM31] from which ground beans ground by the grinder come out,
a rotatable hammer [e.g. hammer H10];
a first holding member [e.g., fixed holding member GM33];
48, 49(A), 50(A), 51(B), and 52(A)] in the initial state [for example, FIG. a hitting portion H131], and a second holding member [e.g. , and a holding portion H121], and by rotating from the initial state, the striking member is temporarily separated from the chute to enter the striking preparation state [for example, FIG. 49(B)],
In the initial state, the second holding member is arranged at a position where the distance from the first holding member is smaller than the thickness of the peripheral wall of the cup [for example, the peripheral wall CP1],
The hitting member applies an impact to the shoot when the hammer returns from the hitting preparation state to the initial state by the elastic force [for example, FIG. 49(C)]. Machines [eg Beverage Maker 1, Coffee Bean Grinder GM]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, since it is a mechanism that applies an impact to the chute using elastic force, it is possible to compactly and inexpensively mount a mechanism that suppresses the accumulation of ground beans on the inner peripheral wall of the chute. Moreover, since the hammer also functions as a member for holding the cup, not only is the operability improved, but it is also more compact than when the hitting member and the holding member are provided separately, and the cost can be reduced.

The coffee machine can be widely applied as long as it is a device that performs adjustment using coffee beans, and may be a coffee beverage manufacturing device or a coffee bean grinder.

Moreover, the aspect which has an elastic force application member (for example, spring member) which provides the said elastic force may be sufficient.

The hammer may be in a retained state when the cup is placed between the first retaining member and the second retaining member. The holding state may be a state in which a gap is formed between the hitting member and the chute.

The second holding member may be arranged at a position in contact with the first holding member in the initial state.

The hammer has the striking member and the second holding member at different locations. For example, the striking member and the second holding member may be provided at branched locations. That is, the hammer has a first arm [eg, striking arm H13] and a second arm [eg, holding arm H12] separate from the first arm, and the first arm The part is provided with the hitting member [for example, the hitting part H131], and the second arm part is provided with the second holding member [for example, the holding part H121]. good. More specifically, the hammer has a first arm portion that contacts the chute in the initial state and a second arm portion that contacts the peripheral wall of the cup in the holding state, and the The first arm portion is provided with the hitting member at a portion that contacts the chute in the initial state, and the second arm portion is provided at a portion that contacts the peripheral wall of the cup in the held state. The second holding member may be provided.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that at least one of the first holding member and the second holding member has a non-slip portion [eg, a rubber cap GM332]. 』
also explained.

By providing the non-slip portion, the cup can be held more stably. Further, since the hitting member is a separate member from the second holding member, even if the non-slip portion is provided, the hitting of the shot by the hitting member is not affected.

In addition, both may have a non-slip portion.

again,
"One of the first holding member and the second holding member [for example, a holding portion H121 shown in FIG. is in contact with
Of the first holding member and the second holding member, the other holding member for the one [for example, the fixed holding member GM33 shown in FIG. A coffee machine characterized by being in contact with the peripheral wall at two points. 』
also explained.

By holding the peripheral wall at three points, the cup is held more stably.

moreover,
"The first holding member is fixedly arranged and corresponds to the other holding member [for example, the fixed holding member GM33 shown in FIG. 51],
A coffee machine, wherein the second holding member corresponds to the one holding member [for example, a holding part H121 shown in FIG. 51]. 』
also explained.

According to this aspect, since the second holding member of the rotatable hammer is in contact with the peripheral wall at one point, the weight of the hammer can be reduced, and the hammer can be easily operated. There are advantages.

again,
``The hammer has an operation part [for example, a finger hook part H141] that is operated when the initial state is shifted to the striking preparation state,
A coffee machine, wherein the operation part is located on the right hand side of the operator. 』
also explained.

A right-handed operator can easily operate the operation unit.

The operating portion is operated both when shifting from the initial state to the holding state and when returning from the holding state to the initial state.

Next, the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b provided in the main mill 5BM mounted on the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment will be described in detail. The fixed blade 57b does not rotate, but moves up and down with respect to the rotary blade 58b. The rotary blade 58b rotates, but its position in the vertical direction is fixed.

FIG. 54(A) is a perspective view showing the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b positioned at the initial position and farthest from the rotary blade 58b, and FIG. 54(B) is a perspective view showing the same FIG. is a perspective view showing only a rotary blade 58b with the fixed blade 57b removed from the state shown in FIG.

A through hole 571 is provided in the central portion of the fixed blade 57b shown in FIG. 54(A). Mounting holes 579 are also provided at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction.

Since the opposing surfaces of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b (hereinafter referred to as blade surfaces) have the same configuration, the rotary blade 58b will be described below as an example.

A grinding part 582 for grinding coffee beans to a set particle size is continuously provided on the edge of the outermost periphery of the blade surface, and the depth of this grinding part 582 varies between the outside and the inside. not a thing On the other hand, the inner side of the grinding portion 582 on the blade surface is a dish-shaped inclined surface 583 that becomes deeper toward the center.

FIG. 55(A) is a plan view of the rotary blade 58b.

The direction of rotation of the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 55(A) is the counterclockwise direction indicated by the arrow in the figure. A through hole 581 is also provided in the central portion of the rotary blade 58b, and the rotary blade 58b has a donut shape in plan view. Mounting holes 589 are also provided at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction. Using these mounting holes 589, the rotary blade 58b is non-rotatably fixed to the rotary base.

FIG. 54(C) is a diagram showing the rotating base 59. As shown in FIG.

The rotary base 59 shown in FIG. 54(C) is provided with bolt receiving holes 591 at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction. It is screwed into the receiving hole 591 . A fitting hole 592 into which the rotating shaft 54b shown in FIG. When the rotary shaft 54b rotates, the rotary base 59 rotates in the direction of the arrow, and the rotary blade 58b attached to the rotary base 59 rotates. Further, six blades 593 are erected on the outer peripheral portion of the rotary base 59 at intervals in the circumferential direction. These six blades 593 are located in the outer peripheral space between the rotary blade 54b and the inner peripheral wall of the frame member 694 shown in FIG. move to Ground beans ground between the blade surface of the rotary blade 54b and the blade surface of the fixed blade 57b are delivered to the outer peripheral space and moved in the circumferential direction by these six blades 593. When the ground beans moved by the blade 593 reach the exit provided in the frame member 694, the ground beans rush out from the exit into the chute GM.

In FIG. 54(C), the shape of the two blades 593 shown in front is particularly easy to understand, and the first surface 5931 that pushes the ground beans on the downstream side in the rotation direction is an arc-shaped curved surface (a concave curved surface on the downstream side). formed. On the other hand, the second surface 5932 connected to the upstream side in the rotation direction from the first surface 5931 has a corrugated shape (the downstream side faces outward) so that the ground beans that have climbed over the first surface 5931 can easily move to the upstream side. It is arranged diagonally so that the upstream side is convex and the upstream side is concave toward the inside).

In FIG. 55(A), an imaginary circle is indicated by a one-dot chain line inside the through hole 581 . The center of this virtual circle coincides with the center of the rotary blade 58b (the center of the through hole 581). A large number of blades 580 are provided on the entire blade surface. These blades 580 extend in the tangential direction indicated by the dotted line of the imaginary circle, and strictly speaking, are slightly curved so as to be inclined upstream in the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow. In addition, each blade 580 extends to the outermost grinding portion 582 except for the portion where the mounting hole 589 is provided.

The inclined surface 583 has a plurality of smooth portions 584-587 on which the blades 580 are not provided. These smooth portions 584 to 587 are provided so as to incline upstream in the rotation direction indicated by the arrow from the through hole 581 toward the outer peripheral side (grinding portion 582 side), and taper toward the outer periphery. It has become. Hereinafter, the smooth portion with the largest area is referred to as a first smooth portion 584, the smooth portion with the second largest area is referred to as a second flat portion 585, and the smooth portion with the third largest area is referred to as a third flat portion 586. , the smooth portion with the smallest area is called a fourth smooth portion 587 . The inclined surface 583 has two pairs of first smooth portion 584 to fourth smooth portion 587 . That is, the smooth portions 584 to 587 are provided at intervals of 180 degrees in the circumferential direction, and there are eight smooth portions in total. The smooth portions 584 to 587 may be referred to as inner blades, and the portions outside the smooth portions 584 to 587 may be referred to as outer blades.

The first smooth portion 584 to the third smooth portion 586 are continuously provided in the circumferential direction, and only the fourth smooth portion 587 is provided at intervals in the circumferential direction. In addition, the larger the area of the smooth portion, the smaller the angle of inclination toward the upstream side in the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow. Therefore, the first smooth portion 584 has the smallest inclination angle and lies flat. On the other hand, the fourth smooth portion 587 has the largest inclination angle and stands upright. The outer edges of the smooth portions (inner blades) 584 to 587, ie, the inner edges of the outer blades, have a zigzag shape when viewed for each blade 580. As shown in FIG.

Furthermore, the smooth portion extends to the outer peripheral side as the area increases. Therefore, the first smooth portion 584 extends to the outermost side, and the tip of the first smooth portion 584 shown in FIG. 55(A) reaches the grinding portion 582 . Note that even the first smooth portion 584 may not reach the grinding portion 582 .

FIG. 55(B) is a cross-sectional view showing the first smooth portion 584 to the third flat portion 586, and FIG. 55(C) shows the third smooth portion 586 and the fourth flat portion 587. It is a figure when cross-sectioned so that can be seen.

Each of the first smooth portion 584 to the fourth smooth portion 587 is deeper toward the upstream side in the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow, and as shown in the plan view of FIG. Grooves 5841 to 5861 linearly extending toward the outer periphery are formed at the upstream end in the rotational direction of the. These grooves 5841 to 5861 are sometimes called crushing blades.

In addition, at the innermost position of the blade surface (the position of the edge of the through hole 581), the first smooth portion 584 is depressed to the deepest position. The order is the third smoothing portion 586 and the fourth smoothing portion 587 . Of the edge of the through-hole 581, the areas where the smooth parts 584 to 587 are not provided are narrower than the areas where the smooth parts 584 to 587 are provided. The area where this area is not provided includes the first area α between the first smooth portion 584 and the fourth smooth portion 587 that are adjacent to each other when viewed in the rotation direction, and the fourth smooth portion It becomes the second region β between the smooth portion 587 and the third smooth portion 586 . A blade 580 exists from the edge of the through-hole 581 in the first region α and the second region β.

A first smooth portion 574, a second smooth portion 575, a third smooth portion 576, and a fourth smooth portion 577 are similarly provided on the stationary blade 57b. FIG. 54(A) shows a portion of the fixed blade 57b, and the edges of the first smooth portion 574, the second smooth portion 575 and the third smooth portion 576 are visible. The rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 54(A) is slightly displaced in the circumferential direction with respect to the fixed blade 57b.

In the main mill 5BM, ground beans are supplied from the top mill 5AM to the center side of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b. The supplied ground beans are ground between the blade surface of the fixed blade 57b and the blade surface of the rotary blade 58b. The movement of beans between the blade surface of the fixed blade 57b and the blade surface of the rotary blade 58b is complicated and difficult to generalize. explain. Among the beans supplied between the blade surface of the fixed blade 57b and the blade surface of the rotary blade 58b, the beans that have entered one of the smooth portions 584 to 587 are moved downstream in the rotation direction of the smooth portions 584 to 587 by centrifugal force. sideways and outwards. In the smooth portions 584 to 587, the area of the smooth portions 584 to 587 gradually narrows toward the downstream side in the rotational direction. Therefore, beans that have entered the smooth portions 584 to 587 tend to move from the smooth portions 584 to 587 to the outer blade 580 (outer blade) toward the downstream side in the rotational direction. The beans moved to the outer blades 580 (outer blades) are ground by the outer blades, and finally, the grain size is adjusted by the grain size adjustment mechanism 503 shown in FIG. The grain size set using the adjusting knob dial 696 (hereinafter, these grain sizes are collectively referred to as the desired grain size) is finished by the grinding unit 582 and flowed down from the chute GM31. On the other hand, the beans falling into the grooves (crushing blades) 5851 and 5861 in the smooth portion next to the downstream side in the rotation direction are guided by these grooves (crushing blades) 5851 and 5861 and some beans go toward the outer circumference, Some beans exit from the grooves (crushing blades) 5851 and 5861, move downstream and outward in the direction of rotation, and repeat the same movement as described above. In addition, the beans guided by the grooves (crushing blades) 5851 and 5861 and reaching the outer blades between the grinding section 582 are ground by the outer blades, and finally are ground by the grinding section 582 to the desired grain size. is finished and flowed down from the chute GM31. Further, the beans that have moved to the downstream side in the rotation direction from the third smooth portion 586 are ground by the blade 580 in the second region β, and then the groove (crushing blade) in the adjacent fourth smooth portion 587 on the downstream side in the rotation direction It may drop to 5871. In this case also, the beans guided by the groove (crushing blade) 5871 and reaching the outer blade between the grinding unit 582 are ground by the outer blade, and finally the beans are ground by the grinding unit 582 to the desired amount. It is finished to the grain size and flowed down from the chute GM31. The beans that have moved downstream in the rotational direction from the fourth smooth portion 587 are ground by the blade 580 in the first region α, reach the grinding portion 582, and are finished to a desired grain size by the grinding portion 582, It flows down from chute GM31. Alternatively, it may fall into the groove (crushing blade) 5841 in the adjacent first smooth portion 584 on the downstream side in the rotational direction. The beans that have fallen into this groove (crushing blade) 5841 are guided as they are to the grinding section 582, where they are finished to a desired grain size by the grinding section 582, and flow down from the chute GM31.

Next, manual adjustment of the spacing between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b in the mill 5BM will be described in detail. In the following description, the interval between the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b is referred to as the main mill interval. The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment also has the same connection duct (not shown) as the connection duct 661 of the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment. Further, the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment is provided with a mechanical switch unit 600 that was not provided in the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment.

FIG. 56(A) is a perspective view showing the mechanical switch unit 600 by removing the manual setting disk dial 695 and the connecting duct (not shown) shown in FIG. FIG. 3A is a plan view of the portion shown in FIG.

In the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment, by rotating the adjustment motor 503a shown in FIG. A fine adjustment knob dial 696 was also provided, and fine adjustment was possible even by manual operation. On the other hand, the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment is not provided with the adjustment motor 503a or the fine adjustment knob dial 696, and the main mill interval can only be adjusted by manual operation using the manual setting disk dial 695. can't That is, it is not possible to perform motor-driven adjustment or finer adjustment than the manual setting disk dial 695 . This is for the purpose of reducing the cost of the device, and if the performance is more important than the cost, the adjustment motor 503a and the fine adjustment knob dial 696 can be added as in the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment. may be provided.

In addition to the chute GM31, FIG. 56 also shows a worm wheel 691 and a connection dial 697 that connects the worm wheel 691 with a manual setting disk dial 695 (not shown). A connection gear 697g is also provided on the upper surface of the connection dial 697 shown in FIG. gears mesh.

A gear portion 691g provided on the outer circumference of the worm wheel 691 is also shown. The mechanical switch unit 600 detects the movement of the teeth forming the gear portion 691g. Therefore, the mechanical switch unit 600 is fixedly arranged so as to face the gear portion 691g. The mechanical switch unit 600 shown in FIG. 56(B) is fixedly arranged in the 2 o'clock direction and is surrounded by a frame of a dashed dotted line.

FIG. 57(A) is an enlarged view showing the inside of the one-dot chain line frame in FIG. 56(B), and FIG. 57(B) shows the internal structure of the mechanical switch unit 600 shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows.

As shown in FIG. 57(B), the mechanical switch unit 600 has a first mechanical switch 610 and a second mechanical switch 620 . The first mechanical switch 610 includes an iron detection ball 611, a magnet member 612 that attracts the detection ball 611, and a springy detection piece 613. The second mechanical switch 620 has the same configuration, and includes an iron detection ball 621, a magnet member 622 that attracts the detection ball 621, and a detection piece 623 having spring properties. The detection balls 611 and 621 at the initial positions are pushed by the teeth of the gear portion 691g when they pass, and the magnet members 612 and 622 advance outward to push down the detection pieces 613 and 623. When the detection pieces 613 and 623 are pushed down, they are turned on and a detection signal is output. On the other hand, when the teeth have passed, the springiness of the detection pieces 613 and 623 terminates the energized state, the magnet members 612 and 622 retreat, and the detection balls 611 and 621 return to their initial positions. That is, a combination of the detection balls 611 and 621 and the magnet members 612 and 622 corresponds to a moving body that advances and retreats following the unevenness of the tooth tip and tooth bottom of the gear portion 691g. Note that the detection balls 611 and 621 are made of a magnetic material so as not to come off the positions of the magnet members 612 and 622, and are not limited to iron.

The gear portion 691g is composed of 60 teeth. That is, every time the worm wheel 691 rotates by 6°, the first mechanical switch 610 outputs a detection signal, and the second mechanical switch 620 also outputs a detection signal. Both the detection ball 611 of the first mechanical switch 610 and the detection ball 621 of the second mechanical switch 620 are arranged on a straight line extending radially from the central axis of the worm wheel 691 (see the chain double-dashed line in FIG. 57(A)). It is That is, the detection ball 611 and the magnet member 612 as a whole are arranged so as to face the center of the worm wheel 691 , and the detection ball 621 and the magnet member 622 as a whole are also arranged so as to face the center of the worm wheel 691 . Since the mechanical switch unit 600 detects forward and reverse rotations of the worm wheel 691, the two detection balls 611 and 621 are arranged out of phase so that the reaction timings do not match. Here, the detection ball 611 of the first mechanical switch 610 and the detection ball 621 of the second mechanical switch 620 are arranged at intervals of 6°×2+1.5°=13.5° with a shift of 1.5°. .

FIG. 58A is a diagram showing the lock lever 640 and the gear lock portion 641. FIG.

The lock lever 640 shown in FIG. 58(A) is in the lock position, and the gear lock portion 641 meshes with some teeth of the gear portion 691g of the worm wheel 691. As shown in FIG. The worm wheel 691 cannot rotate when the lock lever 640 is in the locked position. The lock lever 640 is rotatable around a rotation shaft (not shown).

In the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, similarly to the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment, when the manual setting disk dial 695 (see FIG. 51) is rotated, the worm wheel is rotated through the connection dial 697. 691 can be directly rotated to raise and lower the fixed blade 57b shown in FIG. 54(a). In order to rotate the manual setting disk dial 695, the lock lever 640 is rotated upward as indicated by the arrow in the drawing. Then, the gear lock portion 641 is disengaged from the gear portion 691g, the worm wheel 691 becomes rotatable, and the manual setting disk dial 695 can be rotated forward and backward.

The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment also has the control device 11 shown in FIG. The control device 11 in the second embodiment also controls the entire coffee bean grinder GM. As shown in FIG. 19, the control device 11 has a processing section 11a, a storage section 11b and an I/F section 11c. The processing unit 11a is a processor such as a CPU, for example. The storage unit 11b is, for example, RAM or ROM. Note that the coffee bean grinder GM does not include the information display device 12 shown in FIG. 19, and as will be described later, the state and history of the machine can be grasped using a terminal. In the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, the cost of the machine is reduced by omitting the information display device 12 .

A granularity adjustment counter is provided in the control device 11 , and the processing section 11 a increases or decreases the count value of the granularity adjustment counter according to the detection signal output from the mechanical switch unit 600 .

FIG. 58B is a diagram showing an example of the detection signal output from the mechanical switch unit 600 and the count value of the granularity adjustment counter.

Each of the first mechanical switch 610 and the second mechanical switch 620 detects the teeth of the gear portion 691g, and the controller 11 calculates and stores the direction and distance in which the manual setting disk dial 695 is manually rotated. There are four detection signal patterns output from the first mechanical switch 610, and there are also four detection signal patterns output from the second mechanical switch 620. FIG. That is, there are four types of patterns: "1"→"1", "1"→"0", "0"→"1", and "0"→"0".

For example, when the value represented by the detection signal from the first mechanical switch 610 is "1"→"1" and the value represented by the detection signal from the second mechanical switch 620 is "1"→"0", manual The count value of the granularity adjustment counter is incremented by rotating the setting disk dial 695 to the right. When the value indicated by the detection signal from the first mechanical switch 610 is "1"→"0" and the value indicated by the detection signal from the second mechanical switch 620 is "1"→"1", the manual setting The count value of the granularity adjustment counter is decremented by rotating the disk dial 695 counterclockwise.

In the example shown in FIG. 58B, the first mechanical switch 610 detects "tooth 1" during t1 to t3, and the detection signal (on-level signal) is output from the first mechanical switch 610. . Further, when the manual setting disk dial 695 continues to rotate in one direction (for example, clockwise rotation), the first mechanical switch 610 detects "tooth 1" and then "tooth 2". The first mechanical switch 610 detects this “tooth 2” from t5 to t8, and the first mechanical switch 610 outputs a detection signal (on-level signal). On the other hand, the second mechanical switch 620 detects “tooth A” during t1 to t2, and the second mechanical switch 620 outputs a detection signal (on-level signal). Further, when the manual setting disk dial 695 continues to rotate in one direction (for example, right rotation), the second mechanical switch 620 detects "tooth A" and then "tooth B". The second mechanical switch 620 detects this “tooth B” from t4 to t6, and the second mechanical switch 620 outputs a detection signal (on-level signal). The second mechanical switch begins to detect “tooth B” after t7, and the second mechanical switch 620 outputs a detection signal (on-level signal).

In the control device 11, the count value of the granularity adjustment counter is incremented by one until t7, but is decremented after t7. That is, in the example shown in FIG. 58B, the direction of rotation of the manual setting disk dial 695 is reversed at the timing t7.

In the initialization operation when the power is turned on, the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated until the sound of the fixed blade 57b hitting the rotary blade 58b is heard while the power is off. Lift the manual setting disk dial 695, align the 0 scale with the reference line GM10k (see FIG. 51) marked on the center casing GM10, and then lower the manual setting disk dial 695. Next, by turning on the power switch GM51 while pressing the reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51, the count value of the granularity adjustment counter can be reset to zero.

When the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated once, the mill interval changes by 1000 μm. As described above, the gear portion 691g is composed of 60 teeth, and when the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated by one tooth from 1000 μm/60 teeth, the main mill interval changes by 16.6 μm. The manual setting disk dial 695 is marked with a scale only between 0 μm and 830 μm, and is not marked with a scale between 830 μm and 1000 μm. That is, 11 large scales are marked between 0 μm and 830 μm, and when the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated by one large scale, the main mill interval changes by 83 μm. Furthermore, four small graduations dividing one large graduation into five are marked in accordance with 16.6 μm for one tooth. Calculation-wise, when the manual setting disc dial 695 is rotated by one minor scale, the main mill interval changes by one tooth (16.6 μm).

FIG. 59 is a table showing part of the relationship between the count value of the grain size adjustment counter and the main mill interval.

The granularity adjustment counter is a counter having a resolution of 240 counts per rotation of the manual setting disc dial 695 . As described above, when the manual setting disc dial 695 is rotated once, the main mill interval changes by 1000 μm, so the main mill interval is 4.166 μm for one count. In the table shown in FIG. 59, 4.166 . On the other hand, since the calculated value is too fine for handling the machine, the main mil interval is treated as 4 μm for one count. In this case, it becomes 4 μm×240 counts, and when the manual setting disc dial 695 is rotated once, the main mill interval changes by 960 μm. In the table shown in FIG. 59, the value expressed by 4 μm/count is the “main mil interval for machine handling (μm)”.

Here, even if the actual mill interval is treated strictly, the rotary blade 58b and the fixed blade 57b will soon wear out, so deviation is likely to occur in practice. Also, handling data is easier to handle when the value is sharp. For these reasons, it is preferable to treat the mil interval in units of 10 μm when storing the data as a log. In the table shown in FIG. 59, the actual mil interval treated in units of 10 μm is the “real mil interval (μm) for data handling”.

In the above description,
"A first blade [e.g., rotary blade 58b];
A second blade [e.g., fixed blade 57b] that grinds coffee beans between the first blade and can change the distance from the first blade;
an operating part [e.g., a worm wheel 691] that operates according to the length of the interval;
A coffee machine comprising: a detection unit [for example, a mechanical switch unit 600] for detecting the operation of the operation unit. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, it is easy to grasp the interval using the detection result of the detection unit. Moreover, it is suitable for converting the change in the interval into data.

Note that the coffee machine may be any device that prepares coffee using coffee beans, and may be a coffee bean grinder, or a beverage manufacturing device equipped with the coffee bean grinder to manufacture coffee beverages. (same below).

again,
"The operating part is composed of a gear and rotates according to the length of the interval,
The coffee machine, wherein the detection section detects movement of teeth of the gear [for example, teeth forming the gear part 691g]. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the detection part detects movement of the teeth by coming into contact with the teeth of the gear.''
also explained.

again,
``The detection unit includes a moving body [for example, a combination of detection balls 611 and 621 and magnet members 612 and 622] that advances and retreats following the unevenness of the tooth tip and the tooth bottom of the gear, and the movement of the moving body. A coffee machine characterized in that it has a detection piece [for example, detection pieces 613 and 623] for detecting the . 』
also explained.

In addition, when the detection piece detects the advancing of the moving body, it may be energized and output a detection signal.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the detection part detects movement of two teeth of the gear by coming into contact with the teeth [for example, the first mechanical switch 610 and the second mechanical switch 620]. 』
also explained.

According to this aspect, it is possible to distinguish between forward rotation and reverse rotation of the gear.

again,
"Equipped with a counter [e.g., granularity adjustment counter] whose count value increases or decreases according to the detection result of the detection unit,
The counter increases the count value when the gear rotates in a predetermined direction, and decreases the count value when the gear rotates in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction. A coffee machine characterized by 』
also explained.

According to this coffee machine, the length of the interval can be recorded by the count value of the counter, and data management of the length of the interval can be easily performed.

Next, the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment also has a chaff fan 60A1 and a chaff motor 60A2 shown in FIG. As described with reference to FIG. 30, the air from which unnecessary matter has been separated passes through the chaff fan 60A1 and is exhausted as indicated by the two-dot chain line arrow. Originally, unnecessary materials fall by their own weight and do not pass through the chaff fan 60A1. Undesirable substances may remain in the air, and the remaining unnecessary substances may adhere to the chaff fan 60A1. In addition, unnecessary substances adhering to the chaff fan 60A1 may come off. In these cases, the rotation speed of the chaff fan 60A1 increases or decreases. Alternatively, deterioration of the chaff fan motor 60A2 may also reduce the rotational speed of the chaff fan 60A1. Therefore, in order to bring the rotation speed of the chaff fan 60A1 as close as possible to the set speed and maintain the air volume at the target air volume, the processing unit 11a (see FIG. 19) in the control device 11 performs air volume monitoring control of the chaff fan 60A1. The chaff fan motor 60A2 is a pulse motor, and the processing section 11a performs PWM control.

FIG. 60 is a table showing the 0th to 105th pulses of the reference table in the PWM control of the chaff fan motor 60A2 performed by the processing unit 11a, and FIG. 61 is a table showing the 106th to 255th pulses of the reference table. .

The "number of pulses" in this reference table is the number of rotation pulses per unit time (500 ms) of the chaff fan motor 60A2, and the "PWM value" is the value (%) of the duty ratio corresponding to the number of rotation pulses. The reference tables shown in FIGS. 60 and 61 are stored in the storage section 11b (see FIG. 19) of the control device 11. FIG.

FIG. 62 is a table showing the relationship between the set value of the chaff fan 60A1 and the duty ratio in PWM control.

As the setting value of the chaff fan 60A1, five levels of setting 1 to setting 5 are prepared. These settings can be selected by operating the air volume dial 60D shown in FIG. Setting 1 does not rotate the chaff fan motor 60A2. On the other hand, the PWM value (duty ratio) is 60% at setting 5, which rotates the chaff fan 60A1 most powerfully. Chaff may become a bitter or unfavorable component of coffee beverages, and removal of chaff can be expected to make the taste of coffee beverages cleaner. However, some people feel that the bitterness and miscellaneous taste are delicious. Therefore, it is not preferable to uniformly remove all the chaff. In the description so far, chaff has been described as junk, but how much chaff is removed is a matter of taste, and strictly speaking, chaff is not just junk. Therefore, five levels are prepared as setting values for the chaff fan 60A1.

The processing unit 11a obtains the actual number of rotation pulses per unit time (500 ms) of the chaff fan motor 60A2, and corrects the PWM value when the necessary conditions for correction provided for each of the settings 2 to 5 are satisfied. . The rotation pulse number is obtained every 6 seconds after the chaff fan motor 60A2 starts rotating. The processing unit 11a determines whether correction is necessary each time the number of rotation pulses is acquired. The necessary correction condition is a condition that is satisfied if the acquired number of rotation pulses (acquired value) is outside the allowable range. A permissible range is prepared for each set value.

For example, if setting 2 is selected, the "current PWM value" will be 5 (%). Also, the "PWM value corresponding to the set value" is 5 (%). Here, when the acquired number of rotation pulses (acquired value 1) is 79, it is below the allowable range and satisfies the necessary correction condition. From the reference table in FIG. 60, the PWM value corresponding to the acquired value 1 is 3 (%). The processing unit 11a obtains a "correction PWM value" from the correction formula. In this case, the "corrected PWM value" is 5+(5-3)=7(%). On the other hand, when the acquired number of rotation pulses (acquired value 2) is 98, it exceeds the allowable range, and also in this case, the necessary correction condition is satisfied. From the reference table in FIG. 60, the PWM value corresponding to the obtained value 2 is 8(%). The processing unit 11a obtains a "correction PWM value" from the correction formula. The "corrected PWM value" in this case is 5+(5-8)=2(%).

The processing unit 11a controls the chaff fan motor 60A2 using the corrected PWM value calculated from the correction formula. The corrected PWM value is stored in the storage section 11b, and is updated each time the correction requirement is satisfied. After the setting value is changed, when the setting value is returned to that setting value, the corrected PWM value immediately before the setting value change is taken over. Further, the corrected PWM value is saved even if the machine power is turned off, and the corrected PWM value at the time of power-off is taken over when the power is turned on next time.

In the above description,
"A first grinder [e.g. Top Mill 5AM] for grinding coffee beans,
A fan [e.g., chaff fan 60A1] that rotates to generate wind pressure that separates unwanted substances from ground beans ground by the first grinder;
a fan motor [e.g., chaff fan motor 60A2] for rotating the fan;
a control unit [e.g., processing unit 11a] that controls the rotation of the fan motor according to a set value [e.g., PWM value];
The control unit obtains information about the rotational speed of the fan motor that is actually rotating [for example, the number of rotation pulses], corrects the set value based on the obtained information, and corrects the fan motor according to the corrected set value. A coffee machine that controls rotation of a motor. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, the air volume of the fan can be brought as close as possible to the target air volume.

When the fan motor is a pulse motor and the control unit performs PWM control, the set value is a value representing a duty ratio, and the information is the number of rotation pulses per unit time (pulse speed). may be The permissible range of the number of rotation pulses with respect to the duty ratio is stored in advance as data, and the control unit monitors the number of rotation pulses per unit time. is obtained from the data, and the set duty ratio is corrected using the difference between the set duty ratio and the duty ratio obtained from the data.

again,
``A coffee machine characterized in that the control unit acquires the information at a predetermined cycle [for example, every 6 seconds] and is capable of correcting the setting value each time the information is acquired. 』
also explained.

By doing so, the air volume of the fan can be kept as close as possible to the target air volume while the fan is rotating.

again,
``A setting unit [for example, an air volume dial 60D] for setting the setting value in the control unit,
The setting unit sets one setting value selected from a plurality of setting values [for example, "setting 1" to "setting 5"] as the setting value,
The control unit performs the setting according to the necessary correction condition of one setting value selected by the setting unit from among the necessary correction conditions prepared for each of the plurality of setting values [for example, the necessary correction conditions shown in FIG. A coffee machine characterized in that it judges whether or not correction of a value is necessary. 』
also explained.

According to this coffee machine, it is possible to easily set the set values, determine the necessity of correction for each of a plurality of settings, and perform detailed control.

It should be noted that a mode may be provided in which a storage section storing correction necessary conditions for each of the plurality of set values is provided.

again,
"Even if the control unit determines whether or not the set value needs to be corrected according to different correction requirements, the set value is corrected using the same method [for example, using a common correction formula. A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

This reduces the capacity of the control program and lightens the processing load.

again,
'The coffee machine, wherein the control section determines whether or not the set value needs to be further corrected in accordance with the necessary conditions for correcting the set value while the fan motor is rotating. 』
also explained.

By doing so, it is possible to continuously bring the air volume of the fan as close as possible to the target air volume.

Next, a plurality of operating states of the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment will be described, and control processing in each operating state will be described in detail.

FIG. 63 is a transition diagram of operating states in the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment.

The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment has an initialization processing state, a normal standby state, a grinding state, a standby state (while the top mill is stopped), a standby state (during cleaning), an insufficient condition state, a bean clogging state, and There are multiple operational states, such as abnormal conditions. The normal standby state is an operable state and corresponds to the basic state of the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment. In the coffee bean grinder GM, each operating state is notified by changing the emission color of a button LED 151 incorporated in the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51 (corresponding to the start button GM15 shown in FIG. 24). Lights yellow during initialization, lights white during normal standby, standby (while top mill 5AM is stopped) and standby (during cleaning), lights blue during grinding, lights orange when conditions are insufficient, and is jammed with beans is lit in purple, and an abnormal state is lit in red. Note that the white lighting is limited to the normal mode, which will be described later.

FIG. 64 is a flow chart showing the flow of startup processing in the processing unit 11a when the power is turned on and the coffee bean grinder GM is started.

When the power switch GM51 shown in FIG. 51 is turned on to turn on the power, the processing unit 11a lights the button LED 151 in yellow (step Sg100) and executes the initialization process (step Sg101). In the initialization processing, a stack initial value is set (temporary setting) to the stack pointer of the CPU, which is the processing unit 11a, an interrupt mask is set, an initial setting is made for the I/F unit 11c, and a RAM, which is one of the storage units 11b. Initialize various variables to be stored in the .

When the initialization process ends, the processing unit 11a reads the state at the time of the previous power failure from the RAM (step Sg102), and first determines whether or not there was a RAM abnormality (step Sg103). If the state at the time of the previous power failure was a state in which a RAM abnormality occurred, the button LED 151 is lit in red to set the operating state of the machine to an abnormal state (step Sg105), and the startup process shown in FIG. 64 ends. become. If no RAM abnormality has occurred, it is determined whether or not the reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51 has been operated. If not, the process proceeds to step Sg107. On the other hand, if the reverse rotation button GM52 has been operated, the count value of the particle size adjustment counter is reset to "0" (step Sg106), and the process proceeds to step Sg107.

In step Sg107, the state at the time of the previous power failure is set. If the state at the time of the previous power failure is an abnormal state other than RAM abnormality, the button LED 151 is lit in red to set the operating state of the machine to an abnormal state. If the count value of the G counter, which will be described later, is greater than "0", an air-cooling fan (not shown) that cools the mill motor is activated, the button LED 151 is illuminated in orange, and the operating state of the machine is changed to the insufficient condition state. set to If the state at the time of the previous power failure is the soybean jam state, the button LED 151 is lit in purple and the operation state of the machine is set to the soybean jam state. Also, if the state at the time of the previous power failure is the normal standby state of the normal mode, the button LED 151 is lit in white to set the operating state of the machine to the normal standby state.

When execution of step Sg107 is completed, the activation process shown in FIG. 64 ends.

FIG. 65A is a flow chart showing the flow of normal standby state processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the normal standby state.

First, it is determined whether or not the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51 has been operated (step Sg200), and if not, it is determined whether or not the reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51 has been operated (step Sg201). , the reverse rotation button GM52 is not operated, the process returns to step Sg200.

On the other hand, when the grind button 150 is operated, the mill starting timer is started (step Sg202). The mill start timer counts (for example, counts 30 ms) until the start timing of the mill motor. Next, an air-cooling fan (not shown) for cooling the mill motor is started (step Sg203), and finally the button LED 151 is lit in blue (step Sg204), ending the normal standby state processing. When the grind button 150 is operated, the operating state of the machine shifts to the grind state, and the processing section 11a executes grind interrupt processing 1 next time.

When the reverse rotation button GM52 is operated, it is determined whether or not the cupping mode flag is set to ON (step Sg205). The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment has normal mode and cupping mode as operation modes. The cupping mode is a mode in which the chaff fan 60A1 shown in FIG. 30 is not rotated and chaff separation is not performed, and the normal mode is a mode in which chaff separation can be performed by rotating the chaff fan 60A1. In cupping, since the coffee beans themselves are evaluated, chaff cannot be removed, so a cupping mode is provided. The reverse rotation button GM52 here functions as a toggle switch for switching between the normal mode and the cupping mode, and if the cupping mode flag is on, sets the cupping mode flag to off (step Sg206) to shift to the normal mode. , the button LED 151 is lit in white (step Sg207), and the normal standby state processing ends. If the cupping mode flag is off, the cupping mode flag is turned on (step Sg208), the cupping mode is switched to, the button LED 151 is lit in green (step Sg209), and the normal standby state processing ends. When the grind button 150 is not operated, the normal standby state is continued, and the button LED 151 lights green in the normal standby state in the cupping mode.

FIG. 65B is a flow chart showing the flow of normal standby state interrupt processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the normal standby state.

The processing unit 11a performs various interrupt processes (standby state interrupt process, grind interrupt process, insufficient condition interrupt process) triggered by a timer interrupt signal generated at a predetermined period (for example, once every 1 ms). , bean jam state interrupt processing) is started.

At step Sg10, a G counter subtraction process is executed. The details of the G counter subtraction process will be described later. Next, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg211) are executed. For example, if a RAM abnormality, a top mill motor current value abnormality during non-driving, or a main mill motor current value abnormality during non-driving is detected, the button LED 151 is lit in red, and the operating state of the machine shifts to an abnormal state. do. In addition, the hopper unit 402 was not detected because the hopper unit 402 shown in FIG. 51 was not attached, and the chute GM31 was not detected because the chute GM31 was open as described with reference to FIG. 52(B). If so, the button LED 151 is lit orange, and the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state.

In subsequent step Sg212, it is determined whether or not an abnormality has occurred in the air cooling fan that cools the mill motor. Conversely, if there is an abnormality in the cooling fan, the power supply to the drive motor of the cooling fan is terminated to stop the cooling fan (step Sg213), and the normal standby state interrupt processing ends.

When the mill 5BM performs the grinding process for a certain period of time, the temperature of the mill motor rises, causing the mill motor itself to malfunction or the parts around the mill motor to malfunction. The coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment is provided with a G counter that monitors the grindable time of the mill 5BM. This G counter counts up every predetermined time (1 ms in this example) while the mill motor is rotating. In this example, it counts down every 1 ms). When the G counter reaches the upper threshold, the mill motor is stopped and the conditions are insufficient. After shifting to the insufficient condition state, the insufficient condition state continues until the count value of the G counter reaches the lower limit threshold value (“0” in this example), and the normal standby state is not resumed. That is, the mill motor cannot rotate and grind cannot be performed. The air-cooling fan for cooling the mill motor stops when the count value of the G counter is equal to or less than the lower threshold value, and starts when the count value exceeds the lower threshold value. Further, when an abnormality occurs in the air cooling fan, a fan lock signal is output from a sensor that monitors the driving of the air cooling fan. At step Sg213 described above, the processing unit 11a determines that an abnormality has occurred if the fan lock signal is being output, based on whether or not the fan lock signal is being output.

FIG. 66 is a time chart showing an example of variation in the count value of the G counter. In this time chart, time elapses from the left side to the right side of the figure. Below the graph showing the increase/decrease in the count value of the G counter, output examples of the drive signal for the air cooling fan that cools the mill motor and the fan lock signal that indicates failure of the air cooling fan are shown.

In the leftmost normal standby state, the count value of the G counter is the lower limit threshold value (hereinafter referred to as "0" as a specific numerical value). The air-cooling fan is stopped, and the fan lock signal is not output from the sensor that monitors the driving of the air-cooling fan.

When the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51 is operated, the mill motor starts rotating (step Sg316 to be described later). When the mill motor starts rotating, addition processing of the count value of the G counter (steps Sg310, Sg330, and Sg350, which will be described later) is performed in interrupt processing that starts every 1 ms (see FIG. 68B). Since the fan lock signal is not output, a predetermined normal value (m (m is a natural number, eg, "10")) is repeatedly added to the count value. In this time chart, the output timing of the drive-on signal for the air cooling fan is shown to coincide with the timing at which the count value of the G counter starts to increase. The execution timing of step Sg203 shown in FIG. 65(A) is reached.

When the mill motor stops rotating, the count value of the G counter is decremented in an interrupt process that starts every 1 ms (step Sg210 described above, step Sg230 described later, step Sg260, step Sg400, step Sg510, step Sg520, step Sg520, and Step Sg540) is performed (see FIG. 67). In this timing chart, before the count value of the G counter reaches the upper threshold value, the normal standby state is restored and the fan lock signal is not output. For example, "10")) is subtracted.

The count value of the G counter reaches "0" during the normal standby state by repeating the subtraction process. When the count value of the G counter becomes "0", it is determined that the mill motor has been sufficiently cooled, and the cooling fan stops (step Sg210g to be described later).

The grind button 150 is operated again, the mill motor starts rotating, and the count value of the G counter returned to "0" is incremented. Since the fan lock signal is not output here either, a predetermined normal value is repeatedly added to the count value. In addition, the air cooling fan also starts to drive. After a short normal standby state, transition to the third grind state. In this short normal standby state, the count value of the G counter does not return to the value of "0", and addition due to the third grind state is started. Since the fan lock signal is not output even in the third grinding state, the predetermined normal value continues to be added repeatedly to the count value, and eventually the count value reaches the upper limit threshold. When the count value reaches the upper threshold, the mill motor is stopped to avoid the risk of failure of the mill motor and its peripheral parts, and the condition is changed to the insufficient condition state. Even if the mill motor is stopped, the air cooling fan continues to be driven, and since the fan lock signal is not output, a predetermined normal value is repeatedly subtracted from the count value. As a result, the count value reaches "0" and returns to the normal standby state. Also, the cooling fan stops.

When the grinding state is shifted to the fourth time, the air cooling fan fails, and a fan lock signal is output from the sensor that monitors the driving of the air cooling fan. In the air-cooling fan monitoring process (see FIG. 69B), which will be described later, it is determined whether or not the air-cooling fan is abnormal depending on whether or not the fan lock signal is output (step Sg338a, which will be described later). When the fan lock signal is output, a predetermined abnormal value (5m (for example, "50")) is repeatedly added to the count value of the G counter. The predetermined outlier value to be added is five times the value of the predetermined normal value to be added, and the count value reaches the upper threshold five times faster than if the normal value were added. In order to cool the mill motor, which generates heat due to its rotation, it is necessary to rely on natural air cooling when forced air cooling of the mill motor cannot be performed using an air cooling fan. The rate of increase in the value is made larger when the air cooling fan is abnormal than when it is normal, so that the count value reaches the upper limit threshold within a short period of time.

When the count value reaches the upper limit threshold value, the mill motor is stopped and the state is shifted to the insufficient condition state. The output of the fan lock signal continues, and a predetermined abnormal value (n (eg, "5")) is repeatedly subtracted from the count value. The predetermined outlier value to be subtracted is 1/2 times the predetermined normal value to be subtracted, and the count value will go to "0" 1/2 times faster than if the normal value were subtracted. to reach As described above, if the mill motor cannot be forcibly air-cooled by the air-cooling fan, it must rely on natural air-cooling, which has a low cooling capacity. If there is, it is made smaller than in the normal case so that it takes time to reach "0". When the count value reaches "0", it returns to the normal standby state.

The processing unit 11a can calculate the time required for the count value to reach "0". In the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51, the circular button LED 151 is divided into four in the circumferential direction, and the orange lighting area is replaced with the white lighting area according to the remaining time until the count value becomes "0". The time information necessary for the count value to reach "0" is displayed. For example, if it takes 60 seconds for the count value to become "0", all four divisions are lit in orange at the start of subtraction, and each division is replaced by white lighting in a clockwise direction every 15 seconds. After 60 seconds from the start of subtraction, all four divisions are lit in white. A 7-segment LED may be provided to display the remaining time numerically.

In the example shown in FIG. 66 described above, even when the count value reaches the upper limit threshold value and the subtraction of the count value is started (after the third grind is completed), the count value reaches the upper limit threshold value. Even if the decrementation of the count value is started before reaching (after the second grind), the subtraction value is the same. That is, the subtraction value is 2n (“10”) when the air cooling fan does not malfunction, and is n (“5”) when the air cooling fan malfunctions. On the other hand, the subtraction value when the count value reaches the upper limit threshold and the subtraction of the count value is started (hereinafter referred to as "first subtraction value") is the upper limit threshold may be smaller than the subtraction value (hereinafter referred to as “second subtraction value”) when the subtraction of the count value is started before reaching . For example, if there is no abnormality in the cooling fan, the first subtraction value is set to "8" and the second subtraction value is set to "10". The subtraction value may be "3" and the second subtraction value may be "5".

Further, in the example shown in FIG. 66, when the air cooling fan does not have an abnormality, the addition value (m=10) and the subtraction value (2n=10) are the same, indicating that the air cooling fan has an abnormality. In the example above, the added value (5m=50) was greater than the subtracted value (n=5), but even if there was no abnormality in the cooling fan, the added value was made larger than the subtracted value. good too. That is, the absolute value of one update amount of the count value while the mill motor is rotating may be larger than the absolute value of one update amount of the count value while the mill motor is stopped.

FIG. 67 is a flowchart showing the flow of G counter subtraction processing.

In the G counter subtraction process, first, it is determined whether or not the count value of the G counter has reached the lower threshold value, that is, whether it is greater than "0" (step Sg210a). (If the value is "0" or less), this G counter subtraction process ends. If the lower limit threshold is not reached (if it is greater than "0"), it is determined whether or not the air cooling fan abnormality flag is set to ON (step Sg210b). The air-cooling fan abnormality flag is set to ON by the air-cooling fan monitoring process shown in FIG. be. If this air-cooling fan abnormality flag is set to ON, a predetermined abnormal value (for example, n (n is a natural number)) is subtracted from the count value of the G counter (step Sg210c), the process proceeds to step Sg210e, and the flag is turned off. If it is set, subtract a predetermined normal value (for example, 2n) from the count value of the G counter (step Sg210d), and proceed to step Sg210e. The absolute value of the abnormal value is a smaller value than the absolute value of the normal value.

In step Sg210e, it is determined whether or not the count value of the G counter has reached the lower threshold (is it "0" or less), and if it has not reached the lower threshold, the G counter subtraction process ends. . On the other hand, if the count value of the G counter has reached the lower limit threshold, the count value of the G counter may be below the lower limit threshold, so the count value is reset to "0" (step Sg210f). ), and since the count value has reached the lower limit threshold value, the mill motor is considered to be sufficiently cooled, and the air cooling fan is stopped (step Sg210g), and the G counter subtraction process ends.

FIG. 68A is a flow chart showing the flow of grind interrupt processing 1 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grind state.

The processing unit 11a starts this grind interrupt process 1 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg311) are executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg311) here is the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON. The upper limit threshold reaching flag is a flag that is set to ON when the count value of the G counter reaches the upper limit threshold in the G counter addition process, which will be described later. If this upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the main mill activation timer started in step Sg202 is stopped (step Sg313), the button LED 151 is lit in orange (step Sg314), and grind interrupt processing is performed. 1 is the end. Since the upper limit threshold reached flag was set to ON, the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state.

On the other hand, if the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to OFF, it is determined whether or not the mill activation timer has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg315). If the mill start timer has expired, a G counter addition process (step Sg310) is executed. The details of the G counter addition process will be described later. Next, the main mill motor is started (step Sg316), and it is determined whether or not the cupping mode flag is set to off (step Sg317a). If the cupping mode flag is off, that is, if the normal mode, the chaff fan motor 60A2 is rotated to start the chaff fan 60A1 (step Sg317b), and the process proceeds to step Sg318. The processing unit 11a constantly monitors the set values (setting 1 to setting 5) of the chaff fan 60A1 selected by the air volume dial 60D in the 1 ms interrupt sensor task. If there is no change in the set value while the sensor task is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 500 times) or for a predetermined time period (500 ms), the set value is determined. At step Sg317b, the chaff fan motor 60A2 is rotated at this fixed value to start the chaff fan 60A1. It should be noted that either the start timing of the main mill motor or the start timing of the chaff fan 60A1 may come first or may be simultaneous. On the other hand, if the cupping mode flag is ON, that is, if the cupping mode, the process proceeds to step Sg318 without starting the chaff fan motor 60A2.

At step Sg318, a top mill activation timer is started. The top mill start timer counts (for example, counts 150 ms) until the start timing of the top mill motor. In the grind state, the main mill 5BM is started first, and then the top mill 5AM is started. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not an abnormality has occurred in the air cooling fan that cools the mill motor based on the presence or absence of the fan lock signal (step Sg319). The grind interrupt process 1 ends. Conversely, if there is an abnormality in the cooling fan, power supply to the drive motor of the cooling fan is terminated to stop the cooling fan (step Sg320), and the grind interrupt process 1 ends. When the main mill 5BM is thus started to be driven, the processing section 11a executes the grind interrupt process 2 next time.

If the mill start timer has not expired, it is determined whether or not an abnormality has occurred in the cooling fan (step Sg321), as in step Sg319. Processing 1 ends, and if there is an abnormality in the cooling fan, the cooling fan is also stopped here (step Sg322), and grind interrupt processing 1 ends. If the mill activation timer has not expired, the processing unit 11a executes the grind interrupt process 1 next time as well.

FIG. 68B is a flowchart showing the flow of G counter addition processing.

In the G counter addition processing, first, it is determined whether or not the air cooling fan abnormality flag is set to OFF (step Sg310a). , 5m (m is a natural number)) is added (step Sg310b), and the process proceeds to step Sg310d. ), and proceeds to step Sg310d. The absolute value of an outlier is a value greater than the absolute value of a normal value.

In step Sg310d, it is determined whether or not the count value of the G counter has reached the upper limit threshold. If the count value has not reached the upper limit threshold, the G counter addition process ends. On the other hand, if the count value of the G counter has reached the upper limit threshold, the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON (step Sg310e), and the G counter addition process ends.

FIG. 69A is a flow chart showing the flow of grind interrupt processing 2 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grind state.

The processing unit 11a starts this grind interrupt process 2 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg330, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg331) are executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg331) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, chaff fan set value confirmation processing (step Sg317c) is executed. In this chaff fan set value confirmation process, if there is a change in the set value of the chaff fan 60A1, the chaff fan motor 60A2 is set to rotate with the changed set value. Next, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON (step Sg332). If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the main mill motor started in step Sg316 is stopped (step Sg333), the top mill start timer started in step Sg318 is stopped (step Sg334), and the button LED 151 lights up in orange (step Sg335), and the grind interrupt process 2 ends. Since the upper limit threshold reached flag was set to ON, the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state.

On the other hand, if the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to OFF, it is determined whether or not the top mill activation timer has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg336). If the top mill activation timer has expired, the top mill motor is activated (step Sg337), and air cooling fan monitoring processing (step Sg338) is executed. This air cooling fan monitoring process (step Sg338) will be described later in detail. After executing the cooling fan monitoring process, the processing unit 11a lights the button LED 151 in blue (step Sg339), and the grind interrupt process 2 ends. When the driving of the top mill 5AM is started in this way, the processing unit 11a executes the grind interrupt processing 3 next time.

If the top mill activation timer has not expired, the cooling fan monitoring process (step Sg340) is executed as in step Sg338, and the grind interrupt process 2 ends. If the top mill activation timer has not expired, the processing unit 11a executes the grind interrupt process 2 next time as well.

FIG. 69B is a flowchart showing the flow of air cooling fan monitoring processing.

In the air cooling fan monitoring process, first, it is determined whether or not there is an abnormality in the air cooling fan that cools the mill motor (step Sg338a). Specifically, as described with reference to FIG. 66, the processing unit 11a determines that an abnormality has occurred if a fan lock signal is output from the sensor that monitors the driving of the air cooling fan. If an abnormality has occurred, the cooling fan abnormality flag is set to ON (step Sg338b), and the cooling fan monitoring process ends. On the other hand, if normal, the cooling fan abnormality flag is set to OFF (step Sg338c), and the cooling fan monitoring process ends.

FIG. 70(A) is a flow chart showing the flow of the grinding process 3 executed by the processing section 11a in the grinding state.

This grind process 3 is not an interrupt process, and the processing unit 11a repeatedly determines whether or not the grind button 150 has been operated until the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51 is operated (step Sg340). The operation of the grind button 150 here is an operation of requesting to stop grinding, and when the grind button 150 is operated, the top mill motor is stopped (step Sg341). Next, the main mill stop timer is started (step Sg342), the grinding process 3 is finished, and the operating state of the machine shifts to the standby state (while the top mill is stopped). The mill stop timer counts (for example, counts 500 ms) until the timing of stopping the mill motor. In the grinding state, the top mill 5AM is stopped first, and then the main mill 5BM is stopped.

FIG. 70B is a flow chart showing the flow of grind interrupt processing 3 executed by the processing unit 11a in the grind state.

The processing unit 11a starts the grind interrupt processing 3 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg350, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg351) are executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg351) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Further, the same chaff fan set value confirmation processing (step Sg317d) as step Sg317c in FIG. 69A is executed.

Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the current value of the top mill motor is an abnormal value (step Sg352). As described with reference to FIGS. 26 and 27, in the top mill 5AM, foreign objects such as stones or very hard and degraded roasted coffee beans may be caught between the fixed blade 57a and the rotary blade 58a. In this case, the current value of the top mill motor that rotates the rotary blade 58a becomes an abnormal value.

FIG. 71(A) is a diagram showing an example in which the bean jam state is resolved.

When the reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51 is operated in the jammed state, a drive signal for starting the top mill motor is output in the opposite direction to the case where the top mill motor is started in step Sg337 shown in FIG. 69(A). be done. The reverse rotation button GM52 functions as a reset button for the granularity adjustment counter in step Sg106 immediately after the power-on initialization process shown in FIG. 64, and in the normal standby state process shown in FIG. And in step Sg208, it functions as a switching button between the normal mode and the cupping mode, but it functions as an original button for reversely rotating the top mill motor only in the bean jam state. By doing so, even if the reverse rotation button GM52 is erroneously operated in a situation other than the bean jam state, the top mill motor will not rotate in the reverse direction, thus ensuring safety.

The top mill motor is also a pulse motor and is PWM-controlled.

At the bottom of FIG. 71(A), there is shown a graph representing the signal intensity of the current monitoring input signal that monitors the current value flowing through the top mill motor and outputs a signal of intensity corresponding to the current value. The current value of the top mill motor during standby (stopped) is 0 A, and the signal strength of the current monitoring input signal is also 0. Further, in the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, the current value of the top mill motor during idling when the roasted coffee beans are not ground is about 0.1 A, and when the roasted coffee beans are normally ground. The current value of the top mill motor is around 0.6A.

At step Sg352, 3 A or more is treated as an abnormal current value of the top mill motor.

In the current monitoring input signal shown in the lower part of FIG. 71(A), when the reverse rotation of the top mill motor is started, a very high signal intensity waveform corresponding to a current value of 3 A or more is output, but immediately Signal strength is low. This decrease in signal intensity is the result of the reverse rotation clearing the bean clogging and causing the idling state. In the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, the current value at which bean clogging is considered to be resolved (hereinafter referred to as "clogging current value") is set to It is set to 0.6A in accordance with the current value. In the current monitoring input signal shown in the lower part of FIG. 71(A), the signal intensity drops suddenly, and a signal intensity waveform corresponding to the current value that has dropped to 0.6 A or less is output. Then, the driving signal for reversely rotating the top mill motor is turned off, and the state shifts to the normal standby state.

FIG. 71B shows an example in which the current value of the top mill motor does not decrease to the clogging current value even though the drive signal for reverse rotation of the top mill motor is output three times with time intervals. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing;

When the reverse rotation button GM52 is operated in the state of bean jam, a drive signal for reverse rotation of the top mill motor is continuously output for one second unless the current value of the top mill motor has decreased to the jam clearing current value. be. Therefore, the top mill motor continues to rotate in reverse for one second. This one second period is controlled by a reverse rotation timer, which will be described later. After a pause of one second, the driving signal for rotating the top mill motor in the reverse direction is output again. Here too, if the current value of the top mill motor does not decrease to the clogging current value, the drive signal for reverse rotation is continuously output for one second. Furthermore, if the current value of the top mill motor does not decrease to the clogging current value, the drive signal for the third reverse rotation of the top mill motor is output continuously for one second after a pause of one second. be. A pause of one second is managed by a pause timer, which will be described later. In addition, the output of the drive signal for reverse rotation three times is managed by a reverse rotation retry counter, which will be described later. If the current value of the top mill motor does not decrease to the clogging current value even if the third drive signal to reversely rotate the top mill motor is output continuously for one second, the state shifts to an abnormal state, and the fourth time. No drive signal for the subsequent reverse rotation is output.

Hereinafter, the description returns to the grind interrupt process 3 using FIG. 70(B). In this grind interrupt process 3, when the current value of the top mill motor is an abnormal value, the chaff fan motor is stopped (step Sg353), the main mill motor is stopped (step Sg354), the top mill motor is stopped (step Sg356). ) do each. The order of stopping these motors is not limited to this order, and the top mill motor may be stopped first or may be stopped simultaneously. After each motor is stopped, the button LED 151 is lit in purple (step Sg356), and the grind interrupt process 3 ends. When the current value of the top mill motor becomes an abnormal value, the operation state of the machine shifts to the bean jam state in both the normal mode and the cupping mode. That is, regardless of the mode of operation of the machine, it transitions to the bean jam state.

On the other hand, if the current value of the top mill motor is not an abnormal value, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON (step Sg357). If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the chaff fan motor is stopped (step Sg358), the main mill motor is stopped (step Sg359), and the top mill motor is stopped (step Sg360). Also here, the order of stopping these motors is not limited to this order. After stopping each motor, the button LED 151 is lit in orange (step Sg361), and the grind interruption process 3 ends. Since the upper limit threshold reached flag was set to ON, the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state. Conversely, if the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to off, the same processing (step Sg362) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 11a executes grind interrupt processing 3 next time as well.

FIG. 72A is a flow chart showing the flow of the standby state (while the top mill is stopped) process executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (while the top mill is stopped).

This standby state (while the top mill is stopped) processing is not an interrupt processing, and similarly to the grind processing 3 described with reference to FIG. , the grind button 150 is repeatedly determined (step Sg220). The operation of the grind button 150 here is an operation for requesting resumption of grinding, and when the grind button 150 is operated, the top mill activation timer is restarted (step Sg221). Next, the main mill stop timer started in step Sg342 is stopped (step Sg222), the same processing as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. Step Sg224), the standby state (while the top mill is stopped) ends. When there is a grind restart request, the processing unit 11a executes grind interrupt processing 2 next time.

FIG. 72B is a flow chart showing the flow of the standby state (during stop of the top mill) interrupt process executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (during stop of the top mill).

The processing unit 11a starts this standby state (while the top mill is stopped) interrupt processing with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg230, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg231) are executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg231) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON (step Sg232). If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the chaff fan motor is stopped (step Sg233) and the main mill motor is stopped (step Sg234), the button LED 151 is lit orange (step Sg235), and the standby state ( Top mill is stopped) Interrupt processing ends. Since the upper limit threshold reached flag was set to ON, the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state. The order of stopping the chaff fan motor (step Sg233) and stopping the main mill motor (step Sg234) may be reversed or may be performed simultaneously.

On the other hand, if the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to OFF, it is determined whether or not the mill stop timer has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg236). If the mill stop timer has not expired, the same processing (step Sg237) as the cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. The processing unit 11a executes the standby state (while the top mill is stopped) interrupt process next time as well. If the main mill stop timer has expired, the main mill motor is stopped (step Sg238), and the same processing (step Sg239) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed here as well. Next, it is determined whether or not the cupping mode flag is set to OFF. That is, it is determined whether or not the normal mode is set in which chaff separation is performed by rotating the chaff fan 60A1. If the cupping mode flag is set to ON, that is, if the cupping mode does not perform chaff separation, the standby state (while the top mill is stopped) interrupt processing ends, and the operating state of the machine returns to the normal standby state. transition to

After cleaning is performed when the cupping mode flag is set to OFF, that is, when the mode is the normal mode. In the normal mode, the chaff fan 60A1 is rotated while the top mill 5AM is rotating to suck unnecessary substances such as chaff. As described above, the setting values of the chaff fan 60A1 that can be selected by operating the air volume dial 60D are five levels from setting 1 to setting 5, and the setting 5 that rotates the chaff fan 60A1 most strongly. Also, the PWM value (Duty ratio) is 60%.

On the other hand, in the after-cleaning, the PWM value (duty ratio) is set to 100% and the inner peripheral walls of the pipe portion 63 and the separation chamber forming portion 64 are cleaned. At step Sg241, the PWM value (duty ratio) of the chaff fan motor 60A2 is set to 100%. The chaff fan 60A1 continues to rotate at the set value selected by the air volume dial 60D until step Sg241 is executed, and when step Sg241 is executed, it increases the suction force and continues to rotate without stopping. will do.

FIG. 73 is a diagram showing the path of coffee beans, the path of unwanted substances such as chaff, and the path of after-cleaning.

FIG. 73 shows a top mill 5AM, a top mill upper case 501 covering the top of the top mill 5AM, a separation chamber forming part 64, a connecting duct 661, a connecting dial 697, a worm wheel 691, and a frame member 694 covering the main mill 5BM. , the chute GM31, the pipe portion 63, the upper portion 61 of the collection container 60B, the inner case 60Bi arranged in its lower portion 62, and the fan unit 60A. Note that the outer case 60Bo arranged in the lower portion 62 of the collection container 60B is omitted from the illustration.

Also, in FIG. 73, the path of the coffee beans is indicated by a one-dot chain line. That is, the roasted coffee beans are turned into ground beans by the top mill 5AM, the ground beans pass through the separation chamber forming part 64 and the connection duct 661, and are turned into ground beans by the main mill 5BM, and the ground beans flow down from the chute GM31. be done.

Furthermore, in FIG. 73, the paths of unwanted substances such as chaff are indicated by two-dot chain lines. That is, the chaff and other unwanted matter that has entered the separation chamber forming portion 64 together with the ground beans is sucked by the rotation of the chaff fan in the fan unit 60A, passes through the pipe portion 63 from the separation chamber forming portion 64, and flows into the collection container. Reach 60B. In the collection container 60B, as described with reference to FIG. 30, waste such as chaff accumulates on the bottom of the lower portion 62 of the collection container 60B (bottom surface of the outer case 60Bo not shown) due to its own weight. The air from which unnecessary matter has been separated becomes an upward current from inside the inner case 60Bi, passes through the fan unit 60A, and is exhausted to the outside of the coffee bean grinder GM. In this way, even if the fan unit 60A is sucking unnecessary matter such as chaff while the top mill 5AM is rotating, if the set value is low (when the suction force is weak), the pipe portion 63 and the separation chamber are formed. Unnecessary substances such as chaff may remain in the inner region of the portion 64 . Moreover, even when the set value is high, unnecessary substances such as chaff may adhere to the inner peripheral walls of the pipe portion 63 and the separation chamber forming portion 64 and cannot be completely removed. Therefore, after the grinding process is finished, the internal regions of the tube portion 63 and the separation chamber forming portion 64 (internal regions surrounded by thick solid lines in FIG. 73) are sucked with a stronger suction force, and the chaff, etc. remaining in the internal regions is removed. Unnecessary materials are collected, and unnecessary materials such as chaff attached to the inner peripheral wall are peeled off. Unnecessary substances such as chaff remaining in the inner region or adhering to the inner peripheral wall reach the collection container 60B as indicated by the thick solid line arrow and drop by their own weight. In addition, by performing after-cleaning every time the grinding process is finished, it is possible to prevent unnecessary substances such as chaff from accumulating on the inner peripheral wall.

FIG. 74 is a diagram showing an example in which unnecessary matter such as chaff is sucked while the top mill 5AM is rotating, and after-cleaning is performed by stronger suction without stopping the suction even when the top mill 5AM stops.

At the top of FIG. 74, the operating state of the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment is shown, followed by a timing chart representing ON/OFF of the grind button 150 shown in FIG. Below that, there is a timing chart showing the ON/OFF of the drive signal for the top mill motor, a timing chart showing the ON/OFF of the drive signal for the main mill motor, and a timing chart showing the ON/OFF of the drive signal for the chaff fan motor. It is shown. Further, at the bottom, the PWM value that controls the rotation of the chaff fan motor is shown.

When the grind button 150 is operated in the normal standby state, the state shifts to the grind state. At step Sg316 shown in FIG. 68A, a drive ON signal is output to the main mill motor, and the main mill motor starts forward rotation. In addition, in subsequent step Sg317, a drive-on signal is output to the chaff fan motor, and the chaff fan motor also starts forward rotation. At this time, the rotation of the chaff fan motor is controlled by the PWM value corresponding to the set value (dial set value) selected by the air volume dial 60D shown in FIG. Eventually, the top mill start timer expires, a drive-on signal is output to the top mill motor at step Sg337 shown in FIG. 69(A), and the top mill motor starts forward rotation.

When the grind button 150 is operated in the grind state, output of the drive-on signal to the main mill motor is terminated in step Sg341 shown in FIG. Before long, the main mill stop timer expires in the standby state (while the top mill is stopped), and output of the drive-on signal to the main mill motor is terminated at step Sg238 shown in FIG. 72(B). Then, as described above, in the normal mode, in step Sg241, the PWM value (duty ratio) of the chaff fan motor 60A2 is set to 100%, and the chaff fan continues to rotate while increasing the suction force without stopping. do.

As shown in FIG. 72(B), when the process of step Sg241 is completed, the processing section 11a starts the cleaning timer (step Sg242), and the standby state (while the top mill is stopped) interrupt process ends. When after-cleaning is started in this manner, the operating state of the machine shifts to a standby state (during cleaning). The cleaning timer counts (for example, counts 5000 ms) until after-cleaning end timing (stop timing of chaff fan motor 60A2).

FIG. 75A is a flow chart showing the flow of standby state (during cleaning) processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (during cleaning).

This standby state (during cleaning) processing is also not an interrupt processing, and similarly to the previous standby state (while the top mill is stopped) processing, the processing unit 11a continues to operate the grind button 150 until the grind button 150 shown in FIG. 51 is operated. is operated (step Sg250). When the grind button 150 is operated, the mill starting timer is restarted (step Sg251). Next, the same processing (step Sg252) as the cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, the button LED 151 is lit in blue (step Sg253), and the standby state (during cleaning) ends. The processing unit 11a executes the grind interrupt process 1 next time.

FIG. 75B is a flow chart showing the flow of the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt process executed by the processing unit 11a in the standby state (during cleaning).

The processing unit 11a starts this standby state (during cleaning) interrupt processing with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg260, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, various abnormality detection processes (step Sg261) are executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg261) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reach flag is set to ON (step Sg262). If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the chaff fan is stopped (step Sg263), the same processing (step Sg264) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. It is lit in color (step Sg265), and the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt processing ends. Since the upper limit threshold reached flag was set to ON, the operating state of the machine shifts to the insufficient condition state.

On the other hand, if the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to OFF, it is determined whether or not the cleaning timer started in step Sg242 has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg266). If the cleaning timer has not expired, the same processing (step Sg267) as the cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt processing ends. The processing unit 11a executes the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt process next time as well. If the cleaning timer has expired, the chaff fan is stopped (step Sg268) and after-cleaning ends. Next, the same processing (step Sg269) as the cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and the standby state (during cleaning) interrupt processing ends. When the after-cleaning is completed in this manner, the operating state of the machine shifts to the normal standby state.

FIG. 76 is a flow chart showing the flow of condition-insufficient interrupt processing executed by the processing unit 11a in the condition-insufficient state.

The processing unit 11a starts this condition-insufficient state interrupt process in response to the timer interrupt signal. First, in step Sg400, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, the same processing (step Sg401) as the cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and various abnormality detection processing (step Sg402) is also executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg402) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reach flag is set to ON (step Sg403). In addition to the case where the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, the state of lack of conditions also occurs when the hopper unit 402 is not detected or the chute GM 31 is not detected in various abnormality detection processes. is determined. If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to off, the condition shortage interrupt process ends, and the operating state of the machine shifts to the normal standby state. If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, then it is determined whether or not the count value of the G counter has reached the lower limit threshold, that is, whether it is greater than "0" (step Sg404). If the lower limit threshold has not been reached (if it is greater than "0"), the button LED 151 is lit in orange (step Sg265), and the condition-insufficient state interrupt processing ends. The processing unit 11a executes the condition shortage interrupt process next time as well. On the other hand, if the count value of the G counter has reached the lower limit threshold (if it is equal to or less than "0"), the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to OFF (step Sg406), and the insufficient condition interrupt process is terminated. Become. When the count value of the G counter reaches the lower threshold, the operating state of the machine shifts to the normal standby state.

FIG. 77(A) is a flow chart showing the flow of the soybean jam state processing executed by the processing section 11a in the soybean jam state.

This bean jam state process is not an interrupt process, and the processing unit 11a repeatedly determines whether or not the reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51 is operated (step Sg500). Operation of the reverse rotation button GM52 in the bean jam state is an operation for requesting reverse rotation of the top mill 5AM, and when the reverse rotation button GM52 is operated, the top mill motor is started in reverse rotation (step Sg501). That is, in both the normal mode and the cupping mode, the top mill motor is started in the opposite direction to the case where the top mill motor is started in step Sg337 shown in FIG. 69(A). In other words, reverse rotation of the top mill motor occurs regardless of the operating mode of the machine. Next, a reverse rotation timer is started (step Sg502). The reverse rotation timer counts up to the end timing of the reverse rotation of the top mill motor. That is, it is a timer that measures the time for one second described with reference to FIG. 71(B). When the reverse rotation of the top mill motor is started, the button LED 151 blinks purple (step Sg503), and the bean jam state processing ends. Next time, the processing unit 11a executes the clogged beans state interrupt process 2. FIG.

FIG. 77B is a flow chart showing the flow of the soybean jam state interrupt process 1 executed by the processing section 11a in the soybean jam state.

The processing unit 11a starts this bean jam state interrupt process 1 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg510, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, the same processing (step Sg511) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and various abnormality detection processing (step Sg512) is also executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg512) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the upper limit threshold reach flag is set to ON (step Sg513), and if the upper limit threshold reach flag is set to OFF, the bean jam state interrupt process 1 ends. If the upper limit threshold reaching flag is set to ON, then it is determined whether the count value of the G counter has reached the lower limit threshold, that is, whether it is greater than "0" (step Sg514). If the lower limit threshold is not reached (greater than "0"), the bean jam state interrupt process 1 ends. On the other hand, if the count value of the G counter has reached the lower limit threshold value (below "0"), the upper limit threshold value reaching flag is set to OFF (step Sg515), and the bean clogging state interrupt process 1 ends. become. When the soybean jam state interrupt process 1 ends, in either case, the processing unit 11a executes the soybean jam state interrupt process 1 next time as well.

FIG. 78 is a flow chart showing the flow of the soybean jam state interrupt process 2 executed by the processing section 11a in the soybean jam state.

The processing unit 11a starts this bean jam state interrupt process 2 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg520, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, the same processing (step Sg521) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and various abnormality detection processing (step Sg522) is also executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg522) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, similarly to the determination processing of step Sg352 shown in FIG. 70(B), it is determined whether or not the current value of the top mill motor has decreased to the clogging removal current value (0.6 A) (step Sg523). If the current value of the top mill motor has decreased to the clogging elimination current value (0.6 A), it is determined that the bean clogging has been eliminated, and the button LED 151 is lit in white (step Sg524). It ends. When it is determined that the bean jam has been resolved in this way, the operating state of the machine shifts to the normal standby state. There is no change in the operation mode of the machine, and the operation mode (normal mode or cupping mode) before the bean jam occurred is maintained. After shifting to the normal standby state, the operation mode can be changed in steps Sg205 to Sg209 shown in FIG. 65(A).

On the other hand, if the current value of the top mill motor has not decreased to the clogging removal current value, it is determined whether or not the reverse rotation timer started in step Sg502 has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg525). If the reverse rotation timer has not expired, the bean jam state interrupt process 2 ends. The processing unit 11a executes the bean jam state interrupt process 2 next time as well. If the reverse rotation timer has expired, the reverse rotation timer is reset (step Sg526), and the reverse rotation of the top mill motor is stopped (step Sg527). Next, after adding 1 to the reverse rotation retry counter (step Sg528), it is determined whether or not the value of the reverse rotation retry counter is a predetermined value (step Sg529). Although the predetermined value is "3" as described with reference to FIG. 71B, it may be a natural number of 2 or more other than "3". If it is the predetermined value, the button LED 151 is lit in red (step Sg530), and the beans-clogging state interrupt process 2 ends. When the value of the reverse rotation retry counter is a predetermined value, the operating state of the machine shifts to an abnormal state. Conversely, if the value of the reverse rotation retry counter is not the predetermined value, the pause timer is started (step Sg531). The pause timer counts until the next reverse rotation start timing of the top mill motor. That is, it is a timer that measures the time for one second described with reference to FIG. 71(B). Subsequently, the button LED 151 is turned on in purple (step Sg532), and the beans clogging state interrupt process 2 ends. When the pause timer is started, the processing unit 11a executes the bean jam state interrupt process 3 next time.

FIG. 79 is a flow chart showing the flow of the soybean jam state interrupt process 3 executed by the processing unit 11a in the soybean jam state.

The processing unit 11a starts this bean jam state interrupt process 3 with the timer interrupt signal as a trigger. First, in step Sg540, the same G counter addition processing as the G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B is executed. Next, the same processing (step Sg541) as the air cooling fan monitoring processing shown in FIG. 69B is executed, and various abnormality detection processing (step Sg542) is also executed. Various abnormality detection processing (step Sg542) here is also the same as the abnormality detection processing (step Sg211) described above. Subsequently, it is determined whether or not the pause timer started in the previous step Sg531 has expired (whether or not it has been counted up) (step Sg543). If the pause timer has not expired, the bean jam state interrupt process 3 ends. The processing unit 11a executes the bean jam state interrupt process 3 next time as well. If the pause timer has expired, the top mill motor is started in reverse rotation (step Sg544), the reverse rotation timer is started (step Sg545), the button LED 151 blinks in purple (step Sg546), and the bean clogging state is interrupted. The loading process 3 ends. When the top mill motor is started in reverse rotation, the processing unit 11a executes the bean jam state interrupt process 2 next time.

In the above description,
"A grinder [e.g., a main mill 5BM] having a motor [e.g., a main mill motor] that grinds coffee beans as the motor rotates;
A counter [e.g., G counter] that repeatedly updates the count value,
The counter updates the count value by adding the count value while the motor is rotating [for example, G counter addition processing shown in FIG. 68B], and subtracts the count value while the motor is stopped. [for example, the G counter subtraction process shown in FIG. 67] to update the count value by doing, the first threshold reached by adding the count value [for example, the upper limit threshold], A second threshold reached by subtracting the count value [for example, a lower threshold (“0”)] is provided,
The motor is rotatable until the count value reaches the first threshold value, and stops rotating when the count value reaches the first threshold value [for example, the steps shown in FIG. Sg333], after the count value reaches the first threshold value, the rotation is kept stopped until the count value reaches the second threshold value [for example, step Sg406 shown in FIG. and returns to the normal standby state]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, the rotation time and stop time of the motor can be managed by the count value of the counter, the temperature rise of the motor can be suppressed, and the motor itself and parts around the motor can be prevented from malfunctioning. It is possible to reduce

The update amount of the count value for one time may be a positive number or a negative number. When the amount of one update of the count value is a positive number, the first threshold becomes the upper threshold and the second threshold becomes the lower threshold. On the other hand, when the amount of one update of the count value is a negative number, the first threshold becomes the lower threshold, and the second threshold becomes the upper threshold.

again,
``Equipped with a cooling fan [e.g., air cooling fan] for cooling the motor [e.g., main mill motor],
The absolute value [e.g., added value] of the update amount for one time of the count value while the motor is rotating is greater than that when the cooling fan is normally driven [e.g., m (“10”)]. A coffee machine characterized in that during failure [eg 5m ("50")] is greater. 』
also explained.

The rotation time of the motor can be managed in consideration of the cooling by the cooling fan, and the temperature rise of the motor can be suppressed more accurately.

It should be noted that the amount of one update of the count value during rotation of the motor may be a positive number or a negative number.

Further, the absolute value of the amount of one update of the count value while the motor is stopped may be smaller when the cooling fan is out of order than when the cooling fan is normally driven.

again,
``Equipped with a cooling fan [e.g., air cooling fan] for cooling the motor [e.g., main mill motor],
The absolute value [for example, a subtraction value] of the update amount of the count value once while the motor is stopped is greater than the cooling fan during normal operation [for example, 2n (“10”)]. A coffee machine characterized in that during failure [eg n(“5”)] is smaller. ” was also explained.

The stop time of the motor can be managed in consideration of the cooling by the cooling fan, and the temperature drop of the motor can be managed more accurately.

The amount of one update of the count value while the motor is stopped may be a positive number or a negative number. However, if the amount of update of the count value once while the motor is stopped is a positive number, the amount of update of the count value once while the motor is rotating is also a positive number, If the amount of update of the count value once while the motor is stopped is a negative number, the amount of update of the count value once while the motor is rotating is also a negative number.

A cooling fan [e.g., an air-cooling fan] is provided to cool the motor [e.g., the main mill motor], and the absolute value [e.g., added value] of the update amount for one time of the count value during rotation of the motor is The count value when the cooling fan is malfunctioning [eg, 5m (“50”)] is larger than when the cooling fan is operating normally [eg, m (“10”)], and the count value is when the motor is stopped. The absolute value [e.g., subtraction value] of the update amount for one time is greater when the cooling fan is malfunctioning [e.g., n("5 ")] may be smaller.

again,
"In the case where the count value is updated by subtracting it, the absolute value of the amount of one update of the count value starts subtraction when the count value reaches the first threshold. is less than if the decrementing of the count value begins before the count value reaches the first threshold. 』
also explained.

That is, when the amount of one update of the count value is a positive number, the rate of decrease of the count value is determined when the count value starts decreasing when the count value reaches the first threshold value. is less than if the count value started decreasing before reaching the first threshold.

Scrubbing allows the motor to cool over time after reaching the first threshold.

again,
A coffee characterized in that the absolute value of the update amount of the count value at one time is larger when the motor is rotating [e.g., the subtraction value] than when the motor is stopped [e.g., the subtraction value]. machine. 』
also explained.

By rubbing, even if the motor generates a large amount of heat due to its rotation, it is possible to suppress the temperature rise of the motor and to reduce the failure of the motor itself and the parts around the motor.

again,
A display device that displays information on the time required for the count value to reach the second threshold after the count value reaches the first threshold [for example, split lighting using a circular button LED 151 ]. 』
also explained.

According to this aspect, it is possible to grasp the remaining time until the motor can resume rotation.

In the above description,
"A grinder [e.g., a top mill 5 AM] that grinds coffee beans by a predetermined rotational motion in normal conditions,
An operation unit [for example, a reverse rotation button GM52 shown in FIG. 51],
When the grinder is in an abnormal state [for example, a jammed state] in which the predetermined rotation cannot be performed, when the operation unit is operated, the grinder performs a reverse rotation operation opposite to the predetermined rotation operation. In the normal state, the reverse rotation operation is not executed [for example, step Sg106 shown in FIG. 64, step Sg206 shown in FIG. and step Sg208]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, even if the operating portion is erroneously operated in the normal state, the reverse rotation operation is not performed, and the grind processing by the grinder is not adversely affected. On the other hand, in the abnormal state, the reverse rotation operation is executed in accordance with the operation of the operation unit, and the abnormal state may be resolved.

When the grinder is in an abnormal state in which the predetermined rotation cannot be performed, the operation unit is operated to cause the grinder to rotate in a direction opposite to the predetermined rotation. It is.

A detection unit for detecting that the grinder is in the abnormal state is provided, and the operation unit causes the grinder to rotate in the reverse direction by being operated only when the detection unit detects the abnormal state. It may be something that may be done.

The detection unit may detect the abnormal state based on a current value flowing through the driving unit that causes the predetermined rotation operation. The abnormal state may be detected in the above cases.

When the grinder returns to the normal state, the grinder does not perform the reverse rotation operation even if the operation unit is operated [for example, step Sg106 shown in FIG. 64, steps Sg206 and Sg208 shown in FIG. good too. That is, when the grinder returns to the normal state, the operation unit may prevent the grinder from performing the reverse rotation operation even if it is operated.

again,
``Equipped with a mode transition control unit [for example, a processing unit 11a that executes steps Sg205 to Sg209 shown in FIG. 65A] for controlling mode transition of the machine,
The mode transition control unit shifts to one mode from among a plurality of types of modes [for example, normal mode and cupping mode],
In any of the plurality of modes, the grinder performs the reverse rotation operation when the operation unit is operated when the abnormal state occurs [for example, , step Sg501 shown in FIG. 77]. ” was also explained.

It is not that the abnormal state occurs or does not occur due to the plurality of types of modes, but rather that the plurality of types of modes and the occurrence of the abnormal state are irrelevant. In any of the modes, when the abnormal state occurs, the reverse rotation operation is performed when the operation section is operated.

In addition, the plurality of types of modes may be the operation modes of the machine, and the plurality of types of modes include, for example, a first mode (normal mode) for separating unnecessary substances from ground beans, There is a second mode (cupping mode) in which the separation of unwanted matter is not performed.

again,
“The plurality of types of modes include a normal mode that can separate unnecessary substances [such as chaff] from the ground beans ground with the grinder, and a cupping mode that does not separate unnecessary substances from the ground beans ground with the grinder. A coffee machine comprising: 』
also explained.

again,
``When the grinder returns from the abnormal state [eg, bean jam state] to the normal state [eg, normal standby state], the mode transition control unit maintains the mode before the grinder entered the abnormal state. A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

Similarly, the abnormal state does not occur or does not occur due to the plurality of types of modes, but the plurality of types of modes and the occurrence of the abnormal state are unrelated. , when the grinder recovers from the abnormal state to the normal state, the grinder maintains the mode before the abnormal state.

The mode transition control section may enable mode transition [for example, steps Sg205 to Sg209 shown in FIG. 65A] when the grinder recovers from the abnormal state to the normal state.

again,
``The grinder stops rotating when it does not return to the normal state even after repeating the reverse rotation operation a predetermined number of times [for example, three times] in the abnormal state [for example, the step shown in FIG. Reverse rotation is stopped at Sg527, and transition to an abnormal state is made through step Sg530]. 』
also explained.

If the abnormal state is not resolved even after the reverse rotation operation is performed the predetermined number of times, the removal of the abnormal state by the reverse rotation operation is given up, and further load on the grinder can be suppressed.

In the abnormal state, the grinder may perform the reverse rotation operation when the operation unit is operated, or may not perform the reverse rotation operation even when the operation unit is operated. be.

In the above description,
"A first grinder [e.g. Top Mill 5AM] that is driven to grind coffee beans;
A separation area [for example, an inner region of the separation chamber forming part 64] for separating unnecessary substances from the ground beans ground by the first grinder,
A coffee machine, wherein the separation area is an area cleaned by air pressure while the first grinder is stopped. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine, unnecessary substances such as chaff remaining in the separation area can be recovered, and unnecessary substances such as chaff adhering to the inner peripheral wall of the separation area can be peeled off. can be removed.

The separation area may be a site cleaned by air pressure caused by intake air, or may be an area cleaned by air pressure caused by blowing air.

This coffee machine may include only the first grinder as a grinder, or may include another grinder in addition to the first grinder.

A passage area connected to the separation area through which the waste passes [for example, an inner region of the pipe portion 63] is provided, and the passage area, together with the separation area, is in a state in which the first grinder is stopped. It may be an area cleaned by wind pressure.

again,
"A second grinder [for example, main mill 5BM] arranged downstream of the first grinder,
An intake unit [for example, a fan unit 60A having a chaff fan 60A1] for sucking air in the separation area,
The separation area is located between the first grinder and the second grinder, and is an area for separating unnecessary matter from the ground beans by suction by the suction unit,
The coffee machine according to claim 1, wherein the suction unit cleans the separation area by drawing suction while the first grinder is stopped. 』
also explained.

again,
``The suction unit cleans the separation area with suction [for example, suction with a duty ratio of 100%] that is stronger than the suction [for example, suction with settings 1 to 5] that separates unnecessary substances from ground beans. A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

By doing so, it is possible to remove unnecessary substances remaining after the separation and unnecessary substances that could not be removed during the separation.

again,
"Even if the first grinder stops, the suction unit does not end the suction and performs suction to clean the separation area [for example, the chaff fan 60A1 increases the suction force without stopping and continues to rotate. does]. 』
also explained.

According to this coffee machine, the time from the stop of the first grinder to the completion of cleaning can be shortened.

again,
"The second grinder stops after the first grinder stops,
The suction unit performs suction for separating unnecessary matter from the ground beans until the second grinder stops, and performs suction for cleaning the separation area after the second grinder stops. [eg FIG. 74], a coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

According to this coffee machine, it is possible to shorten the time from the end of the grinding process to the completion of cleaning.

Next, unitization of the main mill 5BM in the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment will be described. The mill 5BM described so far is unitized and can be attached to and detached from the main body GMb of the coffee bean grinder GM.

FIG. 80 is a perspective view showing a state in which the main mill unit 5BMu is removed from the main body GMb of the coffee bean grinder GM.

This mill unit 5BMu is fixed to the main body GMb by a fixing screw 701 . That is, by removing one fixing screw 701, the mill unit 5BMu can be removed from the main body GMb.

The mill unit 5BMu has the connection duct 661, the connection dial 697, the worm wheel 691, and the chute GM31 which have been explained so far. Furthermore, this mill unit 5BMu has a fixed blade unit 710 and a rotary blade unit 720 . Note that the connection duct 661 is simply placed on the worm wheel 691 . On the other hand, the upper end of the connecting duct 661 is fitted into the same outlet as the outlet 66 of the forming unit 6B shown in FIG. The connecting duct 661 may remain in the main body, remaining fitted to that outlet.

FIG. 81 is a diagram for explaining the configuration of the mill unit 5BMu.

Above FIG. 81 is a perspective view of the mill unit 5BMu shown in FIG. 80 in a different orientation. In the main mill unit 5BMu shown in the upper part of FIG. 81, the chute GM31 is positioned on the rear left side, and the fixing screw 701 shown in FIG. 80 is shown on the front right side in FIG. A connecting duct 661, a connecting dial 697, a worm wheel 691, a fixed blade unit 710 and a rotary blade unit 720 are also shown. Further, an air suction port 661a provided on the connection duct 661 and a connection gear 697g provided on the connection dial 697 are also shown.

The fixed blade unit 710 and the rotary blade unit 720 are separable. The lower part of FIG. 81 shows a state in which the rotary blade unit 720 is separated from the mill unit 5BMu. That is, the lower right of FIG. 81 shows the rotary blade unit 720 removed from the mill unit 5BMu. On the other hand, the lower left of FIG. 81 shows a state in which the rotary blade unit 720 is removed from the mill unit 5BMu. That is, a connecting duct 661, a connecting dial 697, a worm wheel 691 and a fixed blade unit 710 are shown.

FIG. 82 is an exploded perspective view of the mill unit 5BMu with the rotary blade unit 720 removed from the mill unit 5BMu shown in the lower left of FIG. That is, it is an exploded perspective view showing the connection duct 661, the connection dial 697, the worm wheel 691, and the fixed blade unit 710. FIG.

FIG. 82 shows the connecting duct 661, the connecting dial 697, and the worm wheel 691 in this order from the top.

82, the fixed blade unit 710 is shown disassembled. The fixed blade unit 710 has a fixed blade case body 711, a base member 712, an intermediate member 713 and a fixed blade 57b. The fixed blade case body 711 corresponds to the frame member 694 shown in FIG. The fixed blade case body 711 accommodates the base member 712, the intermediate member 713, and the fixed blade 57b inside, and has a female screw portion 711s on its inner peripheral surface. In addition, a chute GM31 is attached to the fixed blade case body 711, and an inlet 3130 (see FIG. 53B) of the chute GM31 is provided in the fixed blade case body 711, and an outlet 7111 for ground beans. Connected.

The base member 712 is provided with three storage holes 7121 at regular intervals in the circumferential direction. Ensat 715 is housed in these three housing holes 7121 so as not to be rotatable around the axis. A bolt through hole 7124 (see FIG. 83(A)) is provided below the storage hole 7121 , and the bolt through hole 7124 is connected to the storage hole 7121 . The base member 712 is also provided with a screw hole 7122 at a position displaced from the housing hole 7121 in the circumferential direction. Three screw holes 7122 are also provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. Also shown in FIG. 82 are three spacing adjustment member connection bolts 690 . Each of these three interval adjusting member connecting bolts 690 passes through the connecting hole 6971 of the connecting dial 697 and the connecting hole 6911 of the worm wheel 691 and is screwed into the screw hole 7122 provided in the base member 712 . By doing so, the connection dial 697 and the worm wheel 691 are integrally connected to the fixed blade unit 710 .

The intermediate member 713 is provided with three enlarged diameter portions 7131 at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The intermediate member 713 is also provided with a spring housing recess 7132 at a position displaced from the enlarged diameter portion 7131 in the circumferential direction. Three spring housing recesses 7132 are also provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. The lower end side of the compression coil spring 716 is accommodated in each of the three spring accommodation recesses 7132 . The action of the compression coil spring 716 will be described later.

As described with reference to FIG. 54(A), the fixed blade 57b is provided with three mounting holes 579 equally spaced in the circumferential direction.

The fixed blade 57b, the intermediate member 713 and the base member 712 are arranged so that the mounting hole 579, the enlarged diameter portion 7131, the bolt through hole 7124 (see FIG. 83(A)) and the storage hole 7121 are aligned and fixed. A connecting bolt 714 is inserted from the blade 57b side (lower side), a head portion 7141 of the connecting bolt 714 abuts against the fixed blade 57b, and a tip end portion 7142 is screwed into the Ensat 715 housed in the housing hole 7121 . By doing so, the fixed blade 57b, the intermediate member 713 and the base member 712 are connected, and the intermediate member 713 is sandwiched between the fixed blade 57b and the base member 712. FIG.

A male screw portion 712s is provided on the outermost peripheral surface of the base member 712 on the intermediate member 713 side (lower side). A male screw portion 713 s is also provided on the outermost peripheral surface of the intermediate member 713 . When the fixed blade 57b, the intermediate member 713, and the base member 712 are connected by the connecting bolt 714, a continuous male screw portion is formed by the male screw portion 712s of the base member 712 and the male screw portion 713s of the intermediate member 713. . This continuous male screw portion corresponds to the male screw portion 693s shown in FIG. The connecting male threaded portion 710 s meshes with a female threaded portion 711 s provided on the inner peripheral surface of the fixed blade case body 711 . The female threaded portion 711s of the fixed blade case body 711 corresponds to the female threaded portion of the frame member 694 shown in FIG. In the following description, the fixed blade 57b, the intermediate member 713 and the base member 712 connected by the connecting bolt 714 will be referred to as a fixed blade connecting body 717. FIG.

As described above, when the manual setting disk dial 695 (see FIG. 87, etc.) is placed on the connection dial 697, the connection gear 697g and the gear of the manual setting disk dial 695 are engaged. When the manual setting disk dial 695 is rotated, the fixed blade coupling body 717 rotates via the coupling gear 697g. Since the mill unit 5BMu is fixed to the main body GMb by the fixing screw 701, the fixed blade case body 711 is also fixed to the main body GMb. 710s are engaged with each other, the fixed blade coupling body 717 moves up and down in the fixed blade case body 711 in accordance with the rotation operation of the manual setting disk dial 695 . As a result, the fixed blade 57b is brought into contact with and separated from the rotary blade 58b, and the main mill interval is adjusted.

83A is a cross-sectional perspective view of the base member 712. FIG.

At the right end of the base member 712 shown in FIG. 83(A), a cross section of a storage hole 7121 and a bolt through hole 7124 connected to the storage hole 7121 is shown. On the other hand, a spring insertion recess 7123 is shown at the left end on the opposite side. On the intermediate member 713 side (lower side) of the base member 712, three spring insertion recesses 7123 are provided at equal intervals in the circumferential direction. ing. This spring insertion recess 7123 corresponds to the spring housing recess 7132 of the intermediate member 713 . The spring insertion recess 7123 is not a through hole but a recess having a top surface 7123a.

83B is a cross-sectional perspective view of the intermediate member 713. FIG.

At the right end of the intermediate member 713 shown in FIG. 83(B), an inclined surface 7131a forming an enlarged diameter portion 7131 is shown. The expanded diameter portion 7131 is also shown on the back side of the center of the paper surface, and the inclined surface 7131a constituting this expanded diameter portion 7131 is also shown.

Also shown in FIG. 83B are two compression coil springs 716 . The compression coil spring 716 shown in the center back of the page is housed in the spring housing recess 7132, and only the upper portion is visible. On the other hand, the compression coil spring 716 shown on the left is shown with its lower portion housed in the spring housing recess 7132 . The spring housing recess 7132 is also not a through hole, but a recess having a bottom surface 7132a. The compression coil spring 716 is inserted into the spring housing recess 7132 from the base member 712 side (upper side). be. The upper portion of the compression coil spring 716 whose lower portion is housed in the spring housing recess 7132 protrudes from the intermediate member 713 . Part or all of the protruding portion of the compression coil spring 716 is inserted into the spring insertion recess 7123 of the base member 712 shown in FIG. 83(A).

FIG. 84 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the fixed blade coupling body 717 for explaining the action of the compression coil spring 716. FIG.

On the right side of the fixed blade connecting body 717 shown in FIG. 84, the base member 712 is inserted through the mounting hole 579 of the fixed blade 57b, passes through the space expanded by the enlarged diameter portion 7131, and does not come into contact with the intermediate member 713. A connecting bolt 714 is shown threaded onto the Ensat 715 which is housed in the housing hole 7121 . A head portion 7141 of the connecting bolt 714 is in contact with the fixed blade 57 b , and the fixed blade 57 b is fixed to the base member 712 by the connecting bolt 714 .

The intermediate member 713 is vertically movable between the base member 712 and the fixed blade 57b. That is, the intermediate member 713 is movable in the separating direction with respect to the movable blade 58b. Hereinafter, this vertical direction may be referred to as the contact/separation direction.

A compression coil spring 716 whose lower part is housed in a spring housing recess 7132 is shown on the left side of the fixed blade connecting body 717 shown in FIG.

FIG. 84(A) shows the fixed blade connecting body 717 before the connecting male screw portion 710s is engaged with the female screw portion 711s of the fixed blade case body 711 shown in FIG. That is, a cross-sectional view of the fixed blade connecting body 717 before being accommodated in the fixed blade case body 711 is shown.

84A, the base member 712 and the intermediate member 713 are separated from each other, leaving a gap between the upper end of the compression coil spring 716 and the top surface 7123a of the spring insertion recess 7123. It is Therefore, the compression coil spring 716 is in a fully expanded state and no urging force is generated.

FIG. 84(B) shows the fixed blade connecting body 717 in a state where the fixed blade connecting body 717 is screwed into the fixed blade case body 711 shown in FIG. 82 from above. That is, the male threaded portion 710s is engaged with the female threaded portion 711s of the fixed blade case body 711, and the downward force when the fixed blade connector 717 is screwed from above (see the thick arrow in the figure). is hanging.

In the fixed blade coupling body 717 shown in FIG. 84(B), the base member 712 and the intermediate member 713 are in contact with each other, and the intermediate member 713 and the fixed blade 57b are separated from each other. The upper end of the compression coil spring 716 abuts on the top surface 7123a (see FIG. 84A) of the spring insertion recess 7123, and the compression coil spring 716 is in the most contracted state, generating the maximum biasing force. That is, as indicated by the thick white arrow in FIG. 84B, the compression coil spring 716 urges the intermediate member 713 downward and the base member 712 upward.

FIG. 84(C) shows the fixed blade connecting body 717 in a state where the adjustment of the main mill interval has been completed. The fixed blade connecting body 717 shown in FIG. 84(C) is in a state of actually grinding coffee beans.

In the fixed blade connecting body 717 shown in FIG. 84(C), a slight gap is generated between the base member 712 and the intermediate member 713, and the intermediate member 713 and the fixed blade 57b are also separated. The upper end of the compression coil spring 716 abuts on the top surface 7123a (see FIG. 84A) of the spring insertion recess 7123, and the compression coil spring 716 is in a contracted state, generating a certain amount of urging force. Between the connecting male threaded portion 710s and the female threaded portion 711s shown in FIG. 82, there is inevitably a gap corresponding to backlash. This gap can affect the fine adjustment of the main mill spacing described above. As indicated by the thin white arrow in FIG. 84(C), the compression coil spring 716 biases the intermediate member 713 downward and the base member 712 upward so as to eliminate the gap corresponding to the backlash. is doing. This urging force restricts the position of the intermediate member 713 in the contact/separation direction (vertical direction) and also restricts the position of the base member 712 in the contact/separation direction. Further, by restricting the position of the base member 712, the position of the fixed blade 57b fixed to the base member 712 is also restricted.

As described above, the biasing force of the compression coil spring 716 reduces the gap corresponding to the backlash generated between the connecting male threaded portion 710s and the female threaded portion 711s. Moreover, since the compression coil springs 716 are provided at positions equidistant in the circumferential direction, the positions of the intermediate member 713 and the base member 712 in the contact and separation direction are uniformly regulated in the circumferential direction, and the fixed blade 57b is fixed in the contact and separation direction. The positions of are also uniformly regulated in the circumferential direction. As a result, the fine adjustment of the main mill interval described above is correctly reflected, and the particle size of the ground beans can be controlled with high accuracy.

FIG. 85(A) is a diagram in which the state in which the rotary blade unit 720 is removed from the mill unit 5BMu shown in the lower left of FIG. 81 is turned upside down. That is, FIG. 85A is a view in which the connecting duct 661 is held down by hand and the connecting duct 661, connecting dial 697, worm wheel 691 and fixed blade unit 710 are turned upside down.

A chute GM31 is also attached to the fixed blade case body 711 of the fixed blade unit 710 of FIG. 85(A) in the same manner as in FIG.

Further, in FIG. 85(A), the blade surface of the fixed blade 57b is visible. Note that the head 7141 of the connecting bolt 714 can be seen on the blade surface.

In addition, the inner peripheral edge portion of the fixed blade case body 711 on the side of the rotary blade unit 720 is provided with a female screw portion 7112 for merging.

FIG. 85(B) is a perspective view of the rotary blade unit 720 removed from the mill unit 5BMu, and is the same view as the lower right view of FIG.

The rotary blade unit 720 has a rotary blade case body 721 and a body mounting frame 722 . A coupling male screw portion 7211 is provided on the outer peripheral edge portion of the rotary blade case body 721 on the fixed blade unit 710 side. The fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case are assembled while the inner peripheral edge of the fixed blade case body 711 on the rotary blade unit 720 side is fitted to the outer peripheral edge of the rotary blade case body 721 on the fixed blade unit 710 side. When one of the cases 721 is turned by hand in a predetermined direction, the female threaded portion 7112 for combination and the male threaded portion 7211 for combination are screwed together, and the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are integrated. Become. On the other hand, in a state in which the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are integrated, when one of the case bodies is turned by hand in a direction opposite to the predetermined direction, the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body Separate from 721. The separation direction of the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 coincides with the direction in which the main mill interval is widened. The fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 can be integrated or can be separated from each other without using a tool, and maintenance is excellent.

A rotary base 59 detailed with reference to FIG. 54(C) is attached to the rotary blade case body 721, and a rotary blade 58b detailed with reference to FIG. It is A drive gear 550 is accommodated in the rotary blade case body 721 . A rotating shaft (not shown in FIG. 85(B)), which is the same as the rotating shaft 54b described with reference to FIG. 32, passes through the center of the rotating blade 58b. It is fixed by a detent washer 596. Therefore, the rotating blade 58b rotates as the rotating shaft (not shown) rotates about the axis. The direction in which the stationary blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are separated also coincides with the extending direction of the rotating shaft. Note that FIG. 85(B) also shows the six blades 593 described with reference to FIG. 54(C). When the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are integrated, these six blades 593 rotate within the fixed blade case body 711 to move ground beans in the circumferential direction. The ground beans are discharged out of the machine through the chute GM from the ground bean outlet 7111 shown in FIG.

The rotating shaft (not shown) is rotated by the rotation of the drive gear 550, a part of which is visible through the gear meshing window 7212 of the rotary blade case body 721. This drive gear 550 corresponds to the gear 55b' shown in FIG.

Furthermore, in FIG. 85(B), the blade surface of the rotary blade 58b is visible. When the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are separated, the blade edge and blade surface of the fixed blade 57b attached to the fixed blade case body 711 can be touched, and maintenance of the fixed blade 57b can be performed. can be done. Further, by loosening the connecting bolt 714 and pulling it out, it is possible to replace the fixed blade 57b. In addition, when the fixed blade case body 711 and the rotary blade case body 721 are separated, it is possible to touch the cutting edge and blade surface of the rotary blade 58b attached to the rotary blade case body 721, and maintenance of the rotary blade 58b is possible. can be performed, and the rotary blade 58b can also be replaced.

In the description so far, only the main mill unit 5BMu equipped with fixed blades and rotary blades of one type of blade pattern has been illustrated, but a plurality of main mill units with fixed blades and rotary blades of different blade patterns are shown. Instead of replacing the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b by preparing them, the entire mill unit 5BMu is replaced.

FIG. 86 shows a grinder blade having a blade pattern different from that of the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b shown in FIGS. 55 and 85 and the like.

The grinder blade 56 shown in FIG. 86 may be a fixed blade or a rotary blade. The rotating direction of the grinder blade 56 is the counterclockwise direction indicated by the arrow in the figure. A through hole 561 is also provided in the central portion of the grinder blade 56, and the grinder blade 56 has a donut shape in plan view. Mounting holes 569 are also provided at intervals of 120 degrees in the circumferential direction. Using these mounting holes 569, the grinder blade 56 is non-rotatably fixed to the rotary base 59 shown in FIGS. 54(C) and 85(B).

The inner side of the edge 562 of the outermost periphery of the blade surface is a dish-shaped inclined surface 563 that becomes deeper toward the center.

FIG. 86(A) is a plan view of the grinder blade 56. FIG.

As shown in FIG. 86(A), a large number of blades 560 are provided on the inclined surface 563 . These blades 560 are linear and inclined upstream in the direction of rotation indicated by the arrows.

In addition, the inclined surface 563 has a plurality of (here, eight) smooth portions 564 on which the blades 560 are not provided. Also here, the smooth portion 564 may be referred to as an inner blade, and the portion outside the smooth portion 564 may be referred to as an outer blade.

FIG. 86B is a cross-sectional view showing the smooth portion 564. FIG.

Each smooth portion 564 becomes deeper toward the upstream side in the rotational direction indicated by an arrow in FIG. 86(A). As shown in FIG. It is a groove 5641 that extends linearly toward . This groove 5641 may be called a crushing blade, and eight crushing blades are provided. The smooth portion 564 is continuously provided in the circumferential direction with the groove 5641 (crushing blade) interposed therebetween. As shown in FIG. 86(A), the outer edge of each smooth portion (inner cutter) 564, ie, the inner edge of the outer cutter, is zigzag-shaped. That is, of the outer blades, a downstream portion 560a located before the groove 5641 when viewed in the direction of rotation indicated by the arrow is a combination of a long blade 5601 and a short blade 5602, and an upstream portion 560b is composed of two blades. It consists of a set of three blades 5603, 5604, 5605 of the same length. The length of the short blade 5602 of the portion 560a on the downstream side and the length of the blade 5603 positioned most downstream among the blades of the portion 560b on the upstream side are substantially the same. The length of the blade of the upstream portion 560b becomes shorter toward the upstream side.

The main mill unit 5BMu having the grinder blade 56 shown in FIG. 86 described above as a fixed blade and a rotary blade is prepared separately from the main mill unit 5BMu shown in FIG. 85, and two main mill units 5BMu are selected for the main body GMb. It is possible to easily prepare a coffee bean grinder GM equipped with fixed blades and rotary blades with different blade patterns. As a result, ground beans ground with different blade patterns can be easily obtained with one coffee bean grinder GM, and coffee beverages with different tastes can be easily enjoyed from the same roasted coffee beans. .

85(A), the rotary blade 58b shown in FIG. 85(B), and the grinder blade 56 shown in FIG. 86 are flat type blades. A grinder unit equipped with conical blades such as a fixed blade 57a and a rotary blade 58a of a top mill shown in FIG.

FIG. 87 shows the main mill unit 5BMu, the mill motor, the transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the mill motor, and the manual setting disk dial 695 from the coffee bean grinder GM in which the mill unit 5BMu is attached to the main body GMb shown in FIG. , and a perspective view showing the spring 699, the sensor board GM316, and the mechanical switch unit 600 extracted. In the perspective view of FIG. 87(A), the chute GM31 is located on the front right side, and the perspective view is seen from slightly above.

A spring 699 shown in FIG. 87A presses the manual setting disc dial 695 against the connecting dial 697 . As described above, when the manual setting disk dial 695 is placed on the connection dial 697, the gear (not shown) of the manual setting disk dial 695 and the connection gear 697g (see FIG. The rotating operation of the disk dial 695 is transmitted to the connecting dial 697, but if the manual setting disk dial 695 floats, the rotating operation of the manual setting disk dial 695 is not transmitted to the connecting dial 697. is pressed against the connecting dial 697 by a spring 699. A manual setting disk dial 695 and a spring 699 are arranged in the main body GMb.

A sensor board GM316 shown in FIG. 87A is a board on which a sensor for detecting the shoot GM31 is mounted. When the chute GM31 is opened in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. 52B with the rotation axis GM314 as the center of rotation, the sensor board GM316 outputs a signal indicating that the chute GM31 has not been detected. . The sensor board GM316 is also arranged in the main body GMb.

Further, FIG. 87A shows a transmission belt 552 and a transmission gear 553 as a transmission mechanism for transmitting the driving force of the mill motor 551 . A transmission belt 552 is wound between the rotating shaft 5511 of the main mill motor 551 and the transmission gear 553 , and the driving force of the main mill motor 551 is transmitted to the transmission gear 553 by the transmission belt 552 . The main mill motor 551, transmission belt 552 and transmission gear 553 are arranged in the main body GMb.

FIG. 87(B) is a perspective view in which the orientation is changed from that of FIG. 87(A), in which the chute GM31 is positioned on the far left side, and is a perspective view when viewed from slightly below.

As shown in FIG. 87(B), the body mounting frame 722 includes a cover portion 7221 that covers the bottom of the rotary blade case body 721, and an arm portion 7222 that extends from the cover portion 7221 toward the main mill motor 551 side. have. A bottom portion of the rotary blade case body 721 is covered with a cover portion 7221 of the main body mounting frame 722 , and the rotary blade case body 721 and the main body mounting frame 722 are connected by connecting bolts 723 .

A frame member (not shown) in which the fixed blade case body 711 is fitted is arranged in the main body GMb. The mechanical switch unit 600 shown in FIG. 87(B) is the mechanical switch unit 600 shown in FIGS. This mechanical switch unit 600 is attached to a frame member (not shown).

When the mill unit 5BMu is attached to the main body GMb, the mill unit 5BMu is applied from below and the fixed blade case body 711 is fitted into a frame member (not shown). corresponds to the mounting holes provided in the main body GMb. After that, a fixing screw 701 shown in FIGS. 80 and 81 is inserted through the tip portion, and the fixing screw 701 is tightened. The mill unit 5BMu is screwed to the main body GMb only by this fixing screw 701, but the frame member (not shown) is attached to the fixed blade case body 711 by 2/3 or more of the circumference excluding the chute GM31 mounting portion and the like. , and the fitting structure of the fixed blade case body 711 with the frame member is strong.

When the main mill unit 5BMu is attached to the main body GMb, the drive gear 550 on the unit side meshes with the transmission gear 553 on the main body side. As a result, the driving force generated by the main mill motor 551 is transmitted to the drive gear 550 via the transmission belt 552 and the transmission gear 553, and the drive gear 550 rotates to rotate the same rotation shaft as the rotation shaft 54b shown in FIG. Then, the rotary blade 58b fixed to the rotary shaft is driven to rotate. Therefore, the drive gear 550 and the same rotary shaft as the rotary shaft 54b shown in FIG. 32 serve as the power transmission portion mounted on the mill unit 5BMu.

As described above, in the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, the main mill motor 551, the transmission belt 552 and the transmission gear 553 are mounted on the main body GMb, and the manual setting disk dial 695 and the spring 699 are also mounted on the main body GMb. installed in the Therefore, even if the mill unit 5BMu is replaced, they can be used in common, thereby reducing the cost of the mill unit 5BMu. Further, the main mill unit GMb and the main mill unit 5BMu are separated from each other by a meshing portion such as the transmission gear 553 and the drive gear 550 and a meshing portion such as a gear (not shown) of the manual setting disk dial 695 and the coupling gear 697g. Therefore, the mill unit 5BMu can be reliably attached to the main body GMb simply by meshing these gears, and the operation of attaching the mill unit 5BMu is easy.

In the above description,
"Body [e.g., body GMb];
a grinder unit [e.g., main mill unit 5BMu] that grinds coffee beans between a first blade [e.g., fixed blade 57b] and a second blade [e.g., rotary blade 58b];
A spacing adjustment mechanism for adjusting the spacing between the first blade and the second blade [e.g., main mill spacing] [e.g., manual setting disk dial 695, connecting dial 697, worm wheel 691, fixed blade case body 711 and fixed blade unit 710],
A coffee machine comprising
The grinder unit is detachable from the main body,
The interval adjustment mechanism includes an operation unit (for example, a manual setting disk dial 695) for adjusting the interval according to the operation, and an interlocking unit (for example, a connection unit) that interlocks with the operation unit according to the operation of the operation unit. dial 697, worm wheel 691 and fixed blade unit 710],
The operation unit is provided on the main body,
The interlocking part is provided in the grinder unit,
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
explained.

In this coffee machine, if a plurality of grinder units having first blades and second blades with different patterns are prepared, the grinder units can be replaced with blades with different patterns. It is easier to replace the unit than to replace two blades such as the first blade and the second blade. Further, since the operation portion is provided on the main body, the operation portion can be used in common even if the unit is replaced, thereby suppressing an increase in the cost of the grinder unit.

Here, the first blade may be a fixed blade, and the second blade may be a rotary blade.

Also, the interval adjustment mechanism may be for manually adjusting the interval, and the operation section may be, for example, a rotary dial.

In addition, the main body has a drive source [for example, the main mill motor 551] for rotationally driving the second blade, and the grinder unit is connected to the drive source when attached to the main body. It may have a power transmission part [for example, the drive gear 550 and the same rotating shaft as the rotating shaft 54b shown in FIG. 32] for transmitting the power of the source to the second blade.

Also, the first blade and the second blade may be flat type or conical type. Furthermore, the first blade and the second blade may be arranged vertically or horizontally.

The grinder unit may be cantilevered and fixed to the main body. For example, the grinder unit may be fixed to the main body at one point by a fastening member, and all or part of the other points may be fitted into the main body.

The grinder unit may have a chute [eg a chute GM31] from which the ground beans come out.

again,
``The grinder unit includes a base member [eg, the base member 712 of the fixed blade unit 710] located on the opposite side of the second blade when viewed from the first blade [eg, the fixed blade 57b]; A threaded portion that meshes with the base member [eg, a female threaded portion 711s of the fixed blade case body 711], and a position regulating member [eg, a compression coil spring 716, an intermediate member, etc.] disposed between the first blade and the base member. 713] and
The base member comes into contact with and separates from the second blade by means of an engagement structure with the threaded portion [for example, an engagement structure between the male threaded portion 712s of the base member 712 and the female threaded portion 711s of the fixed blade case body 711]. It is movable in the direction of contact and separation,
The position regulating member regulates the position of the base member in the contact/separation direction,
The first blade is attached to the base member [for example, attached by a connecting bolt 714], and the position of the base member is regulated by the position regulating member, thereby regulating its own position. is a
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

By doing so, rattling due to backlash of the meshing structure is suppressed, the position of the first blade is less likely to change, and the gap adjusted by the gap adjusting mechanism is easily maintained faithfully.

It should be noted that the base member may be movable in the expansion/contraction direction of the space by means of an engagement structure with the threaded portion.

The biasing members may be circumferentially arranged at regular intervals between the first blade and the base member.

again,
``The position regulating member has an elastic body that expands and contracts in the contact and separation direction, and an intermediate member that is movable between the first blade and the base member,
The position of the intermediate member in the contact/separation direction is restricted by sandwiching the elastic body between the first blade and the base member,
The position of the base member in the contact/separation direction is also regulated by sandwiching the elastic body between the first blade and the base member.
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

Note that the elastic body may be a compression spring.

again,
``The grinder unit includes a first case body [e.g., fixed blade case body 711] to which the first blade is attached and a second case body to which the second blade is attached [e.g., a rotary blade case. body 721] and
The first case body and the second case body can be changed from the integrated state to the separated state without using a tool, and the separated state can be changed to the integrated state by using a tool. It can also be returned without being used [for example, the screwing structure of the combination female screw portion 7112 of the fixed blade case body 711 and the combination male screw portion 7211 of the rotary blade case body 721],
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

Since no tools are required, maintainability is improved.

The first case body and the second case body may be in an integrated state by being engaged with each other, or may be in an integrated state by being fitted together. , or may be in an integrated state by being screwed together.

Also, the first blade may be accommodated in the first case body, or may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of the first case body. The second blade may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of the second case body, or may be housed in the second case body.

Further, at least part of the interval adjusting mechanism [eg, fixed blade unit 710] may be provided in the first case body [eg, fixed blade case body 711].

again,
"The edge of the first blade can be touched when the first case body is separated from the second case body in a state of being attached to the first case body. ,
When the second blade is attached to the second case body and the second case body is separated from the first case body, the cutting edge can be touched.
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

According to this aspect, maintenance of the cutting edge can be easily performed.

The first blade is attached to the first case body, and if the first case body is separated from the second case body, the entire blade surface can be touched. It may be one that can be removed from the first case body.

Further, the second blade is attached to the second case body, and if the second case body is separated from the first case body, the entire blade surface can be touched. or it may be removable from the second case body.

again,
"The first case body and the second case body are separable in the extending direction of the rotation axis of the second blade [for example, the same rotation axis as the rotation axis 54b described using FIG. 32]. is a
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

The first case body and the second case body may be separable in the direction in which the gap [for example, the main mill gap] increases.

Also, in the above description,
"Body [e.g., body GMb];
a grinder unit [e.g., main mill unit 5BMu] that grinds coffee beans between a first blade [e.g., fixed blade 57b] and a second blade [e.g., rotary blade 58b];
a rotation drive mechanism for rotating the second blade;
a spacing adjustment mechanism that adjusts the spacing between the first blade and the second blade;
A coffee machine comprising
The rotation drive mechanism includes a drive source [for example, the main mill motor 551] that rotationally drives the second blade, and a first power transmission section [for example, a transmission belt 552 and a transmission gear 553] that transmits the power of the drive source. ], and a second power transmission unit that transmits the power transmitted from the first power transmission unit to the second blade [for example, the drive gear 550 and the same rotating shaft as the rotating shaft 54b shown in FIG. and
The interval adjusting mechanism has a gear portion [eg, the gear of the manual setting disc dial 695] and an interlocking portion [eg, the connecting dial 697, the worm wheel 691, and the fixed blade unit 710] that interlocks with the gear portion. and
The main body has the drive source, the first power transmission section, and the gear section, and is fitted with the grinder unit,
The grinder unit has the second power transmission portion and the interlocking portion, and is detachable from the main body,
When the grinder unit is fitted into the main body, the second power transmission section is connected to the first power transmission section, and the interlocking section is connected to the gear section.
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
"When the grinder unit [for example, the main mill unit 5BMu] is released from the main body [for example, the main body GMb], the connection between the second power transmission section and the first power transmission section is released. , the connection between the interlocking portion and the gear portion is also released,
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
``The grinder unit has an outlet [for example, the outlet GM311 of the chute GM31] through which ground beans ground between the first blade and the second blade flow down to the outside, and is fitted into the main body from below. and
The outlet is located below the connection position between the second power transmission section and the first power transmission section, and below the connection position between the interlocking section and the gear section. For example, FIG. 73],
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
"The body comprises a frame member,
The grinder unit includes a case body [for example, a rotary blade case body 721] that defines an outer shape, and is attached to the main body by a fitting structure between the case body and the frame member.
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
"The body is provided with mounting holes,
The grinder unit has an arm portion [for example, an arm portion 7222] extending in one direction below the case body,
When the case body is fitted into the frame member, the tip of the arm portion coincides with the mounting hole, and is fixed to the main body by a fixing screw (for example, a fixing screw 701) inserted into the mounting hole from the tip portion. is to be
A coffee machine characterized by: 』
also explained.

The configuration of the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment described above can be applied to the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment, and can also be applied to the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. can.

Next, a coffee machine system that includes a coffee machine that is the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, a terminal having a display screen such as a smartphone or a tablet computer, and a cloud server will be described. In the following description, the coffee bean grinder will be referred to as coffee machine GM. In this coffee machine system, the coffee machine GM and the terminal can communicate by short-range wireless communication for digital devices (for example, Bluetooth (registered trademark)), and the terminal and the cloud server are connected via a communication network such as the Internet. communication is possible. In order to reduce costs, the coffee machine GM of the second embodiment cannot be directly connected to the cloud server via a communication network.

FIG. 88 is a diagram showing a display screen of a terminal.

FIG. 88(C) shows the coffee machine system GMS. 88(C) shows a coffee machine GM of the same machine type as the coffee machine GM of the second embodiment shown in FIG. A coffee machine GM of the same machine type (hereinafter referred to as "B type") as the coffee machine GM of the first embodiment shown in 18 is shown. A display screen 181 of the terminal 18 is shown in a large size on the left side. A display screen 181 of the terminal 18 is a touch panel. Furthermore, a cloud server 19 connected to the terminal 18 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet is also shown. The connection between the terminal 18 and the coffee machine GM by short-range wireless communication is represented by an outline lightning bolt-shaped figure (a circled number 1 and a circled number 3 attached). ing. This short-range wireless communication allows interconnection with paired coffee machines.

The terminal 18 shown in FIG. 88 is installed with an application program dedicated to the coffee machine system GMS (hereinafter simply referred to as "dedicated application"), and the screen of the dedicated application is displayed on the display screen 181. . The dedicated application will be described later with reference to FIG. 94(B).

The display screen 181 of the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 88(A) displays the page when the dedicated application is activated for the first time. This page is an online mode page by short-range wireless communication. On the screen of the dedicated application, an icon relating to the communication status for each communication method is displayed on the upper bar 180a. A radio-wave icon 1801 on the far left is an icon representing the status of access to the Internet via Wi-Fi (registered trademark). In addition to Wi-Fi, it is possible to connect to the Internet via the network of a telecommunications carrier, and in this case, another icon is displayed. A radio-wave icon 1801 shown in FIG. 88A is not hatched, indicating that it is connected to the Internet via Wi-Fi. The second lightning bolt icon 1802 from the left is an icon representing the communication status of short-range wireless communication. The lightning bolt-shaped icon 1802 shown in FIG. It indicates that it is in progress. The third icon from the left is a mode icon 1803, which displays "online mode" when short-range wireless communication is performed, and "offline mode" when short-range wireless communication is not performed. is displayed. A notification icon 1804 shaped like a bell is displayed at the right end of the upper bar 180a. The notification icon 1804 shown in FIG. 88A does not display the mark 1804a (see FIG. 93B) indicating that the notification has arrived.

A registered machine list 1811 and a communicable machine list 1812 are displayed below the upper bar 180a. The registered machine list 1811 displays information on coffee machines GM already registered on the dedicated application. That is, the information of the paired coffee machine GM stored in the storage unit (ROM or the like) of the terminal 18 is displayed. Specifically, the machine type (for example, A type) and MAC (Media Access
Control address (eg 11.22.33.44.55) and machine serial number (eg M0001) are displayed. The communicable machine list 1812 displays information (machine type and MAC address of the coffee machine GM) of the coffee machine GM which is located within the short-range wireless communication range but has not yet been paired. .

Tap the lightning bolt icon 1802 without hatching to switch to offline mode.

FIG. 88B is a diagram showing the display screen 181 switched to offline mode. The mode icon 1803 is displayed as "offline mode", and the lightning bolt-shaped icon 1802 is hatched. On the other hand, the radio wave icon 1801 is not hatched. In the online mode, short-range wireless communication is not performed, but the Internet is connected. On the offline mode display screen 181, the registered machine list 1811 is displayed, but the communicable machine list 1812 is not displayed.

When the hatched lightning bolt icon 1802 is tapped, the mode is switched to online mode.

Four icons are displayed on the lower bar 180b on the dedicated application screen. The leftmost connection icon 1806 establishes pairing in short-range wireless communication with the coffee machine GM displayed in the communicable machine list 1812, or establishes pairing with the coffee machine GM displayed in the registered machine list 1811. It is an icon operated when canceling The target coffee machine is selected by tapping the display of the coffee machine GM in the registered machine list 1811 or the communicable machine list 1812, and the connection icon 1806 is tapped. The display screen 181 switches to a connection page (not shown). When a coffee machine GM displayed in the registered machine list 1811 is selected, the connection page displays the information of the coffee machine GM and displays a disconnection icon. is displayed. When this disconnection icon is tapped, the pairing with this terminal 18 is canceled, and the page at the time of initial activation shown in FIG. 88(A) returns. The coffee machine for which pairing has been canceled in this way is deleted from the registered machine list 1811 thereafter. On the other hand, when the coffee machine GM displayed in the communicable machine list 1812 is selected, pairing with this terminal 18 is established, and the information of the pairing destination coffee machine GM is displayed on the connection page. . The coffee machine for which pairing has been established in this way is added to the registered machine list 1811 thereafter.

A current status icon 1807 second from the left is an icon for executing acquisition of status information. A desired coffee machine GM is selected from the coffee machine GM displayed in the registered machine list 1811, and the display of the coffee machine GM (hereinafter referred to as "first selected machine") is tapped. Then, when the status icon 1807 is tapped in online mode, the display screen 181 displays the status page of the first selected machine.

A status page is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 88(C). Also, as described above, FIG. 88(C) shows the A type coffee machine GM, the B type coffee machine GM and the cloud server 19 included in the coffee machine system GMS.

FIG. 89 is a diagram showing exchange of various information in the coffee machine system GMS executed by tapping the current status icon 1807 displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 in the online mode.

This FIG. 89 also shows the coffee machine GM, the terminal 18, and the cloud server 19 included in the coffee machine system GMS.

Information handled by the coffee machine system GMS includes "status information", "operation cumulative value", "operation history" and "abnormality history" of the coffee machine GM.

The "state information" of the coffee machine GM includes the operating states of the coffee machine GM shown in FIG. Insufficient condition state, bean clogging state and abnormal state), setting value information of the coffee machine GM (for example, setting value of chaff fan 60A1, information such as main mill interval (bean grain size setting value), etc.), operation mode information ( normal mode, cupping mode), sensor information (for example, the current value of the top mill motor, the number of rotation pulses per unit time of the chaff fan motor 60A2, etc.), the state information of the operation unit (state information of the grind button 150, reverse rotation button GM52 status information), count value information of various counters (for example, information such as count value of G counter), status information of various flags (for example, status information of upper limit threshold reached flag, status information of air cooling fan abnormality flag, etc.) , machine installation environment information (for example, ambient temperature, ambient humidity, etc.), alarm information, and the like. The coffee machine GM can output these "status information" to the terminal 18 in response to a request from the terminal 18.

In addition, the coffee machine GM manages various cumulative operation values. The "accumulated operation value" of the coffee machine GM includes the cumulative energization time, top mill motor driving time, main mill motor driving time, top mill motor bean grinding time, main mill motor bean grinding time, top mill motor bean grinding amount, and main mill motor bean grinding time. The amount of grinding, the number of grinder operations, chaff fan separation driving time, air cooling fan driving time, the number of times the power is turned on, the degree of wear of the main mill blade, and the like. The "operation cumulative value" is stored in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM. Output is possible.

The "operation history" of the coffee machine GM is log information recorded in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM each time the coffee machine GM finishes the grind process. That is, the operation history is recorded based on the operation of the grind button 150 determined in the determination process in step Sg340 shown in FIG. When recording the operation history, each index is recorded by assigning a management number called an index (0 to a predetermined number) in association with the date and time. The date and time may be those of the start timing of the grind processing or the end timing of the grind processing. The larger the index number, the newer the operation history. When the predetermined number is recorded, it returns to 0 and is overwritten. Specific examples of "operation history" include top mill motor driving time, main mill motor driving time, chaff fan driving time, air cooling fan driving time, top mill motor bean grinding time, main mill motor bean grinding time, top mill motor bean grinding time Grind amount, main mill motor grind amount, main mill interval (granularity of ground beans), chaff fan setting value, chaff fan strength (PWM value), ambient temperature, ambient humidity, presence/absence of origin adjustment of main mill blade, main mill Blade wear and the like can be mentioned.

The "abnormality history" of the coffee machine GM is a log recorded in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM in association with the detection date and time each time the processing unit 11a of the coffee machine GM detects an abnormal state. Information. The "abnormality history" is also recorded with an index different from that of the "operation history". The abnormal state includes the abnormal state detected in various abnormality detection processes such as step Sg211 (for example, RAM abnormality, motor current value abnormality during non-driving, etc.), and the top mill motor current during driving determined in step Sg352. Examples include a state in which the value is abnormal (abnormal state of clogged beans) and an abnormal state in the air cooling fan determined in step Sg338a.

The status information regarding the state and situation of the coffee machine GM includes "status information" and "accumulated operation value", and the history information includes "operation history" and "abnormality history". Further, the individual device information for each coffee machine GM includes status information and history information.

When the first selected machine is specified and the current status icon 1807 is tapped on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18, as shown in FIG. Type A coffee machine GM) is connected by short-range wireless communication, and "state information", "operation cumulative value", "operation history" and "abnormality history" are acquired from the first selected machine. First, the terminal 18 sends a state update request command to the first selected machine, and in response to this command, the first selected machine sends the current "state information" to the terminal 18 . The terminal updates the display contents of the status page on the display screen 181 based on the "state information" transmitted from the first selected machine. Next, the terminal 18 transmits an operation cumulative value request command to the first selected machine, and in response to this command, the first selected machine transmits to the terminal 18 the "operation cumulative value" up to now. In the terminal 18, the "operation cumulative value" transmitted from the first selected machine is stored in the storage section 186 (see FIG. 94(A)).

In the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 88(C), the lightning bolt-shaped icon 1802 is not hatched, and the mode icon 1803 indicates "online mode". The display screen 181 displays an operating state display 1821 indicating the current operating state of the first selected machine. This operating state display 1821 is displayed based on the operating state information included in the "state information". Below the operating state display 1821, a number of grinds display 1822 is displayed. This number-of-grinds display 1822 is displayed based on the information of the number of grinder operations included in the "accumulated operation value". Various parameter displays 1823 are displayed below the number of grinds display 1822 . The temperature and humidity are displayed based on the machine installation environment information included in the "state information", and the granularity is displayed based on the main mill interval of the set value information included in the "state information". , the chaff fan set value is displayed based on the set value of the chaff fan 60A1 in the set value information. The various parameter display 1823 can be scrolled vertically, and other parameters are displayed by scrolling.

FIG. 90(A) is a diagram showing display screen 181 on which an abnormal state detail page is displayed by tapping the detailed display of operation state display 1821 shown in FIG. 88(C).

From this abnormal state detail page, it is possible to confirm the cause of the abnormal state. In this example, it can be seen that the causes are the RAM abnormality and the abnormality of the top mill motor current value during driving.

FIG. 90(B) is a view showing the display screen 181 on which the action information detail page is displayed by tapping the next page display icon 1822a of the number of grinds display 1822 shown in FIG. 88(C).

From this operation information detail page, you can check the number of grinds up to the present day, top mill motor drive time, main mill motor drive time, and chaff fan motor drive time. These pieces of information are also displayed based on the information included in the "accumulated operation value", and all of them are the accumulated values of the day.

Returning to FIG. 89, the description continues. The terminal 18 that has received the "operation cumulative value" then transmits an operation history request command to the first selected machine. Send to terminal 18 . The terminal 18 stores the transmitted "operation history" in the storage unit 186 for each machine. At this time, the same operation history index as that of the first selected machine is added and stored for each index. The operation history request command is a command for requesting the "operation history" of an index newer than the latest stored index for operation history. is sent to the terminal 18. For example, if the operation history request command is a command that requests the "operation history" of the index newer than the index 123, and only the "operation history" of the index 123 is stored in the storage unit 11b of the first selected machine, It transmits to the terminal 18 that there is no "operation history" for the corresponding index. On the other hand, when the “operation history” up to index 130 is stored in the storage unit 11 b of the first selected machine, the “operation history” of indexes 124 to 130 are transmitted to the terminal 18 . As a result, the terminal 18 stores only the latest "operation history" stored in the first selected machine and the difference between the "operation history" and the "operation history" stored in the storage unit 186 so far. will be saved to

The terminal 18 that has received the "operation history" then transmits an error history request command to the first selected machine. Send to 18. The terminal 18 stores the transmitted "abnormality history" in the storage unit 186 for each machine. At this time, the same abnormality history index as that of the first selected machine is added and stored for each index. The error history request command is a command for requesting the "error history" of an index newer than the latest index for the error history currently stored. is sent to the terminal 18. As a result, the terminal 18 stores only the difference in the "abnormality history" between the latest "abnormality history" saved in the first selected machine and the "abnormality history" previously saved in the storage unit 186. It will be stored in section 186 .

After completing the acquisition of the abnormality history, the terminal 18 disconnects the short-range wireless communication with the first selected machine.

Although the terminal 18 acquires information from the first selected machine in the order of "status information", "accumulated operation value", "operation history", and "abnormality history", the order is not limited to this order.

Next, the terminal 18 connects to the cloud server 19 via the Internet, and uploads to the cloud server 19 the information acquired through the short-range wireless communication with the first selected machine and stored in the storage unit 186 . That is, the terminal 18 uploads the "operation cumulative value" to the cloud server 19 without communicating with the coffee machine GM, then uploads only the difference of the "operation history", and finally uploads the "abnormality history". Upload diffs only. The uploaded “operation cumulative value”, “operation history” difference, and “abnormality history” difference are distinguished for each coffee machine GM and stored in the storage unit of the cloud server 19 .

A plurality of terminals may be included in the coffee machine system GMS of the present embodiment, and each of the plurality of terminals can individually perform short-range wireless communication with the coffee machine GM. That is, each of the plurality of terminals can perform short-range wireless communication with the coffee machine GM at different timings. As a result, a situation may arise in which the “operation history” and “abnormality history” have already been uploaded from another terminal 18 to the cloud server 19 . Since the terminal 18 and the cloud server 19 are both managed using a common index, such a situation can be grasped, and in this case, the "operation history" and " "Abnormality history" is not uploaded, and only the so-called difference information that has not been uploaded yet is uploaded. For example, the own terminal 18 receives both the second information, which is the most recent "operation history" information, and the first information, which is the previous "operation history" information, from the first selected machine. If the first information has already been uploaded to the cloud server 19 from another terminal 18, the own terminal 18 uploads only the second information to the cloud server 19. - 特許庁

In addition, it is also possible to download the "operation history" etc. uploaded from the own terminal to the cloud server 19 on another's terminal 18, and the downloaded "operation history" etc. can be displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 of the other person. It is possible to refer to

The cloud server 19 cuts off the Internet connection with the terminal 18 when the storage in the storage unit is completed.

Although the terminal 18 uploads to the cloud server 19 in the order of the "operation cumulative value", the "operation history" difference, and the "abnormality history" difference, the order is not limited to this order.

In FIG. 88(C), the connection using short-range wireless communication between the terminal 18 and the coffee machine GM of type A shown in the upper right, which is the first selected machine, is represented by the number 1 enclosed in a circle, and the terminal 18 and the Internet The connection with the cloud server 19 via is represented by the number 2 enclosed in a circle.

The terminal 18 performs pairing in short-range wireless communication by combining a series of information transfer such as acquisition of various information from the coffee machine GM shown in FIG. 89 and uploading of a part of the acquired information to the cloud server 19 is established, this set is repeated for each coffee machine GM. This set of repetitions continues while the status page is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 . That is, the above set is repeated unless the page is moved to another page. Even if the "state information" and "operation cumulative value" of the coffee machines GM other than the first selected machine are acquired, the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 continues to display the status page of the first selected machine. After acquiring information from all coffee machines GM with which pairing has been established, the terminal 18 acquires information from the first selected machine again, and the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 displays the newly acquired "state information". and "operating cumulative value".

Next to the first selected machine, the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 88(C) starts acquiring various information from the type B coffee machine GM shown in the lower right, which is different from the first selected machine. In FIG. 88(C), the connection between the terminal 18 and the type B coffee machine GM using short-range wireless communication is represented by the number 3 enclosed in a circle, and the coffee machine system GMS shown in FIG. Now connect in the order of the circled numbers.

The coffee machine GM can only communicate with the terminal 18 on a one-to-one basis. For this reason, while the dedicated application is running, the terminal 18 repeatedly requests the coffee machine GM to connect, and when it connects and obtains necessary information, it immediately disconnects from the coffee machine GM. By disconnecting immediately, the coffee machine GM can respond to a connection request from another terminal. It should be noted that once a connection is established with a certain terminal 18 and then disconnected, reconnection with that certain terminal 18 may be disabled for a predetermined period of time (for example, 10 seconds).

In addition, the coffee machine GM forcibly disconnects the short-range wireless communication with the terminal 18 when no command is transmitted from the terminal 18 for a predetermined period of time (for example, 3 minutes). If a certain terminal 18 fails, commands may not be transmitted from that certain terminal 18 . Also, the certain terminal 18 does not disconnect from the coffee machine GM. In this case, the other terminals have no choice but to wait until the connection between the certain terminal 18 and the coffee machine GM is terminated. If the coffee machine GM side can forcibly cut short-range wireless communication with a certain terminal 18, it is possible to prevent a state in which communication with other terminals is impossible forever.

In the coffee machine system GMS of this embodiment, a plurality of people (for example, staff members in the same store) connect to one coffee machine GM, and update the recorded information in the dedicated application in each terminal to the latest information. . By doing so, it becomes possible for a plurality of people to share the current state and history information of one coffee machine GM.

Return to the page shown in FIG. 88(A), select a coffee machine GM other than the first selected machine from among the coffee machine GMs displayed in the registered machine list 1811, and select that coffee machine GM (hereinafter referred to as "second If the current status icon 1807 is tapped again after tapping the display of the second selected machine, the status page of the second selected machine is displayed on the display screen 181 .

It should be noted that the display screen 181 may display the display contents of the status page of the first selected machine and the display contents of the status page of the second selected machine at the same time. By doing so, the current state of the two coffee machines GM can be compared. Also, in the registered machine list 1811, not only two but also three or more coffee machines GM can be selected, and the display screen 181 can display the current status of three or more coffee machines GM at the same time. good too.

Also, even in the offline mode, when the current status icon 1807 is tapped, the display screen 181 displays the status page of the first selected machine.

FIG. 91 shows a display screen 181 displaying the status page of the first selected machine in offline mode.

In the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 91, the lightning bolt-shaped icon 1802 is hatched, and the mode icon 1803 indicates "offline mode". In the offline mode, short-range wireless communication with the coffee machine GM cannot be performed, so the terminal 18 cannot obtain the "state information" and the "accumulated operation value" of the first selected machine. Therefore, in the operation state display 1821, a circular frame display 1821a is displayed with double lines, and nothing is displayed inside. Also, the number of grinds display 1822 displays a bar symbol instead of the number of times, and the various parameter display 1823 also displays a bar symbol instead of a numerical value.

In addition, in FIG. 91, a white lightning bolt-shaped figure representing connection by short-range wireless communication is crossed out to indicate a non-connection state. On the other hand, the terminal 18 can be connected to the cloud server 19 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet.

The rightmost history icon 1809 in the lower bar 180b displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 is displayed on the display screen 181 as "operation This is an icon for displaying history information based on "History" and "Abnormality History". When this history icon 1809 is tapped, the log page of the coffee machine GM already registered on the dedicated application is displayed on the display screen 181 .

A log page is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 90(C). Also, FIG. 90(C) shows the A-type coffee machine GM and the cloud server 19 included in the coffee machine system GMS. The cloud server 19 is connected to the terminal 18 via a communication network 15 such as the Internet. While the log page is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18, short-range wireless communication with the coffee machine GM is turned off (disconnected). In FIG. 90(C), a white lightning bolt-shaped figure representing connection by short-range wireless communication is crossed out to indicate a non-connection state. On the other hand, the terminal 18 can be connected to the cloud server 19 via the communication network 15 such as the Internet.

On the log page, a registered machine selection field 1831 is displayed at the top, a log type selection field 1832 is displayed below that, and a search period input field 1833 is displayed below that. The storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 stores information of the coffee machine GM for which pairing has been established. The registered machine selection field 1831 is a pull-down menu, and a list of serial numbers of coffee machines GM stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 is displayed in the pull-down menu. The log type selection field 1832 is also a pull-down menu, and either one of "abnormality history" and "grind history" can be selected. The "abnormality history" that can be selected in the log type selection field 1832 is the above-described "abnormality history" recorded in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM. It is also recorded in the storage unit 186 of No. 18. The "grind history" that can be selected in the log type selection field 1832 includes the product numbers of the main mill blades (the fixed blade 57b and the rotary blade 58b) in the above-mentioned "operation history" recorded in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM. (a number indicating the type and shape of the blade), an evaluation and a comment to be described later, and are recorded in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 and the storage unit of the cloud server 19 . A search period input field 1833 is a field for inputting a history period desired to be displayed in a history list display section 1835 prepared at the bottom of the log page.

An update icon 1836 is displayed between the search period input field 1833 and the history list display portion 1835 . When the update icon 1836 is tapped after the selection in the registered machine selection field 1831 and the log type selection field 1832 is completed and the input in the search period input field 1833 is completed, the history that satisfies the conditions specified in these three fields is displayed. If the information is already stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18, the history information is read out from the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 and displayed on the history list display unit 1835 in one line per case. On the other hand, if history information that satisfies the conditions specified in these three fields is not stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18, the terminal 18 is connected to the cloud server 19 via the Internet and the storage unit of the cloud server 19 is accessed. history information that satisfies the conditions specified in these three fields is stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 and displayed in the history list display unit 1835 in one line per item.

The terminal 18 shown in FIG. 90(C) is in online mode, but even in offline mode, the log page is displayed, and when the update icon 1836 is tapped, a The history information is read out and displayed in the history list display unit 1835, or if it is not stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18, it is connected to the cloud server 19 via the Internet and the history is read from the storage unit of the cloud server 19. Information is acquired, and the acquired history information is stored in the storage unit 186 of the terminal 18 and displayed on the history list display unit 1835 .

Under the history list display portion 1835, a forward icon 1836a and a backward icon 1836b are displayed. In the history list display section 1835, older history information is displayed higher. When the forward icon 1836a is tapped once, the history information on the top line disappears, and new history information next to the history information displayed on the bottom line is newly displayed on the bottom line. be done. Also, when the back icon 1836b is tapped once, the history information on the bottom line disappears, and the history information one older than the history information displayed on the top line until then is displayed on the top line. Newly displayed.

On the log page in FIG. 90C, "Abnormality history" is selected, and the history list display area 1835 displays the date and time when the abnormality occurred, and the date and time of occurrence of the abnormality. type is displayed. By tapping the next page display icon 1835a displayed at the right end of each line, an abnormality history detail page (not shown) is displayed, and more detailed information can be obtained.

FIG. 92(A) is a diagram showing a display screen 181 displaying a log page in which "grind history" is selected.

In the history list display portion 1835 of the log page in FIG. 92(A), as history information of "grind history", the date and time when the grind was performed line by line, the setting value of the chaff fan, the main mill interval (granularity of ground beans), and the product number of the fixed blade and rotary blade of this mill are displayed. Also, an evaluation column 1835b is provided on the right side thereof. In the grind history in the bottom line of the history list display portion 1835 of the log page in FIG. be. Moreover, the evaluation column 1835b is blank, and the evaluation has not yet been performed.

A grind history detail page is displayed by tapping the next page display icon 1835a displayed at the right end of each line.

FIG. 92B is a diagram showing the display screen 181 on which the grind history detail page is displayed.

The grind history detail page shown in FIG. 92(B) is a page displayed by tapping the next page display icon 1835a on the bottom line in the history list display portion 1835 of the log page shown in FIG. 92(A). be.

On the grind history details page, in addition to the date and time when the grind was performed, the set value of the chaff fan, the interval of the main mill and the product number of the fixed and rotary blades of the main mill (main mill blade), the ambient temperature, Ambient humidity and mill motor drive time are also displayed. In addition to the evaluation, comments are also displayed.

On this grind history detail page, it is possible to enter the product number, evaluation, and comment of the main mill blade. An input field 1837 for the product number of the main mill blade is a pull-down menu. Multiple types of product numbers for this mill blade are registered in advance on the dedicated application.

An evaluation input field 1838 is also a pull-down menu.

Authorization is required to enter the product number, evaluation, and comment of the mill blade. The authority should be given to the person who performed the grind included in the "operation history" when the "operation history" is recorded in the storage unit 11b of the coffee machine GM. For example, a password may be given as authority. The password may be an index number. The operator of the terminal 18 can know the password when the terminal 18 acquires the "operation history", which has been described with reference to FIG. A password is required for those entering on this grind history detail page. The person who performs the input inputs after answering the password that was known when the operation history was acquired. Only when the password matches, the pull-down in the pull-down menu is enabled. The product number of the main mill blade is entered by selecting the product number of the main mill blade from the pull-down menu. An evaluation is entered by selecting either a circle mark or a cross mark from a pull-down menu. The evaluation here is an evaluation regarding grinding (for example, evaluation regarding ground beans and evaluation regarding coffee machine GM (grinding device 5)). A mark is selected on the grind history detail page shown in FIG. 92(B). A comment is entered by entering a comment on the grind in the comment entry field 1839 . Input to the comment input field 1839 is permitted only when the passwords match. In this example, comments about the taste of the coffee beverage extracted from the ground beans are input, but there are cases where comments about the operability of the grinder 5 of the coffee machine GM are input.

In the coffee machine system GMS that includes only the A type coffee machine GM as the coffee machine GM, the A type coffee machine GM does not have an input means for cost reduction, and the items entered on the grind history details page are , can only be entered on the grind history details page. The information entered on the grind history detail page is uploaded to the cloud server 19 via the Internet by tapping the upload icon 1830 provided at the bottom right of the page. The cloud server 19 stores the uploaded information by adding it to the storage area of the corresponding "operation history" index. As a result, it is also possible to download information such as the product number, evaluation, and comments of the mill blade uploaded to the cloud server 19 from one's own terminal to another person's terminal 18. It can be referred to on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 .

The input field by pull-down menu may be an input field by direct input, and conversely, the input field by direct input may be an input field by pull-down menu.

In the coffee machine system GMS of the present embodiment, for example, even when the owner of the terminal 18 is away from the store where the coffee machine GM is installed, the owner of the terminal 18 can connect to the cloud server 19 via the Internet, The grind history saved in the cloud server 19 can be referred to.

Next, the second setting icon 1808 from the right in the lower bar 180b displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 will be described.

The dedicated application has a notification function. A setting icon 1808 is an icon used when setting the notification function. When the setting icon 1808 is tapped, a notification setting page (not shown) is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 . On the notification setting page, it is possible to select whether or not to allow each notification.

FIG. 93A is a table summarizing notification timing and notification contents for each notification.

Each notification is a notification of the result of judgment processing based on "state information", "accumulated operation value", "operation history" and "abnormality history" obtained from the coffee machine GM, or guidance according to the result of the judgment processing Or it may be a warning.

The “main body cleaning” notification is the result of determination by the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 (see FIG. 94A) of the number of grinder operations included in the acquired “operation cumulative value”. Every time the grinder operates a predetermined number of times (for example, every 10 times), a notification such as "Please clean the main body" is issued on the dedicated application. Note that the predetermined number of times may be set on a notification setting page (not shown).

The notification of "login" is "Mr. A has connected to ○○○○○" when there is a connection from the terminal 18 to the coffee machine GM by short-range wireless communication as described with reference to FIG. Such notification is made on the dedicated application. ○○○○○ is the serial number attached to each coffee machine GM.

The “abnormality” notification is based on the abnormal state of the coffee machine GM included in the acquired “abnormality history”. The notification of this "abnormality" is made on the dedicated application such as "XX abnormality has occurred".

The "bean jam" notification is determined to be an abnormal value by the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 based on the current value of the top mill motor, which is one of the sensor information included in the acquired "abnormality history". It will be a notification of the case. In this case, a notification such as "bean jam has occurred" is given on the dedicated application.

Notification of "main mill interval" is based on the value of main mill interval included in the most recent "operation history" acquired and the value of main mill interval included in the previous "operation history" This is a notification when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that the main mill interval has been changed. For example, a notification such as "This mill interval setting has been changed from 2-2 to 3-4" is made on the dedicated application. "2-2" is the scale notation of the manual setting disk dial 695 before change, and "3-4" is the scale notation of the manual setting disk dial 695 after change. For example, a display of "3-4" means that the manual setting disc 695 is set to the 4th minor division between the 3rd major division and the 4th major division.

Notification of "chaff fan setting value" is based on the setting value of the chaff fan included in the latest "operation history" acquired and the setting value of the chaff fan included in the previous "operation history". Based on this, the notification is made when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that the setting value of the chaff fan has been changed. For example, a notification such as "The set value of the chaff fan has been changed from 1 to 3" is issued on the dedicated application. The display of "1→3" means that the set value has been changed from 1 to 3.

In addition, in notifications such as "main mill interval" notification and "chaff fan setting value" notification, the current information included in the "status information" and the past information included in the "operation history" The determination may be made by comparison.

The notification of "blade replacement" is based on the part number of the main mill blade included in the acquired "operation history" when the part number of the main mill blade is entered on the grind history details page shown in Fig. 92(B). This is a notification when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that the main mill blades (fixed blade 57b and rotary blade 58b) have been changed. In this case, a notification such as "The blade has been replaced. Please adjust the origin" is issued on the dedicated application.

The notification of "origin adjustment" is given when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that the origin adjustment has been performed based on the history of whether or not the origin of the mill blade has been adjusted, which is included in the acquired "operation history". be notified. In this case, a notification such as "the origin has been adjusted" is given on the dedicated application.

The "blade update" notification is sent by the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 based on the main mill motor bean grinding time included in the acquired "operation cumulative value". will be notified when it is determined to be necessary. For example, when the main mill motor grinds beans for more than 1000 hours, it is determined that the blade needs to be replaced. In this case, a notification such as "It is time to replace the blade, please contact maintenance support" is issued on the dedicated application. The mill motor grinding time is calculated from the driving time of the mill motor, which includes the time for idling and the time for grinding beans. It is a value calculated by the processing section 11a of the coffee machine GM based on the difference.

The "overhaul" notification is a notification when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that maintenance of the entire machine is necessary based on the cumulative power-on time included in the acquired "accumulated operation value". In this case, a notification such as "Maintenance is required. Please contact maintenance support." is issued on the dedicated application. For example, when the cumulative power-on time exceeds 36000 hours, it is determined that maintenance of the entire machine is required.

The notification of "chaff fan motor replacement" is given when the processing unit 185 of the terminal 18 determines that the chaff fan motor needs to be replaced based on the chaff fan separation drive time included in the acquired "operation cumulative value". will be notified. In this case, a notification such as "It is time to replace the chaff fan motor. Please contact maintenance support." is issued on the dedicated application. Note that the correction value of the PWM value of the chaff fan motor described using FIG. You may make it notify when it determines.

When the various notifications described above are made, a notification icon 1804 resembling a bell displayed at the right end of the upper bar 180a displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 is a mark indicating that the notification has arrived. 1804a is displayed. A notification page is displayed on the display screen 181 of the terminal 18 when the notification icon 1804 displaying the mark 1804a is tapped.

FIG. 93B is a diagram showing display screen 181 on which a notification page is displayed.

A notification list display portion 1841 is displayed on the notification page shown in FIG. 93(B). A type icon is displayed at the left end of the notification list display portion 1841 . In the top row, a warning icon 1841a is displayed, and a notification of "abnormality of beans clogging has occurred" is displayed as a notification of "abnormality" together with the date and time when the abnormality was detected. . Note that the abnormal state of bean clogging is an abnormal state that is shifted to when it is detected in step Sg529 shown in FIG. 78 that the reverse rotation retry counter has reached a predetermined value.

A warning icon 1841b is displayed in the second line from the top of the notification list display portion 1841, and a notification of "bean jam" is displayed together with the date and time when the bean jam was detected. As described above, the jam may be eliminated by the reverse rotation of the top mill motor.

A caution icon 1841b is also displayed in the third row from the top of the notification list display portion 1841, and a notification of "chaff fan set value" is displayed.

Guidance icons 1841c are displayed in the lower two rows of the notification list display portion 1841, both of which display the notification of "login".

In addition, in the upper right of the notification list display portion 1841, a collective deletion icon 1842 is displayed that allows collective deletion of the notifications displayed in the notification list display portion 1841. FIG. Note that the notifications displayed in the notification list display portion 1841 can be individually deleted.

In the above description,
"A coffee machine [e.g. coffee machine GM] equipped with a grinder [e.g. grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans,
A coffee machine system comprising a terminal [e.g., terminal 18] having a display [e.g., display screen 181] and capable of communicating with the coffee machine,
The coffee machine stores status information representing the state of the grinder [for example, information including "state information" and "accumulated operation value"],
The terminal obtains, from the coffee machine, first status information representing the state of the coffee machine at a first timing, and displays on the display unit a first display based on the first status information [for example, FIG. status page shown in 88(C)],
The terminal is capable of acquiring, from the coffee machine, second status information representing a state of the coffee machine at a second timing after the first timing, and acquiring the second status information and updating the display on the display unit from the first display to a second display based on the second status information [eg, coffee machine system GMS]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine system, the state of the coffee machine at different timings such as the first timing and the second timing can be grasped on the display section of the terminal.

FIG. 94A is a diagram showing the configuration of the terminal 18. As shown in FIG.

The processing unit 185 shown in FIG. 94A includes, for example, a CPU, and controls the terminal 18 in an integrated manner. The operation of the terminal 18 according to the present embodiment is realized, for example, by the processing unit 185 loading a program stored in the storage unit 186 into the memory 187 and executing the program. The memory 187 is also used as a working memory for the CPU of the processing unit 185 . The storage unit 186 stores an operating system (OS) 186a, which is a basic control program for operating the terminal 18, various application programs 186b including dedicated applications, data, parameters, and the like. In addition, various databases 186c are constructed in the storage unit 186. FIG. Examples include a database of "operation history" recorded with an index, and a database of "abnormality history" recorded with an index different from the index of the operation history.

A communication interface (I/F) 188 is configured according to the medium of a communication network such as short-range wireless communication or the Internet. A display screen 181 of a touch panel is composed of the display section 181a and the operation section 181b.

Each unit 185 to 188 shown in FIG. 94(A) is connected to each other via a bus 189.

FIG. 94(B) is a schematic diagram showing an outline of an application program (dedicated application) dedicated to the coffee machine system GMS installed in the storage section 186 shown in FIG. 94(A).

This dedicated application 1861 comprises an acquisition section 1861a, a determination section 1861b, a display control section 1861c, an upload section 1861d and a download section 1861e.

The terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A) has a display unit 181 which can communicate with the coffee machine GM equipped with a grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans shown in FIG. 94(B). A coffee machine system program (dedicated application shown in FIG. 94(B)) installed in the terminal 18,
on said terminal,
an acquisition unit 1861a for acquiring, from the coffee machine, first status information representing the state of the coffee machine at a first timing;
a display control unit 1861c that causes the display unit to display a first display based on the first status information;
The acquisition unit 1861a is capable of acquiring, from the coffee machine, second status information representing the state of the coffee machine at a second timing after the first timing,
When the acquisition unit acquires the second status information, the display control unit 1861c updates the display on the display unit from the first display to a second display based on the second status information. A program for a coffee machine system characterized by: ' is installed.

FIG. 94(C) is a flow chart showing the flow of the status information display method executed by the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A).

In the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A), the status information display based on the status information indicating the state of the grinder in the coffee machine GM including the grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans shown in FIG. 94(C) A status information display method for displaying on a display unit,
a first obtaining step St10 for obtaining, from the coffee machine, first status information representing the state of the coffee machine at a first timing;
a display step St11 for causing the display unit to display a first display based on the first status information acquired in the first acquisition step;
a second acquisition step St12 for acquiring from the coffee machine second status information representing the state of the coffee machine at a second timing after the first timing;
and an update step St13 for updating the first display displayed on the display unit to a second display based on the second status information acquired in the second acquisition step. How to display status information. ' is being executed.

again,
"including a plurality of said coffee machines,
The coffee machine, wherein the terminal is capable of displaying, on the display unit, a display based on the status information for each of the plurality of coffee machines [for example, a first selected machine and a second selected machine]. system. 』
also explained.

again,
``The terminal displays, on the display unit, a display based on the status information of one of the plurality of coffee machines [for example, the type A coffee machine GM shown in the upper right of FIG. 88(C)]. status information of the other coffee machine among the plurality of coffee machines [for example, the type B coffee machine GM shown in the lower right of FIG. 88(C)]. A coffee machine system characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
``The terminal is capable of displaying, on the display unit, a display based on status information of one or a plurality of coffee machines selected from among the plurality of coffee machines [e.g., a first selected machine and a second selected machine]. A coffee machine system characterized by: 』
also explained.

Further, the display control section 1861c shown in FIG. 94(B) may be capable of causing the display section to display a display based on the status information for each of the plurality of coffee machines.

In addition, the obtaining unit 1861a shown in FIG. 94(B), in a state where the display unit displays the display based on the status information of one of the plurality of coffee machines, It may also be possible to obtain status information from other coffee machines of the machines.

Further, the display control unit 1861c shown in FIG. 94(B) can cause the display unit to display a display based on the status information of one or a plurality of coffee machines selected from among the plurality of coffee machines. can be anything.

Further, the display step St11 shown in FIG. 94(C) may be a step that allows the display section to display a display based on the status information for each of the plurality of coffee machines.

Further, the display step St11 shown in FIG. 94(C) is a step capable of causing the display section to display a display based on the status information of one or a plurality of coffee machines selected from among the plurality of coffee machines. may be

In the above description,
"A coffee machine [e.g. coffee machine GM] equipped with a grinder [e.g. grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans,
A coffee machine system comprising a terminal [e.g., terminal 18] having a display [e.g., display screen 181] and capable of communicating with the coffee machine,
The coffee machine stores individual device information about the coffee machine,
The individual equipment information includes status information representing the state of the grinder [for example, information including "status information" and "accumulated operation value"] and history information of the grinder [for example, "operation history" and "abnormality history". information containing],
The terminal acquires the individual device information from the coffee machine, and performs determination processing based on the acquired individual device information [for example, determination processing of the number of times of cleaning for notification of “main body cleaning”, notification of “abnormality” Therefore, determination processing whether an abnormal state is included in the operating state of the coffee machine GM in the "status information", determination whether the current value of the top mill motor for notification of "bean clogging" is an abnormal value processing, determination processing whether the main mill interval has been changed for notification of "main mill interval", determination processing whether the chaff fan setting value for notification of "chaff fan setting value" has been changed, " Judgment processing of whether the main mill blade has been changed for notification of "blade replacement", judgment processing of whether the cumulative energization time for notification of "overhaul" exceeds a predetermined time, processing of "replacement of chaff fan motor" Judgment processing for determining whether the chaff fan separation drive time for notification exceeds a predetermined time],
A coffee machine system characterized in that the terminal displays a result of the determination process [for example, a notice list display part 1841 on the notice page shown in FIG. 93(B)] on the display unit [for example, , coffee machine system GMS]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine system, since the terminal performs the determination process and displays the result of the determination process on the display unit, the individual device information regarding the coffee machine is effectively used.

The determination process may be, for example, a process for determining whether maintenance of the coffee machine is necessary, or whether the coffee machine is in an abnormal state (a state in which a failure or an error has occurred). It may be a determination process of whether or not, or a determination process of whether or not the setting of the coffee machine has been changed.

In addition, the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A) has a display unit 181 capable of communicating with a coffee machine GM equipped with a grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans shown in FIG. 94(B). A coffee machine system program (dedicated application shown in FIG. 94 (B)) installed in the terminal 18 having
on said terminal,
an acquisition unit 1861a for acquiring individual device information including status information representing the state of the grinder and history information of the grinder from the coffee machine;
a determination unit 1861b that performs determination processing based on the individual device information acquired by the acquisition unit;
and a display control unit 1861c for displaying the result of the determination process on the display unit. ' is installed.

FIG. 95(A) is a flow chart showing the flow of the information processing method executed by the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A).

In the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A), the information processing method based on the individual device information regarding the coffee machine GM equipped with a grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans shown in FIG. 95(A),
The individual device information is information including status information representing the state of the grinder and history information of the grinder,
an acquisition step St20 for acquiring the individual device information from the coffee machine;
a determination step St21 for performing determination processing based on the individual device information acquired in the acquisition step;
and a display step St22 of displaying a result of the determination process on the display unit. ' is being executed.

again,
``The terminal may perform multiple types of determination processing based on the acquired individual device information, and the display unit displays the results of the multiple types of determination processing [for example, the notification page shown in FIG. notification list display unit 1841] in the coffee machine system. 』
also explained.

again,
``The terminal receives the first history information of the grinder at a first timing [for example, the timing of the ``operation history'' immediately before the most recent ``operation history''] [for example, the previous ``operation history ”], and second history information of the grinder at a second timing after the first timing [for example, the timing of the most recent “operation history”] [for example, the most recent “operation history”] can be acquired, and determination processing based on the first history information and the second history information [for example, determination processing for notification of "main mill interval", notification of "chaff fan set value" A coffee machine system characterized in that it performs a determination process for]. ” was also explained.

again,
``including a cloud server [e.g., cloud server 19] accessible from the terminal,
The terminal stores information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired from the coffee machine in the cloud server [for example, "accumulated operation value", difference in "operation history", difference in "abnormality history" ] can be uploaded,
The coffee machine system, wherein the cloud server stores information uploaded from the terminal. 』
also explained.

again,
``including a cloud server [e.g., cloud server 19] accessible from the terminal,
The terminal stores information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired from the coffee machine in the cloud server [for example, "accumulated operation value", difference in "operation history", difference in "abnormality history" ] can be uploaded,
The cloud server stores information uploaded from the terminal,
The terminal receives both the first history information [e.g., the most recent "operation history" preceding the "operation history"] and the second history information [e.g., the most recent "operation history"]. Even if it is acquired, if the cloud server already stores the first history information [for example, if it has been uploaded by another terminal], the cloud server stores the first history information A coffee machine system characterized in that no information is uploaded, but the second history information [for example, so-called differential information] is uploaded. 』
also explained.

again,
"The terminal uploads information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired from the coffee machine to the cloud server when not communicating with the coffee machine [for example, FIG. 89], a coffee machine system characterized by: 』
also explained.

Also, the determination unit 1861b shown in FIG. 94B may perform a plurality of types of determination processing based on the acquired individual device information.
The display control unit 1861c shown in FIG. 94(B) may be capable of displaying results of the plurality of types of determination processing on the display unit.

The acquisition unit 1861a shown in FIG. 94(B) acquires the first history information of the grinder at the first timing, and the history information of the grinder at the second timing after the first timing. It is possible to acquire two types of history information,
The determination unit 1861b shown in FIG. 94(B) may perform determination processing based on the first history information and the second history information.

A program for a coffee machine system, wherein an upload unit capable of uploading information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired by the acquisition unit to the cloud server is constructed in the terminal. may be

Further, even if the acquisition unit acquires both the first history information and the second history information, the upload unit is configured so that the cloud server has already stored the first history information. If so, the second history information may be uploaded to the cloud server without uploading the first history information.

Further, even if the upload unit uploads information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired by the acquisition unit to the cloud server when not communicating with the coffee machine. good.

The information processing method further includes an uploading step of uploading to a cloud server information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired in the acquisition step St20 shown in FIG. may

Further, the upload step may be a step executed before the determination step St21, a step executed after the determination step St21, or a step executed after the determination step St22. It may be a step executed before the display step St22 or a step executed after the display step St22.

Further, in the uploading step, even when both the first history information and the second history information are obtained, if the cloud server has already stored the first history information, , the second history information may be uploaded to the cloud server without uploading the first history information.

Further, the uploading step is a step of uploading information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired in the acquisition step St20 to the cloud server when communication with the coffee machine is not performed. good too.

In the above description,
"A coffee machine [e.g. coffee machine GM] equipped with a grinder [e.g. grinding device 5] for grinding coffee beans,
a plurality of terminals [e.g., terminal 18] each having a display [e.g., display screen 181] and capable of communicating with the coffee machine;
A coffee machine system comprising a cloud server [e.g., cloud server 19] accessible from the plurality of terminals,
one of the plurality of terminals acquires individual device information related to the coffee machine from the coffee machine and displays the acquired individual device information on the display unit;
The individual equipment information includes status information representing the state of the grinder [for example, information including "status information" and "accumulated operation value"] and history information of the grinder [for example, "operation history" and "abnormality history". information containing],
wherein the one terminal is capable of uploading information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired from the coffee machine to the cloud server;
The cloud server stores the information uploaded from the one terminal [for example, the difference in the "operation cumulative value", the difference in the "operation history", and the difference in the "abnormality history"],
Of the plurality of terminals, a terminal [e.g., another person's terminal] different from the one terminal [e.g., own terminal] is stored in the cloud server and uploaded from the one terminal Information can be downloaded, and the information downloaded from the cloud server is displayed on the display unit of the other terminal [for example, the grind history detail page shown in FIG. 92(B)]. A featured coffee machine system [eg coffee machine system GMS]. 』
explained.

According to this coffee machine system, since the one terminal and the other terminal can share the same information via the cloud server, the information about the coffee machine can be effectively used by each of the plurality of terminals. can.

In addition, the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A) has a display unit 181 capable of communicating with a coffee machine GM equipped with a grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans shown in FIG. 94(B). A coffee machine system program (dedicated application shown in FIG. 94 (B)) installed in the terminal 18 having
on said terminal,
an acquisition unit 1861a for acquiring individual device information including status information representing the state of the grinder and history information of the grinder from the coffee machine;
an upload unit 1861d that uploads information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired by the acquisition unit to a cloud server;
a download unit 1861e that downloads information about the coffee machine that is stored in the cloud server and uploaded from another terminal;
and a display control unit 1861c for displaying information about the coffee machine downloaded by the download unit and uploaded from the other terminal on the display unit. ' is installed.

The information about the coffee machine uploaded from the other terminal is information that this terminal previously uploaded to the cloud server, that the other terminal once downloaded and re-uploaded to the cloud server. good too.

constructing an input unit for inputting additional information to the downloaded information about the coffee machine, which is downloaded by the download unit and uploaded from the other terminal;
The upload unit may upload information obtained by adding the additional information to the download information to the cloud server.

FIG. 95(B) is a flow chart showing the flow of the information display method executed by the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A).

In the terminal 18 shown in FIG. 94(A), the information display method for displaying the individual device information about the coffee machine GM equipped with a grinder (grinding device 5) for grinding coffee beans on the display unit shown in FIG. 95(B). There is
The individual device information is information including status information representing the state of the grinder and history information of the grinder,
an acquisition step St30 for acquiring the individual device information from the coffee machine;
an upload step St31 for uploading to a cloud server information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired in the acquisition step;
a download step St32 of downloading information about the coffee machine, which is stored in the cloud server and uploaded from another terminal;
and a display step St33 for displaying, on the display unit, the information about the coffee machine downloaded by the download unit and uploaded from the other terminal. ' is being executed.

The information about the coffee machine uploaded from the other terminal is information that this terminal previously uploaded to the cloud server, that the other terminal once downloaded and re-uploaded to the cloud server. good too.

an input step St34 of inputting additional information to the download information about the coffee machine, which is downloaded in the download step and uploaded from the other terminal;
and a second uploading step St35 of uploading the information obtained by adding the additional information to the download information to the cloud server.

again,
``Each of the plurality of terminals can communicate with the coffee machine individually, and receives a first timing [for example, the timing of the ``operation history'' one before the most recent ``operation history'' from the coffee machine. ] acquires the first history information [for example, the previous “operation history”] of the grinder, and acquires the second timing after the first timing [for example, the timing of the latest “operation history” ] can acquire the second history information [for example, the most recent "operation history"] of the grinder. 』
also explained.

again,
``A coffee machine system characterized in that each of the plurality of terminals communicates with the coffee machine at different timings. 』
also explained.

again,
"Each of the plurality of terminals is configured to store the first history information [for example, the most recent 'operation history' before the previous 'operation history'] and the second history information [for example, the most recent 'operation history' ], if the cloud server has already stored the first history information [for example, if it has been uploaded by another terminal], the cloud server will store the Uploading the second history information [for example, so-called difference information] without uploading the first history information,
The cloud server stores the uploaded second history information,
Among the plurality of terminals, a terminal different from the terminal that uploaded the second history information to the cloud server is capable of downloading the second history information stored in the cloud server, A coffee machine system characterized by: 』
also explained.

again,
"When there is no communication from the one terminal for a predetermined time [for example, 3 minutes] during connection with the one terminal A coffee machine system, characterized in that it disconnects the 』
also explained.

By doing so, it is possible to prevent a situation in which communication with the other terminal becomes impossible due to a malfunction of the one terminal.

again,
"The one terminal is capable of uploading grind-related information including at least the history information among the individual device information acquired from the coffee machine to the cloud server,
The grind-related information is information including additional information input from the one terminal [for example, the product number, evaluation, and comment of the main mill blade input on the grind history detail page shown in FIG. 92(B)] [for example, , "operation history", "abnormality history", and information including input information on the grind history detail page],
The cloud server stores the grind-related information uploaded from the one terminal,
Of the plurality of terminals, a terminal other than the one terminal is capable of downloading the grind-related information uploaded from the one terminal stored in the cloud server, A coffee machine system characterized in that the grind-related information downloaded from a cloud server is displayed on the display section of the another terminal. 』
also explained.

Further, the acquisition unit shown in FIG. 94(B) acquires 1861a the first history information of the grinder at the first timing from the coffee machine, and obtains the first history information of the grinder at the first timing, and obtains the history information at the second timing after the first timing. It may be possible to acquire the second history information of the grinder in.

Further, the upload unit 1861d shown in FIG. 94(B) allows the cloud server to upload both the first history information and the second history information even when the acquisition unit 1861a acquires both the first history information and the second history information. When one history information is already stored, the second history information may be uploaded to the cloud server without uploading the first history information.

The acquisition step St30 shown in FIG. 95(B) acquires the first history information of the grinder at the first timing from the coffee machine, and obtains the history information at the second timing after the first timing. may be a step of acquiring second history information of the grinder.

Further, even when both the first history information and the second history information are acquired in the acquisition step St30, the upload step St31 shown in FIG. If one piece of history information has already been stored, the step of uploading the second history information to the cloud server without uploading the first history information may be included.

The coffee machine system GMS described above can include the coffee bean grinder GM of the first embodiment in addition to the coffee bean grinder GM of the second embodiment, and the beverage manufacturing apparatus 1 shown in FIG. can be included.

The present invention is not limited to the several aspects and examples shown above, and the contents thereof can be combined with each other without departing from the scope of the present invention. may be changed intentionally. In addition, it goes without saying that the individual terms described in this specification are only used for the purpose of describing the present invention, and the present invention is not limited to the strict meanings of the terms. It can also include equivalents thereof. For example, expressions such as “apparatus” and “department” may be rephrased as “unit” and “module”.

1 Beverage production device 2 Bean processing device 3 Extraction device 4 Storage device 401 Canister storage unit 402 Hopper unit 403 Funnel unit 404 Weighing unit 5 Crushing device 5A First grinder 5AM Top mill 57a Fixed blade 58a Rotary blade 5B Second grinder 5BM Main mill 5BMu main mill unit 710 fixed blade unit 711 fixed blade case body 7112 union female screw part 712 base member 713 intermediate member 57b fixed blade 716 compression coil spring 720 rotary blade unit 721 rotary blade case body 7211 union male screw part 58b rotary blade 6 Separating device 6A Suction unit 6B Forming unit 6C Guide passage 60 Suction unit 60A Chaff fan unit 60A1 Chaff fan 60A2 Chaff fan motor 60B Collection container 60Bo Outer case 60Bi Inner case 6io Opening 691 Worm wheel 640 Lock lever 641 Gear lock section 691g Gear section 695 Disk dial for manual setting 696 Knob dial for fine adjustment 697 Connection dial 697
698 Lever member 7 Fluid supply unit 9 Extraction container 11 Control device 11a Processing unit 12 Information display device 17 Portable terminal GM Coffee bean grinder GMb Main body GM10 Center casing GM11 Option mounting part GM20 Bean outlet GM21 Lid unit GM22 Guide path forming member GM51 Power switch GM52 Reverse rotation button PF Porter filter PFb Basket H1 Hammer mechanism H10 Hammer H12 Holding arm H121 Holding part H13 Striking arm H131 Striking part H14 Operating arm H141 Finger hook part GM31 Shoot GM33 Fixed holding member GM332 Rubber cap 150 Grind button 151 Button LED 151
60D air volume dial 600 mechanical switch unit 610 first mechanical switch 620 second mechanical switch 611, 621 detection balls 612, 622 magnet members 613, 623 detection piece GMS coffee machine system 18 terminal 181 display screen 185 processing unit 186 storage unit 1861 coffee machine System dedicated application program 19 Cloud server

Claims (5)

the main body;
a grinder unit for grinding coffee beans between the first blade and the second blade;
a rotation drive mechanism for rotating the second blade;
a spacing adjustment mechanism that adjusts the spacing between the first blade and the second blade;
A coffee machine comprising
The rotation drive mechanism includes a drive source that rotationally drives the second blade, a first power transmission section that transmits power of the drive source, and power transmitted from the first power transmission section to the first power transmission section. and a second power transmission section that transmits to the second blade,
The interval adjusting mechanism has a gear portion and an interlocking portion that interlocks with the gear portion,
The main body has the drive source, the first power transmission section, and the gear section, and is fitted with the grinder unit,
The grinder unit has the second power transmission portion and the interlocking portion, and is detachable from the main body,
When the grinder unit is fitted into the main body, the second power transmission section is connected to the first power transmission section, and the interlocking section is connected to the gear section.
A coffee machine characterized by: A coffee machine according to claim 1,
When the grinder unit is released from the main body, the connection between the second power transmission portion and the first power transmission portion is released, and the connection between the interlocking portion and the gear portion is also released.
A coffee machine characterized by: A coffee machine according to claim 1 or 2,
The grinder unit has an outlet through which ground beans ground between the first blade and the second blade flow to the outside, and is fitted into the main body from below,
The outlet is located below the connection position between the second power transmission section and the first power transmission section, and below the connection position between the interlocking section and the gear section.
A coffee machine characterized by: A coffee machine according to claim 1 or 2,
The body comprises a frame member,
The grinder unit includes a case body that defines an outer shape, and is attached to the main body by a fitting structure between the case body and the frame member.
A coffee machine characterized by: A coffee machine according to claim 4,
The main body is provided with a mounting hole,
The grinder unit has an arm portion extending in one direction below the case body,
When the case body is fitted into the frame member, the tip of the arm portion is aligned with the mounting hole, and is fixed to the main body by a fixing screw inserted into the mounting hole from the tip portion.
A coffee machine characterized by:

Images